Security, Strategic and Military Studies Catalogue 2010 (UK)

Routledge

New Titles and Key Backlist

Security, Strategic and Military Studies

2010

www.routledge.com/strategicstudies

www.routledge.com/strategicstudies

© Cover Photo by Staff Sgt. Adam Mancini, U.S. Army

Welcome to the Routledge

Security, Strategic and Military Studies Catalogue New Titles & Key Backlist 2010

Page 3

Page 4

Page 4

COMPLETE CATALOGUE This catalogue only includes a selection of our titles in Security, Strategic and Military Studies. Our online catalogue gives you the power to search for any book currently in print by title, author’s last name, or ISBN. All the entries have a description of the book’s content. www.routledge.com/strategicstudies

THE EASY WAY TO ORDER Ordering online is fast and efficient, simply follow the on-screen instructions and your order will be sent to our distributors for immediate dispatch.

E-UPDATES Register your email address at www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates to receive information on books, journals and other news within your area of interest.

EBOOKS – MARKED AS ‘eBook’ IN THIS CATALOGUE Thousands of our titles are available as eBooks – in Adobe, Microsoft Reader and Mobipocket formats or available to browse online. www.eBookstore.tandf.co.uk

Page 18

Page 36

Page 39

Page 47

Page 74

CONTENTS

CONTACTS

Course Textbook Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 Security Studies: The Essentials . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 Critical Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 International Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9 US Foreign Policy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17 Regional Security: Asia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22 Regional Security: Europe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .29 Regional Security: Middle East . . . . . . . . . . . . .30 Regional Security: Russia, Central Asia and Eastern Europe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33 Human Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35 Genocide Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .36 War and Conflict Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39 Civil War and Ethnic Conflict . . . . . . . . . . . . . .46 Conflict Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .47 Conflict Resolution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .49 Peacekeeping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52 Terrorism Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .54 Strategic Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .62 Intelligence Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65 Military Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .67 Military History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .69 Cold War Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .73 Naval Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .74 Space Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75 Routledge Paperbacks Direct . . . . . . . . . . . . . .77 Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .80 Order form . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Back Pages

EDITORIAL ENQUIRIES and BOOK PROPOSALS Security, Strategic and Military Studies: Andrew Humphrys Senior Commissioning Editor Email: andrew.humphrys@tandf.co.uk

Rebecca Brennan Editorial Assistant Email: rebecca.brennan@tandf.co.uk

Politics and International Relations: Craig Fowlie Senior Publisher Email: craig.fowlie@tandf.co.uk

Heidi Bagtazo Senior Commissioning Editor Email: heidi.bagtazo@tandf.co.uk

Michael Kerns Acquisitions Editor (North America) Email: michael.kerns@taylorandfrancis.com

MARKETING ENQUIRIES For all territories excluding the Americas: Michael King Marketing Executive Email: michael.king@tandf.co.uk

For USA, Canada, Latin America: Sarah De Vos Senior Marketing Manager (North America) Email: sarah.devos@taylorandfrancis.com

INSPECTION COPIES Textbooks marked ‘Available as an Inspection Copy’ can be sent to lecturers considering adopting them for relevant courses. See the order form at the back of the catalogue for more information.

Trade customers’ representatives, agents and distribution For a list of all trade customers’ representatives, agents and distributors for UK, Rest of World, North America and South America visit: http://www.routledge.com/representatives

1

COURSE TEXTBOOK GUIDE

Course Textbook Guide Security Studies: Core Texts

Human Security

Security Studies: An Introduction Security Studies: A Reader Security Understanding Global Security

p.3 p.2 p.2 p.2

Terrorism Studies

Human Security Conflict, Security and Development Understanding Global Security (2nd ed.)

p.35 p.40 p.2

Multilateral Counter-Terrorism Global Terrorism Psychology of Terrorism Terrorism Studies: A Reader

p.54 p.54 p.54 p.54

Genocide Studies Critical Security Critical Security Studies Critical International Relations - An Introduction

p.4 p.4

International Security International Security: An Introduction Critical International Relations - An Introduction Critical Security Studies International Conflict Management Strategic Studies: A Reader The Dilemmas of Statebuilding Understanding Contemporary Strategy Understanding Counterinsurgency Warfare Understanding Global Security War, Conflict and Human Rights

p.9 p.4 p.4 p.47 p.63 p.45 p.62 p.62 p.2 p.39

Realism Recovering Realism Realism Reader Realism & US Foreign Policy

p.9 p.9 p.17

US Foreign Policy New Directions in US Foreign Policy Intelligence and Politics National Security in the Obama Administration Realism & US Foreign Policy Transatlantic Relations since 1945

War, Conflict and Human Rights Conflict Management and Resolution Conflict, Security and Development Critical International Relations - An Introduction International Conflict Management International Security: An Introduction Peacebuilding The Dilemmas of Statebuilding Theories of Violent Conflict Thinking about War and Peace Understanding Contemporary Strategy Understanding Counterinsurgency Warfare Understanding Global Security Understanding Modern Strategy Understanding Northern Ireland

p.39 p.48 p.40 p.4 p.47 p.9 p.52 p.45 p.39 p.39 p.62 p.62 p.2 p.62 p.49

Masters of War Intelligence and Politics International Security: An Introduction Strategic Studies: A Reader Understanding Contemporary Strategy Understanding Counterinsurgency Warfare Understanding Modern Strategy US Defense Politics War, Peace and International Relations

p.63 p.65 p.9 p.63 p.62 p.62 p.62 p.62 p.63

Intelligence Studies Intelligence and Politics Secret Intelligence: A Reader

p.65 p.65

Military History Understanding Modern Strategy

p.62

Cold War Studies Transatlantic Relations since 1945

Civil War and Ethnic Conflict Politics of Civil Wars Theories of Violent Conflict The Dilemmas of Statebuilding

Seapower (2nd ed.) p.46 p.39 p.45

Conflict Management and Resolution International Conflict Management

p.48 p.47

Conflict Resolution p.23

European Security Contemporary European Security

War and Conflict Studies

Strategic Studies

Conflict Management p.22

Southeast Asian Security Constructing a Security Community in Southeast Asia

p.37 p.37 p.37 p.37 p.36

p.17

Naval Studies p.18 p.65 p.17 p.17 p.17

Chinese Security Chinese Foreign Policy

Genocide Century of Genocide Genocidal Crimes New Directions in Genocide Research The Genocide Studies Reader

p.29

Conflict Management and Resolution The Dilemmas of Statebuilding Theories of Violent Conflict Thinking about War and Peace Understanding Northern Ireland Unspeakable Truths (2nd ed.)

War, Conflict and Human Rights

p.48 p.45 p.39 p.39 p.49 p.49 p.39

E-mail: strategic_studies@routledge.com

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk

for more information

for e-mail updates in your field

eBooks are only available to order online

p.74

2

SECURITY STUDIES: THE ESSENTIALS

TEXTBOOK

TEXTBOOK

Security

2ND EDITION

Lucia Zedner, University of Oxford, UK

Understanding Global Security

Series: Key Ideas in Criminology

Peter Hough, Middlesex University, UK

Just a decade ago security had little claim to criminological attention. Today a combination of disciplinary paradigm shifts, policy changes, and world political events have pushed security to the forefront of the criminological agenda.

Distinctions between public safety and private protection, policing and security services, national and international security are being eroded.

Post-9/11 the pursuit of security has been hotly debated not least because countering terrorism raises the stakes and licenses extraordinary measures. Security has become a central plank of public policy, a topical political issue, and lucrative focus of private venture but it is not without costs, problems, and paradoxes. As security governs our lives, governing security becomes a priority.

Fully revised to incorporate recent developments in world politics, the second edition of Understanding Global Security analyzes the variety of ways in which people’s lives are threatened and/or secured in contemporary global politics.

The traditional focus of Security Studies texts - war, deterrence and terrorism - are analyzed alongside non-military security issues such as famine, crime, disease, disasters, environmental degredation and human rights abuses to provide a comprehensive survey of how and why people are killed in the contemporary world.

This book provides a brief, authoritative introduction to the history of security from Hobbes to the present day and a timely guide to contemporary security politics and dilemmas. It argues that the pursuit of security poses a significant challenge for criminal justice practice and values and it defends security as public good, suggesting a framework of principles by which it might better be governed. Engaging with major academic debates in criminology, law, international relations, politics, and sociology, this book stands at the vanguard of interdisciplinary writing on security.

Selected Contents: Introduction 1. Semantics of Security 2. A brief History of Security 3. New Distributions of Security 4. Security, Crime, and Criminal Justice 5. Security as Industry 6. Security and Counter-terrorism 7. Governing Security March 2009: 198x129: 216pp Hb: 978-0-415-39175-7: £65.00 Pb: 978-0-415-39176-4: £18.99 eBook: 978-0-203-87113-3 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY

FORTHCOMING

New to this edition: • analysis of key international political events of recent years such as the War in Iraq, Hurricane Katrina and the Israeli incursion into Lebanon • recent developments in the proliferation of Weapons of Mass Destruction (WMD) and the ‘war against terror’ • new data on deaths attributable to global warming and the contribution played by this in ‘securitizing’ the issue on the agendas of sceptical states • examinations of ‘lifestyle illnesses’, largely spread by the diffusion of Western culture, like smoking or diabetes • greater analysis of recent diplomatic and institutional developments in the area of security: the Human Security Network and the UN Commission on Human Security.

User friendly and easy to follow, this textbook is designed to make a complex subject accessible to all.

Key features include: • ‘top ten’ tables highlighting the most destructive events or forms of death in that area throughout history • boxed descriptions elaborating key concepts in the field of security and International Relations • ‘biographical boxes’ of key individuals who have shaped world events • further reading and websites at the end of each chapter guiding you towards the most up-to-date information on various topics

RELATED JOURNALS

• glossary of political terminology.

African Security Editor: James J. Hentz, Virginia Military Institute, USA African Security is a new journal dedicated to the exploration of fresh approaches to understanding Africa's conflicts and security concerns. This journal investigates competing analytical approaches to understanding security while engaging in discussions of real world security issues in Africa. In particular, the journal seeks to investigate the myriad issues relating to conflict and security within and between African nations, not only from the more traditional approaches to security studies but also from more novel and innovative perspectives.

Volume 3, 2010, 4 issues per year Print ISSN: 1939-2206 Online ISSN: 1939-2214 For further information or to request a sample copy of the journal please visit: www.tandf.co.uk/journals/UAFS

ORDER NOW!

See Order Form at the back of this catalogue

This highly acclaimed and popular academic text will continue to be essential reading for everyone interested in security.

2008: 246x174: 312pp Hb: 978-0-415-42141-6: £80.00 Pb: 978-0-415-42142-3: £22.99 eBook: 978-0-203-93267-4 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY

Security Studies A Reader Edited by Christopher W. Hughes, University of Warwick, UK This reader offers students an informed overview of the most significant work in security studies and features contributions from many of the leading scholars in the field. It is divided into the following sections: • What is Security?

• Theories of Security • Security Dimensions and Issues • Security Frameworks and Actors • The Future of Security.

In order to guide students through the issues, the book has a substantial critical introduction exploring the development of security studies, as well as introductions to each section and editorial commentary on the readings themselves. Suggestions for further reading and questions for discussion are also included in each section.

Security Studies will be invaluable for students of security studies and international relations.

June 2010: 246x174: 400pp Hb: 978-0-415-32600-1: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-32601-8: £22.99 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY

FORTHCOMING MAJOR WORK

Security Studies Edited by Theo Farrell, King’s College London, UK Series: Critical Concepts in International Relations Addressing the need for an authoritative reference work to make sense of this rapidly growing and ever more complex corpus of scholarly literature, Security Studies is edited by Theo Farrell of King’s College London and chair of the International Security Studies section of the International Studies Association, and is a five-volume collection of the foundational and the very best cutting-edge scholarship.

Security Studies is fully indexed and includes a comprehensive introduction, newly written by the editor, which places the collected material in its historical and intellectual context. It is an essential reference work and is destined to be valued by scholars and students—as well as policy-makers and practitioners—as a vital one-stop research and pedagogic resource.

Selected Contents: Volume I: Theoretical Debates Volume II: National Security Volume III: International Security Volume IV: Regional Security Volume V: Global Security November 2009: 234x156: 2218pp Hb: 978-0-415-45601-2: £825.00

THE WIDGET ICON Books with the symbol are now available with Search Inside capability on www.routledge.com.

Simply click the link and view the book!

+44 (0)1235 400524

Fax: +44 (0)20 7017 6699

www.routledge.com/strategicstudies

SECURITY STUDIES: THE ESSENTIALS

TEXTBOOK

Security Studies An Introduction Edited by Paul D. Williams, George Washington University, USA Security Studies is the most comprehensive textbook available on the subject.

It gives students a detailed overview of the major theoretical approaches, key themes and most significant issues within security studies.

• Part 1 explores the main theoretical approaches currently used within the field from realism to international political sociology.

• Part 2 explains the central concepts underpinning contemporary debates from the security dilemma to terrorism.

• Part 3 presents an overview of the institutional security architecture currently influencing world politics using international, regional and global levels of analysis.

• Part 4 examines some of the key contemporary challenges to global security from the arms trade to energy security.

• Part 5 discusses the future of security.

Security Studies provides a valuable new teaching tool for undergraduates and MA students by collecting these related strands of the field together into a single coherent textbook.

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction Paul D. Williams Part 1: Theoretical Approaches 2. Realism Colin Elman 3. Liberalism Cornelia Navari 4. Game Theory Frank C. Zagare 5. Constructivism Matt McDonald 6. Peace Studies Peter Lawler 7. Critical Theory Pinar Bilgin 8. Feminist Perspectives Sandra Whitworth 9. International Political Sociology Didier Bigo Part 2: Key Concepts 10. Uncertainty Ken Booth and Nicholas J. Wheeler 11. War Paul D. Williams 12. Terrorism Paul Rogers 13. Genocide and Mass Killing Adam Jones 14. Ethnic Conflict Stuart J. Kaufman 15. Coercion Lawrence Freedman and Srinath Rhagavan 16. Human Security Fen Osler Hampson 17. Poverty Caroline Thomas 18. Environmental Change Simon Dalby 19. Health Colin McInnes

Part 3: Institutions 20. Alliances John Duffield 21. Regional Institutions Louise Fawcett 22. The United Nations Thomas G. Weiss and Danielle Zach Kalbacher Part 4: Contemporary Challenges 23. International Arms Trade William D. Hartung 24. Nuclear Proliferation W. Pal Sidhu 25. Counterterrorism Paul R. Pillar 26. Counterinsurgency Joanna Spear 27. Peace Operations Michael Pugh 28. The Responsibility to Protect Alex J. Bellamy 29. Private Security Deborah Avant 30. Transnational Organized Crime John T. Picarelli 31. Population Movements Sita Bali 32. Energy Security Michael T. Klare.

Conclusion 33. What Future for Security Studies?

Stuart Croft

Key features include: • suggestions for further reading • case studies elaborating on key terms and concepts to encourage understanding • graphs, tables and maps to reinforce key points and topics • comprehensive treatment of traditional and emerging theories • global coverage of North America, Europe, Africa, Asia and the Middle East.

2008: 246x174: 568pp Hb: 978-0-415-42561-2: £85.00 • Pb: 978-0-415-42562-9: £22.99 • eBook: 978-0-203-92660-4 AVAILABLE ON INSPECTION

E-mail: strategic_studies@routledge.com

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk

for more information

for e-mail updates in your field

eBooks are only available to order online

3

SECURITY STUDIES: THE ESSENTIALS

4

CRITICAL SECURITY

NEW

FORTHCOMING

FORTHCOMING

Handbook of Security Studies

TEXTBOOK

Handbook of New Security Studies

Edited by Victor Mauer and Myriam Dunn Cavelty, both at Swiss Federal Institute of Technology (ETH), Zurich, Switzerland

Critical Security Studies

Edited by J. Peter Burgess, PRIO, Oslo, Norway

An Introduction

This new Handbook gathers together state-of-the-art theoretical reflection and empirical research by leading international scholars into the subdiscipline of Critical Security Studies.

Selected Contents: Introduction Myriam Dunn Cavelty and Victor Mauer Part 1: Theoretical Approaches to Security and Different ‘Securities‘ 1. Realism and Security Studies William C. Wohlforth 2. Liberalism David L. Rosseau and Thomas Walker 3. The English School and International Security Barry Buzan 4. Critical Security Studies David Mutimer 5. Constructivism and Securitization Studies Thierry Balzacq 6. Poststructuralism, Continental Philosophy, and the Remaking of Security Studies Claudia Aradau 7. Feminist Security Studies Annick T.R. Wibben 8. National Security, Culture, and Identity Iver B. Neumann 9. Societal Security Tobias Theiler 10. Human Security and Diplomacy Pauline Kerr Part 2: Contemporary Security Challenges 11. Terrorism Paul Wilkinson 12. Weapons of Mass Destruction James J. Wirtz 13. Organised Crime, Drug Trafficking, and Trafficking in Women Phil Williams 14. State Failure and State Building Daniel Lambach and Tobias Debiel 15. Migration and Security Jef Huysmans and Vicki Squire 16. Cyberthreats Myriam Dunn Cavelty 17. Old and New Wars Herfried Münkler 18. The Privatization of International Security Anna Leander 19. Energy Security Robert W. Orttung and Jeronim Perovic 20. Resources, the Environment and Conflict Nils Petter Gleditsch and Ole Magnus Theisen 21. Emerging Dangers of Biological Weapons Barry Kellman 22. Security and Health in the 21st Century Colleen O’Manique Part 3: Regional Security Challenges 23. China’s Rise: Intentions, Power, and Evidence David C. Kang 24. The Korean Peninsula: On the Brink? Scott Snyder 25. Indian Security Policy Sumit Ganguly 26. Pakistan’s Security Predicament: Religion, Economics, or Geopolitics?

Masooda Bano 27. Afghanistan: A State in Crisis Amin Saikal 28. The Middle East as a Crisis Region Martin Beck 29. Iran’s Nuclear Challenge Mark Fitzpatrick 30. Intervention in Iraq: Regime Change and the Dialectics of State-Building Gareth Stansfield 31. The Israeli-Palestinian Conflict Mark A. Heller 32. Russia’s Revival Jeffrey Mankoff 33. The Western Balkans: On the Path to Stability Richard Caplan Part 4: Confronting Security Challenges 34. The European Union: From Security Community towards Security Actor Victor Mauer 35. Alliances Carlo Masala 36. Deterrence Richard Ned Lebow 37. Coercive Diplomacy: Scope and Limits, Theory and Policy Bruce W. Jentleson 38. Peace Operations Oliver Ramsbotham and Tom Woodhouse 39. Humanitarian Intervention Alex J. Bellamy 40. Global Governance Thomas J. Biersteker 41. The Study of Crisis Management Arjen Boin, Magnus Ekengren, and Mark Rhinard October 2009: 246x174: 432pp Hb: 978-0-415-46361-4: £95.00 eBook: 978-0-203-86676-4

This textbook will introduce students of Politics and International Relations (IR) to the sub-field of Critical Security Studies through a detailed yet accessible survey of emerging theories and practices.

Selected Contents: Introduction: Mapping ‘Traditional‘ and ‘Critical‘ Approaches to Security Part 1: Theories 1. Constructivism 2. The Copenhagen School 3. The Welsh School 4. Feminism 5. The Paris School 6. Postcolonial Approaches Part 2: Emerging Practices 7. Homeland Security and the War on Terror 8. Environmental Degradation and Resource Scarcity 9. Technology and Warfare in the Information Age 10. Human Security and Development 11. Migration and Border Security. Conclusion December 2009: 246x174: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-48443-5: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-48444-2: £21.99 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY

FORTHCOMING TEXTBOOK

Critical International Relations – An Introduction From the Barbarian to the Cyborg James Der Derian, Brown University, USA In Critical International Relations - An Introduction, the radical IR theorist James Der Derian provides an innovative text based on the critical encounters throughout history that have transformed international relations.

Unlike other books on world politics which focus on the perspective of great leaders, empires, nation-states, “great powers,“ etc., Der Derian’s text focuses on the perspective of the under-represented, the demonized, and the neglected ‘other’ who are also actors of world politics. Ten historic struggles for recognition and power in world politics - from the Greeks and Barbarians to Humans and Cyborgs - will be narrated from the point of view of emblematic historical figures.

The focus will not be on who wins or loses but rather on how International Relations is changed by alien encounters. The goal is to represent the alien, and in the process, to construct a critical history and pluralist theory for understanding the heteropolar conflicts of world politics today.

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction J. Peter Burgess Part 1: New Security Concepts 2. Civilizational Security Brett Bowden 3. Risk Oliver Kessler 4. Small Arms Keith Krause 5. Critical Human Security Taylor Owen 6. Visuality and Security Michael Shapiro 7. Critical Geopolitics Simon Dalby Part 2: New Security Subjects 8. Biopolitics Michael Dillon 9. Gendered Security Laura Shepherd 10. Identity Security Pinar Bilgin 11. Security as Ethics Anthony Burke 12. Security/Media James Der Derian Part 3: New Security Objects 13. Environmental Security Jon Barnett 14. Food Security Rachel Slater and Steve Wiggins 15. Energy Security Roland Dannreuther 16. Financial Security Marieke de Goede 17. Cyber Security Markus Jakobsson 18. Pandemic Security Stephan Elbe 19. Biosecurity Frida Kuhlau Part 4: New Security Practices 20. Surveillance Mark Salter 21. Urban Insecurity David F.J. Wood 22. Privatization of Security Anna Leander 23. Migration William Walters 24. Security Technologies Julien Jeandesboz 25. Designing Security Cynthia Weber and Mark Lacy 26. New Mobile Crime Monica den Boer January 2010: 246x174: 400pp Hb: 978-0-415-48437-4: £95.00

RELATED JOURNALS

Focusing on contemporary challenges, this major new Handbook offers a wide-ranging collection of cutting-edge essays from leading scholars in the field of Security Studies.

Nick Vaughan-Williams, University of Exeter and Columba Peoples, Swansea University, UK

December 2010: 246x174: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-77244-0: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-77245-7: £19.99

Journal of Intervention and Statebuilding Increased in Frequency Editor: David Chandler, University of Westminster, UK Journal of Intervention and Statebuilding is a new cross-disciplinary journal devoted to academic and practitioner analysis of international intervention with the purpose of strengthening state capacities.

Statebuilding - constructing or reconstructing institutions of governance capable of providing citizens with physical and economic security - is widely held to be one of the most pressing policy questions facing the international community today. Those concerned with such issues cross the political spectrum. They include political realists who argue that there is more to fear from failing states than from conquering ones. They also embrace activists who see the dysfunction of state institutions as lying at the heart of the global poverty trap. Indeed, it is the intersection of these concerns on the part of the security and development communities that has made state-building a core policy focus across the policy agendas of major Western states, international institutions and international NGOs. Volume 4, 2010, 4 issues per year Print ISSN: 1750-2977 Online ISSN: 1750-2985 For further information or to request a sample copy of the journal please visit: www.tandf.co.uk/journals/ interventionandstatebuilding

ORDER NOW!

See Order Form at the back of this catalogue

+44 (0)1235 400524

Fax: +44 (0)20 7017 6699

www.routledge.com/strategicstudies

CRITICAL SECURITY

FORTHCOMING

FORTHCOMING

Terror and the Politics of Catastrophe

Feminist Security Studies

Series Edited by J. Peter Burgess

Risk, Security and Modernity

A Narrative Approach

The aim of this series is to gather state-of-the-art theoretical reflection and empirical research into a core set of volumes that respond vigorously and dynamically to new challenges to security studies scholarship.

Edited by Claudia Aradau, Open University and Rens Van Munster, University of Sotuhern Denmark

Annick Wibben, University of San Francisco, USA

PRIO New Security Studies

FORTHCOMING

Security and Global Governmentality Globalization, Governance and the State Edited by Miguel de Larrinaga, University of Ottawa, Canada and Marc Doucet, Saint Mary’s University, Canada Drawing on Foucault's work on world politics, this edited book examines global governance through notions of governmentality and security, as well as the intersections between the two.

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: The Global Governmentalization of Security and the Securitization of Global Governance Miguel de Larrinaga and Marc G. Doucet 2. Governmentalizing the State: The Disciplining Logic of Human Security Nadine Voelkner 3. Political Economy, Security, & Scale: Debating the Biopolitics of the Global War on Terror Nicholas J. Kiersey 4. Thinking Locally, Acting Globally: Advanced-Liberal Mélange in Recent Government-NGO Peace Machinery Nikola Hynek 5. Governing Crisis, Securing Circulation: Reconceptualising Security with Foucault and Marx Claudia Aradau and Tobias Blanke 6. European Diplomacy and the Origins of Governmentality Kevin McMillan 7. US Global Governmentality and Security: Preparing for (Any) Contingency David Grondin 8. Security Interventions, Populations and Development Aid Anita Lacey 9. Sovereign Self-Exceptionality and International Intervention: Reading Security Council Resolutions as Acts of Declaration Miguel de Larrinaga and Marc G. Doucet. Bibliography December 2009: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-56058-0: £70.00 eBook: 978-0-203-86573-6

FORTHCOMING

Security, Risk and the Biometric State Governing Borders and Bodies Benjamin Muller, Simon Fraser University, Burnaby, Canada This book examines a series of questions associated with the increasing application and implications of biometrics in contemporary everyday life.

In the wake of the events of 9/11, the reliance on increasingly sophisticated and invasive technologies across a burgeoning field of applications has accelerated, giving rise to the term 'biometric state'. This book explores how these ‘virtual borders’ are created and the effect they have upon the politics of citizenship and immigration, especially how they contribute to the treatment of citizens as suspects. Finally and most importantly, this text argues that the rationale of 'governing through risk' facilitates pre-emptory logics, a negligent attitude towards 'false positives', and an overall proliferation of borders and ubiquitous risk, which becomes integral to contemporary everyday life, far beyond the confined politics of national borders and frontiers.

This book explores the governmentality of terror post-9/11 as a complex discursive and institutional formation deployed at the horizon of a catastrophic future. It unpacks the risk practices deployed in the ‘war on terror’ by taking seriously the policy-makers’ imaginaries of catastrophe. If the governance of terrorism is essentially made possible by the description of the future as ‘catastrophic’, it is important to analyse the ways in which catastrophe changes (and challenges) traditional practices of security and risk management.

At the same time, it is instrumental to assay the effects of these new practices. This is the two-pronged approach undertaken in this book. On the one hand, it purports to understand how the unknowable and uncertain future is made amenable to intervention and shows that the imaginary of catastrophic futures relies on official and bureaucratic imaginations of worst-case scenarios, speculation and the reshaping of insurance to govern terrorism. On the other, the exploration of governmental practices in the ‘war on terror’ leads to an understanding of their political effects and the need to think of other modalities of engaging with catastrophe that do not tip us towards the precautionary rationalities of averting catastrophe.

This book rethinks security theory from a feminist perspective, illustrating what feminist security concerns are, why they remain outside the purview of security studies, and what can be done to address them more successfully through the development of a comprehensive theoretical framework. It constitutes a major contribution to the fields of security studies and feminist IR, uniquely engaging feminism, security, and strategic studies. While furthering theoretical and normative questions posed by feminists, it is based on security as it has been theorized in the field of IR. In gathering materials from the emerging field of feminist security studies, the book develops a comprehensive framework for the field. As such, it will be the work that scholars, students, and practitioners will turn to for years to come.

January 2010: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-45727-9: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-45728-6: £21.99

FORTHCOMING

The Ethical Subject of Security Geopolitical Reason and The Threat to Europe J. Peter Burgess, PRIO, Oslo, Norway

September 2010: 234x156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-49809-8: £70.00

The aim of this new book is to open up and analyze the subjective side of security practice, and its underlying values or ethics.

FORTHCOMING

The new field of critical security studies has revolutionized scholarship on security practice. Guided by securitization theory, this new field has focused largely on the objective side of the security practice, or the processes by which certain objects become objects of security. This book questions the subject-position from which ’securitization’ and other security practices takes place. Unlike most current security theories, it focuses on the subject of security, from which security objects are identified and acted upon. It charts and analyzes the way in which the subject of security is determined or co-determined by a variety of forces normally considered heterogeneous to security practice.

Biopolitics of Security in the 21st Century The Political Economy of Security after Foucault Michael Dillon, University of Lancaster, UK This book is a volume of essays on the Biopolitics of Security in the 21st Century, by Professor Mick Dillon.

It is a first of its kind in that no other study currently available covers the same field of research with the same degree of innovation. There is clearly growing attention to biopolitics in general, and the biopolitics of security in particular, beyond international relations and into the social sciences more generally (Geography, Sociology, Criminology, Law, and the Management Sciences). This volume will provide a genealogy of the biopolitics of security beginning with Michel Foucault’s original account of the rise of biopolitics at the beginning of the 18th century, and will clarify and further develop Foucault’s original analytic of the biopolitics of security.

This work is an original introduction to the emerging field of the biopolitics of security, tracking its development into the 21st century, which will serve as an intellectual provocation to researchers as much as it will a pedagogical guide to graduate and undergraduate teachers.

January 2010: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-48432-9: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-48433-6: £22.99

December 2009: 234x156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-48440-4: £70.00

The second innovation of the book is that it poses the question of this subjective side of security practice as an ethical one. By ‘ethical’ the book does not mean a set of principles or conventions but, rather, refers to the general axiom that the subject of security is profoundly structured by values. In other words, it understands security and insecurity as questions of what an individual, group, state or community holds as valuable, and consequently what political, social, cultural and moral exchanges can be made in its name. By studying the subject of security in terms of values the book will uncover a level of security practice that has not been treated by present theorizations of security.

The primary case material for the book will be the European Union and its rapidly evolving security complex. The book argues that this complex formulates and plays out security issues on a variety of levels and in a variety of social, political, cultural, legal, and other domains. The long and many-sided process by which the EU has created itself involves multi-faceted dynamics of security, involving tensions across not only national borders, but institutions, social layers, cultural identities, history and traditions, religions and political economies, etc. All of these contribute to the formation of the European security subject. This book asks from what position security in the name of Europe is carried out.

December 2009: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-49982-8: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-49981-1: £21.99

E-mail: strategic_studies@routledge.com

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk

for more information

for e-mail updates in your field

eBooks are only available to order online

5

6

CRITICAL SECURITY

PRIO New Security Studies (continued)

Routledge Critical Security Studies

FORTHCOMING

Reimagining War in the 21st Century Interrorgating Clausewitz and Network-Centric Warfare

FORTHCOMING

NEW

Manabrata Guha

Understanding Securitisation Theory

Critique, Security and Power

The Design and Evolution of Security Problems

Tara McCormack, University Of Leicester, UK

Edited by Thierry Balzacq, University of Namur and Louvain, Belgium

This book aims to engage with contemporary security discourses from a critical perspective. It argues that rather than being a radical, analytical outlook, much critical security theory fails to fulfil its promise to pose a challenge to contemporary power relations.

In light of the emerging theories and doctrines of Network-Centric War (NCW), this book traces the philosophical backdrop against which the more common theorizations of war and its conduct take place. Taking its investigative analysis further, it demonstrates that, when considered in philosophical terms, though the emergence of the net-centric theories and practices of war potentially carry with them the possibility of bankrupting our current Clausewitz-inspired imagination of war, they also carry with/in them a profound ‘performative contradiction‘ that necessarily highlights the limits of our most common imaginations of war.

This book reveals that far from paralyzing the project of re-problematizating war, the emergence of NCW affords us an opportunity to rethink war in new and philosophically challenging ways.

This volume aims to provide a new framework for the analysis of securitization theory, providing a sociological twist to understanding how security issues emerge, evolve and dissolve. Securitisation theory has become one of the key components of security studies and IR courses in recent years, and this book represents the first attempt to provide an integrated and rigorous overview of securitization practices within a coherent framework.

The aim of this volume is to offer a coherent and integrated method for understanding the sources, processes, and effects of securitization. The book argues that securitization represents a methodology––not just a method. On the one hand, it includes a set of techniques for conducting consistent, qualitative investigations of texts. On the other hand, it comprises a set of assumptions on the performative effects of language. However, because empirical implications cannot be settled by appealing to meta-theory, the essays inject a strong concern with case studies to this concern with theoretical progress. In this respect, the conclusions will have broad applicability across the social sciences because they explain how public problems emerge, spread, and dissolve. While focusing on a particular problem (i.e. security), the results could be used to explore a wide range of issues, including the adoption of new norms, the construction of political communities, and the termination of wars. In sum, the book determines when and under what circumstances the construction of a threat, or the transformation of a problem into a security issue, is likely to be successful.

To that end, the book makes a clear and consistent attempt throughout to incorporate case studies within the structure of both theory and analysis.

March 2010: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-55627-9: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-55628-6: £22.99 eBook: 978-0-203-86850-8

The Political Limits to Emancipatory Approaches

Tara McCormack investigates the limitations of contemporary critical and emancipatory theorising and its relationship with contemporary power structures.

Beginning with a theoretical critique and moving into a case study of the critical approaches to the break up of the former Yugoslavia, this book assesses the policies adopted by the international community at the time to show that much contemporary critical security theory and discourse in fact mirrors shifts in post-Cold War international and national security policy. Far from challenging international power inequalities and offering an emancipatory framework, contemporary critical security theory inadvertently ends up serving as a theoretical justification for an unequal international order.

August 2009: 234x156: 176pp Hb: 978-0-415-48540-1: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-87046-4

December 2009: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-56166-2: £70.00

FORTHCOMING

The New Spatiality of Security in Iraq Operational Uncertainty and the US Military Caroline Croser This book provides a rigorous critical analysis of how the US military operates in Iraq, and the operationalisation of new technology in warfare.

NEW

Gender, Human Security and the United Nations Security Language as a Political Framework for Women Natalie Florea Hudson, University of Dayton, USA This book examines the relationship between women, gender and the international security agenda, exploring the meaning of security in terms of discourse and practice, as well as the larger goals and strategies of the global women’s movement.

This book explores the nature and implications of the use of security language as a political framework for women, tracing and analyzing the organizational dynamics of women’s activism in the United Nations system and how women have come to embrace and been impacted by the security framework, globally and locally. The book argues that, from a feminist and human security perspective, efforts to engender the security discourse have had both a broadening and limiting effect, highlighting reasons to be sceptical of securitization as an inherently beneficial strategy.

The book operates at two levels. On one level, it gives a user-friendly picture of the daily operation of a US Army Division headquarters in Iraq, through a detailed exploration of a specific command and control technology, ‘Command Post of the Future‘. On another level, the book provides readers with the theoretical tools to disrupt the grand narratives that currently ‘explain‘ the operation of violence in Iraq. It does this by developing a spatial vocabulary to describe the operation of violence, drawing on the works of Foucault, Lefebvre and Deleuze; and by developing methods associated with non-representational geography and science and technology studies (STS), utilised in conjunction with this spatial vocabulary, in order to perform a detailed material analysis of violence-as-practiced.

Four case studies are used to develop the core themes:

Taken together, these two levels of analysis unpack our over-determined understandings of how violence works, especially our understanding of the operation of the ‘informatic‘ violence of the networked US military. The book opens a space in the academy for recognition of the open and often experimental way in which violence is practiced in Iraq. In so doing, this work exposes the possibility of practical interventions into the conduct of violence by opening up awareness of ‘the possibility that things might be done differently‘.

• the campaign to implement UN Security Council Resolution 1325

January 2010: 234x156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-56522-6: £70.00

• the strategies utilized by those advocating women’s issues in the security arena compared to those advocating for children • the organizational development of the UN Development Fund for Women and how it has come to securitize women • the activity of the UN Peacebuilding Commission and its challenges in gendering its security approach.

September 2009: 234x156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-77782-7: £70.00 eBook: 978-0-203-86990-1

ORDER NOW!

See Order Form at the back of this catalogue

+44 (0)1235 400524

Fax: +44 (0)20 7017 6699

www.routledge.com/strategicstudies

CRITICAL SECURITY

NEW

The Struggle for the West A Divided and Contested Legacy Edited by Christopher Browning, University of Warwick, UK and Marko Lehti This book problematises the idea of and debates about a ‘divided West’ that have emerged since 9/11 and the controversy over the Iraq War. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: New Tensions in a Troubled Partnership Christopher S. Browning and Marko Lehti Part 1: Foundations of the West 2. The West: Contested, Narrated and Clustered Christopher S. Browning and Marko Lehti 3. The Russian Dawn: How Russia Contributed to the Emergence of ‘The West’ as a Concept Peggy Heller 4. The Perpetual Decline of the West Patrick Thaddeus Jackson Part 2: The Dividing Legacy of the West 5. Rebooting the West: Can the Western Alliance Still Engage in War? Christopher Coker 6. American West vs. European West: A Struggle for Ownership and Legitimacy Marko Lehti Part 3: Europe, America and Alternative Core Wests 7. European Identity, Post-Western Europe, and Complex Cultural Diversity Paul Blokker and Gerard Delanty 8. Difference within Similarity: The Puzzle of Transatlantic Relations Pertti Joenniemi 9. Beyond the West and Towards the Anglosphere? Christopher S. Browning and Ben Tonra Part 4: Remaking the West in the Margins 10. Western Hegemony, Global Democracy and the Russian Challenge Viatcheslav Morozov 11. Asian Occidentalism and Rediscovered Modenities Alastair Bonnett 12. Conclusion: The Resilient West? Christopher S. Browning October 2009: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-47683-6: £70.00 eBook: 978-0-203-86735-8

NEW

Gender and International Security

Routledge Studies in Liberty and Security

Critical Issues in Global Politics FORTHCOMING

Series Edited by Didier Bigo, Elspeth Guild and R.B.J. Walker

NEW

Exceptionalism and the Politics of Counter-Terrorism Liberty, Security and the War on Terror Andrew Neal, University of Edinburgh, UK This book is an analysis and critique of the concepts of ‘exception’ and ‘exceptionalism’ in the context of the politics of liberty and security in the so-called ‘War on Terror’.

Situating exceptionalism within the post-9/11 controversy about the relationship between liberty and security, this book argues that the problem of exceptionalism emerges from the limits and paradoxes of liberal democracy itself. It is a commentary and critique of both contemporary practices of exceptionalism and the critical debate that has formed in response. Through a detailed assessment of the key theoretical contributions to the debate, this book develops exceptionalism as a critical tool. It also engages with the problem of exceptionalism as a discursive claim, as a strategy, as a concept, as a theoretical problem and as a practice.

This is the first book to capture the importance of the exceptionalism debate in a single volume, and will be of much interest to students of critical security studies, political philosophy, IR theory and sociology.

Democracy and Intervention John Macmillan, Brunel University, UK This book develops a systematic understanding of the conceptual, ethical, political and theoretical dimensions of intervention in an empirical/historical context. The book will focus primarily on the theory and practice of intervention as pertaining to the nexus between democracy/democracies and international society.

August 2010: 216x138: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-44494-1: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-44495-8: £18.99

FORTHCOMING

International Statebuilding David Chandler, University of Westminster, UK This book covers the theoretical frameworks and practices of international state-building, the debates they have triggered, and the way that international state-building has developed in the post-Cold War era.

Divided into four parts the book: • examines the changing international context in the 1990s and 2000s, in which the non-Western state was problematized in terms of both its security and development capacities, with debates around the need for external economic conditionality and more direct forms of humanitarian intervention, it then analyzes how the terms of debate shifted to state capacity-building in the 2000s

September 2009: 234x156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-45675-3: £70.00 eBook: 978-0-203-86758-7

• traces discussion and policy-making in three issues – security, development, and democracy and human rights – which have necessitated a rethinking of the state’s relation to international institutions

This book defines the relationship between gender and international security, analyzing and critiquing international security theory and practice from a gendered perspective.

FORTHCOMING

• considers some of the approaches deployed, including post-conflict state-building, frameworks to prevent state failure and EU enlargement practices

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction Laura Sjoberg Part 1: Gendered Lenses Envision Security 2. Theses on the Military, U.S. National Security, War, and Women Judith Stiehm 3. War, Sense, and Security Christine Sylvester 4. Gendering the State: Performativity and Protection in International Security Jonathan Wadley Part 2: Gendered Security Theories 5. Gendering the ‘Cult of the Offensive’ Lauren Wilcox 6. Gendering Power Transition Theory Laura Sjoberg 7. The Genders of Environmental Security Nicole Detraz Part 3: Gendered Security Actors: Women in International Security 8. Loyalist Women Paramilitaries in Northern Ireland: Beginning a Feminist Conversation about Conflict Resolution Sandra McEvoy 9. Securitization and De-Securitization: Female Soldiers and the Reconstruction of Women in Post-Conflict Sierra Leone Megan MacKenzie 10. Women, Militancy, and Security: The South Asia Conundrum Swati Parashar Part 4: Gendered Security Problematiques 11. Feminist Theory and Arms Control Susan Wright 12. Beyond Border Security: Feminist Approaches to Human Trafficking Jennifer Lobasz 13. When are States Hypermasculine? Jennifer Maruska 14. Peace Building through a Gender Lens and the Challenges of Implementation in Rwanda and Cote d’Ivoire Heidi Hudson September 2009: 234x156: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-47546-4: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-47579-2: £22.99 eBook: 978-0-203-86693-1

Religion, Politics and Law

Feminist Perspectives Edited by Laura Sjoberg, University of Florida, USA

Muslims in the West after 9/11 Edited by Jocelyne Cesari, Harvard University, USA This book is the first systematic attempt to study the situation of European and American Muslims after 9/11, and to present a comprehensive analysis of their religious, political, and legal situations.

Selected Contents: Introduction Jocelyne Cesari Part 1: Overview: Muslims in Europe and the US 1. Securitization of Islam in Europe Jocelyne Cesari 2. Muslims in America Jane Smith Part 2: Anti-Terrorism and International Constraints 3. The War on Terror and the Muslims in the West Mahmood Monshipouri 4. Bush’s Political Fundamentalism and the ’War’ against Militant Islam: The US-European Divide Dirk Nabers 5. The Liberal Roots of the American Empire Michael C. Desch Part 3: Influence of International Constraints on Politics, Law and Religion in the West 6. Welcoming Muslims into the Nation: Tolerance Politics and Integration in Germany Frank Peter 7. Shari’a and the Future of Secular Europe Jocelyne Cesari 8. American Muslims at the Dawn of the 21st Century: Hope and Pessimism in the Drive for Civic and Political Inclusion Louise Cainkar 9. The Concept of the Muslim Enemy in the Public Discourse Reim Spielhaus and Yasemin Schooman 10. Islamic Radicalism in Europe Farhad Khosrokhavar November 2009: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-77655-4: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-77654-7: £22.99 eBook: 978-0-203-86396-1

• opens up the framework and introduces a more critical analysis, concluding with a discussion of the implications of the internationalized state both in terms of international theory and policy practices.

June 2010: 216x138: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-42117-1: £65.00 Pb: 978-0-415-42118-8: £16.99

Free P&P Online Simple and secure online ordering, please visit www.routledge.com/strategicstudies and receive FREE P&P* for online orders over £20. *UK customers only

E-mail: strategic_studies@routledge.com

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk

for more information

for e-mail updates in your field

eBooks are only available to order online

7

8

CRITICAL SECURITY

Critical Issues in Global Politics (continued)

Routledge Advances in International Relations and Global Politics

FORTHCOMING

Security International Society, Democracy & Insecurity Jef Huysmans, Open University, Milton Keynes, UK This book introduces students to the central concepts in security studies and one of the most important issues in international relations. Jef Huysmans: • explains recent conceptual and theoretical developments in security studies • introduces contemporary security questions and changes in dominant security issues since the end of the Cold War • draws on insights from security studies, criminology, and sociology and cultural studies of fear • introduces a political rather than strategic analysis of security practice • focuses on the tensions between international democratic political practice and security policies • uses a story-led approach to introduce concepts and theories.

December 2010: 216x138: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-44020-2: £70.00 Pb: 978-0-415-44021-9: £22.99

FORTHCOMING

Sovereignty Jens Bartelson, University of Copenhagen, Denmark This book summarizes recent academic debates on sovereignty within academic international relations and political theory. Recent scholarship has focused on the changing meaning of the concept of sovereignty in a variety of historical and political contexts, and under what conditions these changes in turn spill over into institutional change on a global scale. This book furnishes new insights about the current meaning and function of the concept of sovereignty within international relations and political theory.

July 2010: 216x138: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-44682-2: £65.00 Pb: 978-0-415-44683-9: £14.99

This series publishes the best new work in the field of international relations, and of politics more generally, challenging existing empirical and normative theories, and advancing new paradigms and significant new research.

Books with the symbol are now available with Search Inside capability on www.routledge.com.

Simply click the link and view the book!

The Politics of Becoming European A Study of Polish and Baltic Post-Cold War Security Imaginaries Maria Mälksoo, International Centre for Defence Studies, Estonia Series: New International Relations This book weaves together perspectives drawn from critical international relations, anthropology and social theory in order to understand the Polish and Baltic post-Cold War politics of becoming European.

NEW

New Norms and Knowledge in World Politics Protecting People, Intellectual Property and the Environment Preslava Stoeva, Hult International Business School, London, UK This book examines the process of norm development and knowledge creation in international politics, and assesses these processes in case studies on protection from torture, intellectual property rights and climate change.

Drawing on the theories of constructivism and the sociology of scientific knowledge, Preslava Stoeva demonstrates that international norms are a product of a sequence of closures and consensus reached at different social levels. She contends that it is this process which makes norms permeate the social and political fabric of international relations even before they become official principles of state behaviour. Proposing a theoretical model which indicates the stages of the development of norms, she studies the roles that various actors play in that process, together with the interplay of various types of power. Through this endeavour, this book succeeds in providing the reader with a better understanding of the social processes that lead to normative change in international relations.

September 2009: 216x138: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-54737-6: £70.00 eBook: 978-0-203-86983-3

Maria Mälksoo makes a convincing case for a rethinking of European identity. Drawing on the theorist Edward Said, she contends that studies of the European Union are marked by a prevailing Orientalism, rarely asking who has traditionally been able to define European identity, and whether this identity should be presented as an historical process rather than a static category. The central argument of this book is that the historical experience of being framed as simultaneously in Europe - and yet not quite in Europe – informs the current self-understandings and security imaginaries of Poland and the Baltic States. Exploring this existential condition of ‘liminal Europeaness’ among foreign and security policy-making elites, the book considers its effects on key security policy issues, including relations with Western Europe, Russia and the United States.

September 2009: 234x156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-49997-2: £70.00 eBook: 978-0-203-87189-8

FORTHCOMING

Surveillance and Democracy Edited by Kevin Haggerty and Minas Samatas, University of Crete, Greece

NEW

Securitizations of Citizenship Edited by Peter Nyers, McMaster University, Canada Securitizations of Citizenship critically assesses the fate of citizenship in relation to securitized practices of surveillance and control that have emerged in the post-9/11 period.

THE WIDGET ICON

NEW

Selected Contents: Introduction: Securitizations of Citizenship Peter Nyers 1. The Neurotic Citizen Engin F. Isin 2. Secure Borders, Safe Haven, Domopolitics William Walters 3. Renormalizing Citizenship and Life in Fortress North America Davina Bhandar 4. (Dis)Qualified Bodies: Securitization, Citizenship and ‘Identity Management’ Benjamin J. Muller 5. Security, Flexible Sovereignty, and the Perils of Multiple Citizenship Daiva Stasiulis and Darryl Ross 6. The Accidental Citizen Peter Nyers 7. Political Belonging in a Neoliberal Era: The Struggle of the Sans-Papiers Anne McNevin 8. The Production of Culprits: From Deportability to Detainability in the Aftermath of ‘Homeland Security’ Nicholas De Genova 9. Citizenship for all Barry Hindess May 2009: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-48529-6: £70.00 eBook: 978-0-203-87890-3

This book represents the first sustained attempt to grapple with the relationship between surveillance and democracy. Is surveillance a barrier to democratic processes, or might it be a necessary component of democracy? How has the legacy of post 9/11 surveillance developments shaped democratic processes? As surveillance measures are increasingly justified in terms of national security, is there the prospect that a shadow "security state" will emerge?

How might new surveillance measures alter the conceptions of citizens and citizenship which are at the heart of democracy? How might new communication and surveillance systems empower (or limit) the prospects for meaningful public activism? Ultimately directed towards a variety of interventions, such as control, regulation, care, governance, scientific advancement, profit, and so on, surveillance has become central to human organizational and epistemological endeavours and a cornerstone of governmental practices in assorted institutional realms.

This social transformation towards expanded, intensified and integrated surveillance has produced many consequences. Most prominently, however it has given rise to an increased anxiety about the implications of surveillance for democratic processes; thus raising a series of questions - about what surveillance means, and might mean, for civil liberties, political processes, public discourse, state coercion and public consent - that the leading surveillance scholars gathered here take up.

December 2009: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-47239-5: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-47240-1: £28.99

ORDER NOW!

See Order Form at the back of this catalogue

+44 (0)1235 400524

Fax: +44 (0)20 7017 6699

www.routledge.com/strategicstudies

INTERNATIONAL SECURITY

FORTHCOMING

FORTHCOMING

CLASSIC TEXT

TEXTBOOK

Realism Reader

2ND EDITION

International Security

Colin Elman, Arizona State University, USA

An Introduction

Despite some years in the doldrums, political realism is recovering its previously dominant role as the leading paradigm in the international relations sub-field.

Realism’s return to prominence has been accompanied by a surge of new research, and by the development of several distinct variants within the research tradition.

The Evolution of International Society

Adrian Hyde-Price, University of Bath This textbook aims to introduce students to the study of contemporary international security. It is aimed at second and third year undergraduates as well as postgraduate students undertaking a taught Masters degree programme. The style will be clear and accessible, with a minimum of jargon, and the book will include pedagogical features, such as boxes, key points, further reading and student questions.

Key theories and concepts will be presented in the introductory chapters, and applied to the case-studies and empirical examples in subsequent chapters. It will have a strong empirical dimension, in order to illustrate contemporary international security problems and issues.

The book will be essential reading for upper-level students of international or global security studies, and recommended reading for students of strategic studies, war and conflict studies, terrorism studies and IR in general.

February 2010: 246x174: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-55036-9: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-55037-6: £21.99 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY

FORTHCOMING TEXTBOOK

Recovering Realism Colin Elman, Arizona State University, USA After a period of being criticized for being out-dated, political realism is once again recovering its position as the dominant approach in the international relations sub-field. While this return to prominence has been accompanied by a surge of new research, so far there is no book that systematically collects and collates the different strands of contemporary realism, accounting for their different predictions and explaining their prescriptions for policymakers. Almost all of the extant books on realism either focus on a particular version of realist theory, or else place their emphasis on the historical development of the research tradition. This book provides a broad survey of contemporary realist scholarship, and builds on Elman’s earlier work on the relationship between realism and foreign policy; balance of power theory; realism and typologies; and the metatheoretic status of realism.

The volume is intended for use as a text in upper division undergraduate courses in IR, and in IR field survey classes for graduate students; as a resource for scholars working within the IR sub-field; and as a readable introduction to contemporary political realism for a wider academic and policymaking audience. The book will also serve as a companion volume to The Realism Reader and the chapters have been matched accordingly.

The Realism Reader will provide a ’one-stop-shop’ for undergraduates and masters students taking a course in contemporary international relations theory, with a particular focus on realism.

The reader will collect centrally important realist works, organized around different approaches (for example, neoclassical realism); important critiques of realism (for example, the institutionalist critique); and some debates realists and their critics have engaged in concerning recent events (for example, whether different realist theories can account for the collapse of the Soviet Union and the end of the Cold War).

The reader will be structured around a 16 week semester.

An alternative timetable and chapter combination will be provided for classes following the quarter system.

September 2010: 246x174: 304pp Hb: 978-0-415-77354-6: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-77357-7: £21.99 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY

FORTHCOMING

Origins & Evolution J. David Singer, University of Michigan, USA Professor J. David Singer has been arguably the most important influence on quantitative research into the causes and attributes of war.

His pioneering work on the Correlates of War project at the University of Michigan and his numerous books and articles have inspired generations of researchers in the fields of international relations, conflict analysis, security studies and peace science.

This collection is a carefully selected overview of his work which provides not only an excellent introduction to his considerable methodological, theoretical and empirical contributions but also an intellectual history of developments in the field of international relations which are reflected in Professor Singer’s work.

September 2010: 246x174: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-77358-4: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-77359-1: £21.99 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY

Reissue with a New Introduction by Barry Buzan and Richard Little Adam Watson, University of Virginia, USA ’Overall, this is the most important book on international politics of our decade, and perhaps of our generation. It is extraordinary in its range — both historical and analytical. No other work evaluates with comparable range and clarity the defining characteristics of so many international systems. No other work is as imaginative in its analytic framework.

It carries us far beyond the narrow limitations of analyses that equate the independence end of the spectrum of political reality with that reality itself.

Adam Watson’s book provides the foundation for a new and creative era in international political analysis. All significant work in the future in our field must take into account his insights.’ – Whittle Johnson, University of Virginia, USA ’This is a real feast of a book. ... a landmark book.

It is clear enough to be used as a teaching text, and could make an excellent introduction to the discipline for those courageous enough to revise their courses.’ – International Affairs

International Security & Peace Science

February 2010: 234x156: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-77959-3: £80.00 Pb: 978-0-415-77960-9: £24.99

A Comparative Historical Analysis

’... international historians will find it an interesting and stimulating survey. ... Watson’s book must be seen as an important step towards a more sophisticated international theory.’ – History Adam Watson, who died in 2007, was a former diplomat who in his later academic career became a pioneer of the discipline of international relations.

Originally published in 1992, The Evolution of International Society made a major contribution to international theory and to our perception of how relations between states operate, and established Watson’s place within the canon.

This acclaimed and uniquely comprehensive work explains how international societies function across time, starting by examining the ancient state systems before turning to look in detail at the current worldwide international society. The book demonstrates that relations between states are not normally anarchic, but are in fact organized and regulated by elaborate rules and practices.

In this timely reissue, a new introduction by Barry Buzan and Richard Little assesses Adam Watson’s career as a diplomat and examines how his work as a practitioner shaped his subsequent thinking about the nature of international society. It then contextualises Watson’s original work, situates it alongside current work in the area and identifies the originality of Watson’s key arguments, helping us to understand Watson’s place within the canon.

March 2009: 234x156: 384pp Hb: 978-0-415-45209-0: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-45210-6: £25.99 eBook: 978-0-203-87564-3

E-mail: strategic_studies@routledge.com

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk

for more information

for e-mail updates in your field

eBooks are only available to order online

9

10

INTERNATIONAL SECURITY

FORTHCOMING

FORTHCOMING

Routledge Handbook of International Criminal Law

Politics, Law and the Responsibility to Protect

Edited by William Schabas and Nadia Bernaz, both at National University of Ireland, Galway

From Concept to Practice

International criminal law has developed extraordinarily quickly over the last decade, with the creation of ad hoc tribunals in the former Yugoslavia and Rwanda, and the establishment of a permanent International Criminal Court. This book provides a timely and comprehensive survey of the major topics in international criminal law.

Featuring new, specially commissioned papers by a range of international contributors, each chapter is written by a leading expert in the field, and provides a critical assessment of the most significant areas within international criminal law.

Selected Contents: Introduction. Part 1: Historical and Institutional Framework. Part 2: The Crimes. Part 3: The Practice of International Tribunals. Part 4: Key Issues in International Criminal Law. Conclusion September 2010: 246x174: 480pp Hb: 978-0-415-55203-5: £95.00

Routledge History of International Organizations From 1815 to the Present Day Bob Reinalda, Radboud University Nijmegen, the Netherlands ’An Indispensable reference for the student of international affairs interested in diplomatic history or contemporary politics, from the Congress of Vienna to the age of globalization. Analysis of context plus documentary texts renders the book particularly attractive.’

– Ilter Turan, Istanbul Bilgi University, Turkey ’This thorough and comprehensive history will be the starting point for historians of international organizations for many years to come.’ – Craig N. Murphy, Wellesley College, USA This is a definitive and comprehensive history of international organizations from their very beginning at the Congress of Vienna in 1815 up to the present day, and provides the reader with nearly two centuries of world history seen from the perspective of international organizations. It covers the three main fields of international relations: security, economics and the humanitarian domain which often overlap in international organizations. As well as global and intercontinental organizations, the book also covers regional international organizations and international non-governmental organizations in all continents.

Adelphi series

Alex J. Bellamy, University of Queensland, Australia and Sara E. Davies, Queensland University of Technology, Brisbane, Australia This book provides an in-depth introduction to, and analysis of, the issues relating to the implementation of the Responsibility to Protect principle in international relations.

The Responsibility to Protect (R2P) has come a long way in a relatively short space of time. It was endorsed by the General Assembly of the UN in 2005, and unanimously reaffirmed by the Security Council in 2006 (Resolution 1674). UN Secretary-General Ban Ki-moon has identified the challenge of implementing R2P as one of the cornerstones of his Secretary-Generalship. The principle has also become part of the working language of international engagement with grave humanitarian crises and has been debated in relation to almost every recent major international humanitarian crisis – including Sudan, Sri Lanka, Myanmar, Georgia, the Democratic Republic of Congo, Chad, Darfur and Somalia.

Yet evidence abounds of international disquiet: the original report was denounced by Arab and Asian members of the Human Rights Council, for example.

The principal themes of this book are: • the nature of the R2P principle • implementation challenges (especially the UN Secretary-General’s implementation agenda, the politics of implementation, and the relationship between R2P and international law); • key themes in implementation (focusing on the prevention of genocide and mass atrocities, strengthening the UN’s capacity to respond, the role of regional organizations and the place of women in the R2P agenda).

By focusing mainly on the question of implementation, this book makes a unique contribution, building on the first generation of books on R2P that focused on the principle’s origins and scope, and thereby introducing readers to contemporary debates about the issue and providing the first book-length analysis of the implementation agenda.

The book will be of great interest to students of IR, foreign policy, security studies and politics.

January 2010: 234x156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-56735-0: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-56736-7: £22.99

The Adelphi series is The International Institute for Strategic Studies’ flagship contribution to policy-relevant, original academic research.

Eight books are published each year. They provide rigorous analysis of contemporary strategic and defence topics that is useful to politicians and diplomats, as well as academic researchers, foreign-affairs analysts, defence commentators and journalists.

Selective Security War and the United Nations Security Council since 1945 Adam Roberts and Dominik Zaum In contrast to the common perception that the United Nations is, or should become, a system of collective security, this paper advances the proposition that the UN Security Council embodies a necessarily selective approach. Analysis of its record since 1945 suggests that the Council cannot address all security threats effectively.

The reasons for this include not only the veto power of the five permanent members, but also the selectivity of all UN member states: their unwillingness to provide forces for peacekeeping or other purposes except on a case-by-case basis, and their reluctance to involve the Council in certain conflicts to which they are parties, or which they perceive as distant, complex and resistant to outside involvement.

The Council’s selectivity is generally seen as a problem, even a threat to its legitimacy. Yet selectivity, which is rooted in prudence and in the UN Charter itself, has some virtues. Acknowledging the necessary limitations within which the Security Council operates, this paper evaluates the Council’s achievements in tackling the problem of war since 1945. In doing so, it sheds light on the division of labour among the Council, regional security bodies and states, and offers a pioneering contribution to public and governmental understanding of the UN’s past, present and future roles.

2008: 234x156 Pb: 978-0-415-47472-6: £16.99

The book progresses chronologically but also provides a thematic and geographical coherence so that related developments can be discussed together. A series of detailed tables, figures, charts and information boxes explain the chronologies, structures and relationships of international organizations. There are biographies, histories and analysis of hundreds of international organizations.

July 2009: 246x174: 880pp Hb: 978-0-415-47624-9: £110.00 eBook: 978-0-203-87657-2

ORDER NOW!

See Order Form at the back of this catalogue

+44 (0)1235 400524

Fax: +44 (0)20 7017 6699

www.routledge.com/strategicstudies

INTERNATIONAL SECURITY

Abolishing Nuclear Weapons George Perkovich, Carnegie Endowment for International Peace, Washington DC, USA and James Acton, King’s College London, University of London, UK Nuclear disarmament is firmly back on the international agenda. But almost all current thinking on the subject is focused on the process of reducing the number of weapons from thousands to hundreds. This rigorous analysis examines the challenges that exist to abolishing nuclear weapons completely, and suggests what can be done now to start overcoming them.

2008: 234x156: 130pp Pb: 978-0-415-46583-0: £16.99

Perspectives on International Security Speeches and Papers for the 50th Anniversary Year of the International Institute for Strategic Studies Edited by Alexander Nicoll and Tim Huxley In its anniversary year, the IISS held several high-level conferences around the world, and this book offers a selection of the speeches given at these events. The speakers were statesmen, senior military officers, high officials and international security experts.

All were concerned first and foremost with the pressing issues of the moment, as their duties required them to be. But the fact that they also addressed recurrent themes testifies to the enduring nature of the strategic challenges faced by policymakers.

Selected Contents: Foreword John Chipman. Introduction Alexander Nicoll and Tim Huxley Part 1: Global Security Dynamics 1. Address to the IISS 50th Anniversary Dinner Carl Bildt 2. Preventing a New Age of Nuclear Insecurity William Hague 3. Current Conflicts: Afghanistan Francesc Vendrell 4. European Armies: The Challenge David Richards 5. Europe and Conflict Resolution: Isolated or Engaged? Karl Eikenberry 6. Strategic Survey 2008 Launch Address John Chipman 7. The War in the Caucasus: Causes and Strategic Implications Oksana Antonenko Part 2: Perspectives on Asian Security 8. Keynote Address to the 7th IISS Asia Security Summit, the Shangri-La Dialogue Lee Hsien Loong 9. Challenges to Stability in the Asia-Pacific Robert Gates 10. Charting a New Frontier: ‘Global Korea‘ in the Twenty-First Century Han Seung-soo 11. The Future of East Asian Security Ma Xiaotian 12. Keynote Address to the 1st IISS-Citi India Global Forum Shiv Shankar Menon 13. Asian Military Modernisation: Key Areas of Concern Michael McDevitt 14. Asian Environmental Concerns Jeffrey Mazo Part 3: The Widening Security Agenda 15. Restoring Peace in Complex Emergencies Jakob Kellenberger 16. Economics in Conflict Resolution Ronald Cohen 17. Assessing Political Risk Nigel Inkster 2008: 234x156: 168pp Pb: 978-0-415-54732-1: £12.99

Contemporary Security Studies

11

FORTHCOMING

Global Biosecurity Series Edited by James Gow and Rachel Kerr, both at King’s College London, University of London, UK

Aggression, Crime and International Security Moral, Political and Legal Dimensions of International Relations Page Wilson, Royal Military Academy Sandhurst, Camberley, Surrey, UK Aggression, Crime and International Security examines the concept of aggression in international relations and how it has been dealt with by international law and collective security organisations.

This book analyses the evolution of the concept of aggression in international relations from World War I to the post-Rome Statute era. It charts the emergence of two competing visions of this notion: on the one hand, as a triggering mechanism for collective security enforcement among states, and, on the other, as an international crime giving rise to individual responsibility.

The author argues that despite certain contemporary international trends suggesting a shift away from traditional, state-centric power structures towards a more cosmopolitan, globalized polity, the history of the concept of aggression demonstrates just how far away this is in reality. By examining aggression in theory and practice at the League of Nations, the Nuremberg and Tokyo Trials, the United Nations, the conference establishing the Rome Statute, and beyond, the book reveals the recurring moral, political and legal challenges this concept poses - challenges which continue to be at the forefront of thinking about international relations today.

March 2009: 234x156: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-48524-1: £70.00 eBook: 978-0-203-87737-1

FORTHCOMING

Rethinking Security Governance The Problem of Unintended Consequences Edited by Christopher Daase, University of Munich, Germany and Cornelius Friesendorf, Swiss Federal Institute of Technology, Zurich, Switzerland While security governance has become popular in international security studies, the role of unintended consequences has been neglected - this book aims to fill that gap in the literature.

Selected Contents: 1. Unintended Consequences of Security Governance Christopher Daase and Cornelius Friesendorf 2. Unintended Consequences of International State-Building Ulrich Schneckener 3. Strengthening Autocracy: The World Bank and Social Reform in Egypt Florian Kohstall 4. The Externalities of Financial Re-Regulation: Unintended Consequences of Measures Against Terrorist Financing Thomas J. Biersteker 5. Unintended Criminalizing Effects of UN-led Peace Operations in the Balkans Peter Andreas 6. Tipping the Balance? From Governance to Internal Security Aims in EU Security Sector Reform Policies Ursula C. Schroeder 7. Outsourcing Human Rights Protection: The Consequences of Partially Privatized Migration Control Benjamin Buckland 8. Transformative Consequences of Private Force Jörg Friedrichs 9. Peace Operations and the Blurring of Civil-Military Tasks Susan Penksa 10. Security Governance and Unintended Consequences of Targeted Sanctions Mikael Eriksson 11. Avoiding Negative Unintended Consequences of Security Governance Cornelius Friesendorf and Christopher Daase February 2010: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-48535-7: £70.00

Threats and Responses Edited by Peter Katona, UCLA, USA, John P. Sullivan, National Terrorism Early Warning Resource Center, Los Angeles Sheriff’s Department, USA and Michael D. Intriligator, UCLA, USA This book explores a range of biohealth and biosecurity threats, places them in context, and offers responses and solutions from global and local, networked and pyramidal, as well as specialized and interdisciplinary perspectives.

Selected Contents: Preface: Reflections of a Bioweaponeer William Patrick III 1. Introduction: Global Biosecurity and the Spectrum of Infectious Disease Threats Part 1: Assessing the Threats of Natural and Deliberate Epidemics 2. Emerging and Re-Emerging Infectious Diseases: Avian Influenza and Other Global Pandemics Peter Katona and Michael Scheld 3. Biological Warfare and Bioterrorism: How do They Differ from other WMD Threats Peter Katona and David Franz 4. A History of Bioterrorism and Biocrimes Peter Katona and Seth Carus 5. Agroterrorism and Food Safety Tom Frazier 6. The Economic, Political, and Social Impacts of Bioterrorism Michael D. Intriligator 7. Technology and the Global Proliferation of Dual-Use Biotechnologies Mark Gorwitz 8. Conflict and Environmental Security Setting the Stage for Humanitarian Crises John P. Sullivan Part 2: Weaknesses in Current Preparedness and Response 9. The Global Politics of Biosecurity and Crime: Obstacles to Integration Adrian Baciu 10. Problems in Coordinating Health, Law Enforcement, and Intelligence Activities in the US and the United Kingdom Keith Weston 11. A Critique of the U.S. National Guard’s Role in Combating Bioterrorism Annette Sobel 12. The Media and the Role of Risk Communication in Public Health Preparedness Manfred Green and Bruce Dan Part 3: Integrated Approaches to Infectious-Disease Preparedness and Response 13. The Changing Role of Surveillance in Bioterrorism Preparedness Marjorie Pollack 14. Improving Strategic Medical Intelligence and Forensic Epidemiology Dixon Diamond 15. Integrating Local, State, and Federal Responses to Infectious Threats Jonathan Fielding 16. Handling Special Populations: The Elderly, Disabled, Immunocompromised and Children Alan Toy 17. Developing a New Paradigm for Biodefense in the 21st Century: Adapting Healthcare Response to the Biodisaster Threat Joseph Rosen and C. Everett Koop 18. Enhancing the Role of Business, the Pharmaceutical Industry and Hospitals in Biosecurity Preparedness Eric Toner 19. The Contribution of International Law to Enhance Biosecurity David P. Fidler 20. Conclusion: An Integrated, Networked Approach to Infectious Disease Preparedness 21. Epilogue: Reflections on the Future of Bioweapons Alvin Toffler December 2009: 234x156: 304pp Hb: 978-0-415-46053-8: £75.00

FORTHCOMING

Legitimacy and the Use of Armed Force Stability Missions in the Post-Cold Era Chiyuki Aoi, Aoyama Gakuin University, Tokyo, Japan This book examines the notion of the legitimacy of the use of force in international affairs, specifying conditions under which stability intervention is most likely to occur and be justified.

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: The Theory of Legitimacy 2. Case Study 1: Liberia 3. Case Study 2: Bosnia 4. Case Study 3: Somalia 5. Case Study 4: Rwanda 6. Case Study 5: Afghanistan 7. Case Study 6: Iraq 8. Conclusion. Bibliography November 2009: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-55954-6: £70.00 eBook: 978-0-203-86576-7

E-mail: strategic_studies@routledge.com

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk

for more information

for e-mail updates in your field

eBooks are only available to order online

12

INTERNATIONAL SECURITY

NEW

NEW

Legitimising the Use of Force in International Politics

Private Contractors and the Reconstruction of Iraq

Kosovo, Iraq and the Ethics of Intervention

Transforming Military Logistics

Corneliu Bjola, University of Toronto, Canada

Christopher Kinsey, King’s College London, UK

This book aims to examine the conditions under which the decision to use force can be reckoned as legitimate in international relations. Drawing on communicative action theory, it provides a provocative answer to the hotly contested question of how to understand the legitimacy of the use of force in international politics.

This book explains how and why the US and UK governments became so dependent upon military contractors during the war in Iraq. It also examines the ramifications this new dependency will have on future military operations, as the conflict in Iraq has shown that private contractors are now indispensable to the attainment of both the military and political objectives of war. Finally, the book discusses what advantages and disadvantages these companies have brought to the reconstruction of Iraq, and what lessons need to be learned from this experience.

The use of force is one of the most critical and controversial aspects of international politics. Scholars and policy-makers have long tried to develop meaningful standards capable of restricting the use of force to a legally narrow yet morally defensible set of circumstances. However, these standards have recently been challenged by concerns over how the international community should react to gross human rights abuses or to terrorist threats. This book argues that current legal and moral standards on the use of force are unable to effectively deal with these challenges.

The author argues that the concept of ’deliberative legitimacy’, understood as the non-coerced commitment of an actor to abide by a decision reached through a process of communicative action, offers the most appropriate framework for addressing this problem.

The theoretical originality and empirical value of the concept of deliberative legitimacy comes fully into force with the examination of two of the most severe international crises from the post Cold War period: the 1999 NATO intervention in Kosovo and the 2003 US military action against Iraq.

July 2009: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-49255-3: £70.00 eBook: 978-0-203-87391-5

FORTHCOMING

Global Security Studies emphasizes broad forces reshaping global security and the dilemmas facing decision-makers the world over. The series stresses issues relevant in many countries and regions, accessible to broad professional and academic audiences as well as to students, and enduring through explicit theoretical foundations.

Great Powers and Strategic Stability in the 21st Century

FORTHCOMING

Competing Visions of World Order

Private Security Contractors and New Wars

Edited by Graeme P. Herd, Geneva Centre for Security Policy, Switzerland

Risk, Law and Ethics

This book addresses the issue of grand strategic stability in the 21st century, and examines the role of key centres of global power – US, EU, Russia, China and India - in managing contemporary strategic threats.

Kateri Carmola, Middlebury College, Vermont, USA This book addresses the ambiguities of the growing use of private security contractors and provides some guidance as to how our expectations about regulating this expanding ‘service‘ industry will have to be adjusted.

Selected Contents: Introduction 1. New Wars, New Actors 2. Dying for What? Risk Evaluation and the Privatized Soldier 3. The Law of War in the World of Private Security Contracts 4. Ethics and the Just War Tradition in the World of the Private Warrior 5. Concluding Policy Recommendations and Implications January 2010: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-77171-9: £70.00

A New World Order

FORTHCOMING

Edited by Donette Murray and David Brown, both at Royal Military Academy, Sandhurst, Camberley, UK

Understanding NATO in the 21st Century

Selected Contents: Introduction Donette Murray 1. The American Eagle Rob Singh 2. The Chinese Dragon Donette Murray 3. The Russian Bear Dmitri Polikanov 4. The Indian Tiger Sumit Ganguly and Manjeet S. Pardesi 5. The EU: A Different Kind of Beast? John McCormick. Conclusion - A New World Order – An Emerging Multipolar Framework?

David Brown May 2010: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-47547-1: £70.00

Series Edited by Aaron Karp and Regina Karp, both at Old Dominion University, Norfolk, USA and Terry Terriff, University of Calgary, Canada

FORTHCOMING

July 2009: 234x156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-37964-9: £70.00 eBook: 978-0-203-87459-2

Multipolarity in the 21st Century

This book seeks to help shape the debate surrounding power and polarity in the twenty-first century both by assessing the likelihood of US decline and by analysing what each of the so-called ‘rising powers‘ can do.

Routledge Global Security Studies

Alliance Strategies, Security and Global Governance Edited by Graeme P. Herd, Geneva Centre for Security Policy, Switzerland and John Kriendler, George C. Marshall European Center for Security Studies, Germany This volume provides an overview of the evolution of NATO, alliances and global security governance in the twenty-first century.

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: NATO 20/20 2. NATO Transformation 3. Crisis Response Operations 4. NATO’s Role in Combating International Terrorists 5. NATO Enlargement 6. NATO Partnerships 7. NATO and Mutually Supporting Institutions 8. NATO HQ Reform 9. NATO’s Future: 2020 Alternative Scenarios July 2010: 234x156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-43633-5: £70.00

Selected Contents: Preface 1. Introduction: International Security in the 21st Century Graeme P. Herd Part 1: Changing Strategic Context 2. Globalization and International Political Economy Neil MacFarlane 3. International Institutions, Regimes and Law Pal Dunay Part 2: Strategic Threats: Nature and Evolution 4. Terrorism and Political Extremism Ekaterina Stepanova 5. WMD Proliferation Gustav Lindstrom 6. Regional Crises: Conflict and Fragile States Caty Clement 7. Environmental and Energy Security Tapani Vaahtoranta Part 3: Strategic Priorities and Threat Management 8. The United States Matt Rhodes 9. European Union Thierry Tardy 10. Russian Federation Pavel Baev 11. China Bates Gill 12. India C. Raja Mahon Part 4: Conclusion: Cooperation and Conflict Capacities 13. Grand Strategic Stability: Trends and Trajectories? Graeme P. Herd March 2010: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-56054-2: £70.00 eBook: 978-0-203-86582-8

NEW

Iran and Nuclear Weapons Protracted Conflict and Proliferation Saira Khan, McGill Univesity, Canada This book investigates what is driving Iran’s nuclear weapons programme in a less-hostile regional environment, using a theory of protracted conflicts to explicate proliferation.

Iran and Nuclear Weapons underscores the importance of protracted conflicts in proliferation decisions, and underpinning this is the assumption that nonproliferation may be achieved through the termination of intractable conflicts. The aims of this work are to demonstrate that a state’s decision to acquire nuclear weapons depends largely on its engagement in protracted conflicts, which shows not only that the presence of nuclear rivals intensifies the nuclear ambition, but also that non-nuclear status of rival states can promote non-proliferation incentives in conflicting states inclined to proliferate.

September 2009: 234x156: 168pp Hb: 978-0-415-45307-3: £70.00 eBook: 978-0-203-86942-0

ORDER NOW!

See Order Form at the back of this catalogue

+44 (0)1235 400524

Fax: +44 (0)20 7017 6699

www.routledge.com/strategicstudies

INTERNATIONAL SECURITY

Network Centric Warfare and Coalition Operations

13

NEW

FORTHCOMING

The New Military Operating System

Nuclear Weapons and Cooperative Security in the 21st Century

US Strategy in Africa

Paul T. Mitchell, Canadian Forces College, Toronto, Canada

The New Disorder

Edited by David J. Francis, University of Bradford, UK

Stephen J. Cimbala, Pennsylvania State University, USA

This book outlines the construction, interpretations and understanding of US strategy towards Africa in the current era.

This book argues that Network Centric Warfare (NCW) influences how developed militaries operate in the same fashion that an operating system influences the development of computer software.

It examines three inter-related issues: the overwhelming military power of the United States; the growing influence of NCW on military thinking; and the centrality of coalition operations in modern military endeavours.

Irrespective of terrorist threats and local insurgencies, the present international structure is remarkably stable – none of the major powers seeks to alter the system from its present liberal character, as demonstrated by the lack of a military response to US military primacy. This primacy privileges the American military doctrine and thus the importance of NCW, which promises a future of rapid, precise, and highly efficient operations, but also a future predicated on the ‘digitization’ of the battle space.

Participation in future American-led military endeavours will require coalition partners to be networked: ‘interoperability’ will therefore be a key consideration of a partner’s strategic worth.

February 2009: 234x156: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-44645-7: £70.00 eBook: 978-0-203-88116-3

FORTHCOMING

Nuclear Energy, Security and Global Governance Taming the Atomic Phoenix Trevor Findlay, Carleton University, Canada This book, with a foreword by former Deputy Secretary-General of the United Nations Madame Louise Fréchette, examines the extent and nature of the likely global revival in the use of nuclear energy in the coming decades and its impact on global nuclear governance.

The book is inspired by the possibility that runaway global warming, the ravenous energy demands of China, India and other emerging economic powerhouses, and the problems facing traditional and alternative energy sources, will produce a nuclear energy ‘renaissance’.

March 2010: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-49364-2: £70.00

NEW

Political Economy and Grand Strategy A Neoclassical Realist View Mark R. Brawley, McGill University, Canada This book examines traditional balance of power theory from a political-economic perspective, using historical examples, to draw out distinctions between the liberal and realist approach and how this affects grand strategy.

By emphasizing the role of the state, identifying different causal patterns in domestic politics, and demonstrating the importance of systemic competition, this book aims to establish why a neo-classical realist approach is not only different from a liberal approach, but also superior when addressing questions on grand strategy.

This book looks at the prospects for international cooperation over nuclear weapons proliferation in the 21st century.

In the 21st century, a number of forces threaten to undo or weaken the long nuclear peace and fastforward states into a new and more dangerous situation: the existence of large US and Russian nuclear weapons arsenals; the potential for new technologies, including missile defenses and long-range, precision conventional weapons, and a collapse or atrophy of the nuclear nonproliferation regime, and the opening of the door for nuclear weapons to spread among more than the currently acknowledged nuclear states.

This book explains how these ’weakening’ forces interact with one another and with US and Russian policy-making and creates large possibilities for cooperative security – yet also considerable danger.

September 2009: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-55228-8: £70.00 eBook: 978-0-203-87064-8

AFRICOM, Terrorism and Security Challenges

Selected Contents: Part 1: AFRICOM, US Security & Defence Policy on Africa 1. Introduction: African Security & US Strategic Interests David J. Francis 2. AFRICOM: A Command under Construction Henry ‘Kip’ Ward 3. US Defence Policy on Africa Theresa Whelan 4. Historical Evolution of the AFRICOM Project Kelly Langdorf 5. Security in Africa Mohamed Salih 6. War on Terror and Security Challenges in Africa J. Peter Pham Part 2: African Security Challenges and Responses to AFRICOM: Threats & Opportunities 7. ECOWAS and AFRICOM David J. Francis 8. SADC and AFRICOM Knox Chitiyo 9. Why US Wants Military HQs in Africa Daniel Volman 10. AFRICOM & Africa - Always Something New: Telling Africans What Their Security Problems Are David Chuter Part 3: AFRICOM & the Security-Development Nexus: International Partnerships 11. Solutions Not Yet Sought: AFRICOM and the Human Security Paradigm Shannon Beebe 12. Africa, Asia and Latin America: New Aid and Security Partnerships Josephine Osikena. Conclusion David J. Francis. Bibliography January 2010: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-48510-4: £75.00

FORTHCOMING

Risk, Global Governance and Security

Nuclear Weapons and International Order

The Other War on Terror Yee-Kuang Heng and Ken McDonagh, both at Trinity College, Dublin, Ireland This book applies risk society theory to the ’War on Terror’, steering the discussion away from the militaristic discourse of the Bush era towards an emphasis on global cooperation and a new cosmopolitan agenda.

The literature and rhetoric of the ’War on Terror’ has been dominated by dramatic high-profile military campaigns and division in the international community.

This overlooks the various multilateral practices and cooperative processes that are emerging to combat global terrorism. President Bush himself had initially been at pains to stress that his ’war’ on terror would be like no other; it would involve not just military tools but financial, intelligence, police and diplomatic measures too. More than eight years later, the time is right for an in-depth evaluation of this ’other’ war on terror. Yet these relatively mundane regulatory dimensions have received much less attention than the ’hot’ wars in Afghanistan and Iraq, where ongoing difficulties suggest that military force alone is inadequate in controlling globalised terrorism.

This book aims to redress this imbalance, by foregrounding these initiatives, tracing their implementation and reflecting on the implications for International Relations. Adopting an analytical approach that seeks to incorporate theories of risk, global governance and security, this book aims to explore the overlapping multi-level and multi-lateral dynamics of the emerging global security architecture which have remained neglected and unmapped thus far in the war on terror.

William Walker, University of St. Andrews, UK Written by a leading scholar in the field of nuclear weapons and international relations, this book examines ‘the problem of order’ arising from the existence of weapons of mass destruction.

This central problem of international order has its origins in the nineteenth century, when industrialization and the emergence of new sciences, technologies and administrative capabilities greatly expanded states’ abilities to inflict injury, ushering in the era of total war. It became acute in the mid-twentieth century, with the invention of the atomic bomb and the pre-eminent role ascribed to nuclear weapons during the Cold War. It became more complex after the end of the Cold War, as power structures shifted, new insecurities emerged, prior ordering strategies were called into question, and as technologies relevant to weapons of mass destruction became more accessible to non-state actors as well as states.

William Walker explores how this problem is conceived by influential actors, how they have tried to fashion solutions in the face of many predicaments, and why those solutions have been deemed effective and ineffective, legitimate and illegitimate, in various times and contexts.

March 2010: 234x156: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-42105-8: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-42106-5: £21.99

March 2009: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-47196-1: £70.00 eBook: 978-0-203-87822-4

September 2009: 234x156: 176pp Hb: 978-0-415-49367-3: £70.00 eBook: 978-0-203-86986-4

E-mail: strategic_studies@routledge.com

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk

for more information

for e-mail updates in your field

eBooks are only available to order online

14

INTERNATIONAL SECURITY

Cosmopolitanism and Ethics in International Relations The Politics of Hospitality Gideon Baker, Griffith University, Australia Series: Routledge Research in International Relations Theory The politics of hospitality is central to a number of issues in international relations, including asylum policy, security and humanitarian intervention and is nothing less than the question of who should be welcomed into the political community.

Making an important contribution to the debates about cosmopolitanism and ethics in international relations, Baker outlines a theory of cosmopolitan politics and develops a contemporary model based on the concept of hospitality. He explores how the ethics of hospitality work out in practical politics at both the domestic and international levels and examines the implications of the ethics of hospitality for our understanding of international politics, specifically for the thorny issue of humanitarian intervention.

New International Relations Series Edited by Richard Little, University of Bristol, UK, Iver B. Neumann, NUPI Norwegian Institute of International Affairs, Norway and Jutta Weldes, University of Bristol, UK

RELATED JOURNAL

Editors: Aaron Karp and Regina Karp, both at Old Dominion University, USA One of the oldest peer reviewed journals in international conflict and security, Contemporary Security Policy promotes theoretically-based research on policy problems of armed violence, peace building and conflict resolution. Since it first appeared in 1980, CSP has established its unique place as a meeting ground for research at the nexus of theory and policy.

Volume 31, 2010, 3 issues per year Print ISSN: 1352-3260 Online ISSN: 1743-8764 For further information or to request a sample copy of the journal please visit: www.tandf.co.uk/journals/fcsp

THE WIDGET ICON Books with the symbol are now available with Search Inside capability on www.routledge.com.

Non-Great Powers in International Politics The English School and Nordic Internationalism Annika Bergman-Rosamond, University of Leicester, UK

The field of international relations has changed dramatically in recent years. This series covers the major issues that have emerged and reflects the latest academic thinking in this particularly dynamic arena.

This book develops a theoretical framework drawn from the English School of international theory to explore the contribution of non-great powers within the international society of states. In doing so the author asks whether the analysis of such actors as well as their distinct contributions to global justice and order, can sustain the normative and analytical rigour of the English School.

Civilization and Empire

Focussing on the Nordic states’ conduct and conceptions of welfare internationalism, the responsibility to protect norm and humanitarian intervention as well as gendered and adjacent forms of internationalisms, this book provides important insights into the co-constitutive relationship between specific agents and the wider sphere of international society. It sheds light on the crucial normative debate between order and justice in international politics and explains the specific roles of ’non-great powers’ in sustaining, nurturing and constituting international society through their internationalist foreign policies.

China and Japan’s Encounter with European International Society Shogo Suzuki, University of Manchester, UK This book critically examines the influence of International Society on East Asia, and how its attempts to introduce ‘civilisation’ to ‘barbarous’ polities contributed to conflict between China and Japan.

March 2009: 234x156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-56177-8: £70.00

Contemporary Security Policy

FORTHCOMING

Challenging existing works that have presented the expansion of (European) International Society as a progressive, linear process, this book contends that imperialism – along with an ideology premised on ‘civilising’ ‘barbarous’ peoples – played a central role in its historic development.

Considering how these elements of International Society affected China and Japan’s entry into it, Shogo Suzuki contends that such states envisaged a Janus-faced International Society, which simultaneously aimed for cooperative relations among its ‘civilized’ members and for the introduction of ‘civilization’ towards non-European polities, often by coercive means. By examining the complex process by which China and Japan engaged with this dualism, this book highlights a darker side of China and Japan’s socialization into International Society which previous studies have failed to acknowledge.

Drawing on Chinese and Japanese primary sources seldom utilised in International Relations, this book makes a compelling case for revising our understandings of International Society and its expansion.

February 2009: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-44688-4: £70.00 eBook: 978-0-203-88045-6

April 2010: 234x156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-46179-5: £70.00

FORTHCOMING

Social Power in International Politics The Center Cannot Hold Peter Van Ham, Clingendael Institute, the Netherlands This text introduces and defines the new concept of social power and examines how it works in international politics. It demonstrates how social power is a complex phenomenon that manifests itself in a wide variety of ways and circumstances, particularly in culture, institutions, law, and the media. Providing a global perspective on the role of social power; from the EU, the US, Middle East and China, this book: • focuses on the key aspects of social power: centrality, complexity, and comprehensiveness • examines the complex relationship between soft and hard power, the role of the media and new communication technologies • explores the interplay between state and non-state actors in framing the public discourse, setting the agenda, molding identities, and ultimately determining the outcome of policy processes • features a broad range of international case studies and addresses issues including: culture and pop culture, media, public diplomacy and branding.

Simply click the link and view the book!

This book will be of great use to readers who want a deeper understanding of the comprehensive changes taking place in the nature of power in contemporary international politics.

December 2009: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-56421-2: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-56422-9: £21.99

ORDER NOW!

See Order Form at the back of this catalogue

+44 (0)1235 400524

Fax: +44 (0)20 7017 6699

www.routledge.com/strategicstudies

INTERNATIONAL SECURITY

Routledge Advances in International Relations and Global Politics FORTHCOMING

Defining and Defying Organised Crime Discourse, Perceptions and Reality Edited by Felia Allum, University of Bath, UK, Francesca Longo, Università degli Studi di Catania, Italy, Daniela Irrera, Università degli Studi di Catania, Italy, and A. Panos Kostakos, University of Bath, UK Using an inter-disciplinary and comparative approach this book examines the existing institutional discourse on organised crime to explore whether it has an impact on perceptions of the threat and on the reality of organized crime and vice versa.

Selected Contents: List of contributors. Foreword Monica den Boer. Acknowledgements. Figures and Tables.

Introduction: Deconstruction in Progress: Towards a Better Understanding of Organized Crime? Felia Allum and Panos A. Kostakos Part 1: Discourse and Definitions 1. Discoursing Organized Crime: Towards a Two Level Analysis? Franecesca Longo 2. The Criminal not the Crime: Practitioner Discourse and the Policing of Organized Crime in England and Wales Clive Hartfield 3. The Evolution of the European Union’s Understanding of Organized Crime and its Embedment in EU Discourse Helena Carrapico 4. International Policy Discourses on Transnational Organized Crime: The Role of an International Expertise Amandine Scherrer Part 2: Perceptions 5. Transnational Organized Crime and the Global Security Agenda: Different Perceptions and Conflicting Strategies? Daniela Irrera 6. Evolving Perceptions of Organized Crime: The Use of RICO in the United States Joseph Wheatley 7. The Yakuza and its Perceived Threat Sayaka Fukumi 8. The Social Perception of Organized Crime in the Balkans: A World of Diverging Views? Jana Arsovska and Panos A. Kostakos Part 3: Reality 9. The Fire behind the Smoke: The Realities of Human Trafficking in Northern Ireland Louise Deegan 10. Organized Crime in Transition-era Bulgaria: The Elites and the State Marina Tzevtkova 11. Organized Crime and Local Politics in Contemporary Italy: Willing or Unwilling Bedfellows? Felia Allum 12. The Crime-Terror Nexus: Do Threat Perceptions Align with ‘Reality‘? Tamara Makarenko.

Conclusion: Getting to Grips with the Deconstruction of Organized Crime Francesca Longo and Daniela Irrera December 2009: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-54852-6: £70.00

NEW

FORTHCOMING

The Securitization of Humanitarian Migration

The Global Arms Trade

Digging Moats and Sinking Boats

Edited by Andrew T.H. Tan

Scott D. Watson, University of Victoria, Canada

The Global Arms Trade is a timely, comprehensive and in-depth study of this topic, a phenomenon which has continued to flourish despite the end of the Cold War and the preoccupation with global terrorism after 11 September 2001. It will provide a clear description and analysis of the demand for, and supply of, modern weapons systems, and assess key issues of concern.

A Handbook

This book examines how western liberal states are progressively restricting access to refugees and asylum seekers, even though these states have signed international agreements obliging them to offer protection to those fleeing persecution and to advocate the spread of human rights and humanitarian principles.

Watson examines how refugees and asylum seekers have come to be treated so poorly by these states through the use of policies such as visa requirements, mandatory detention and prevention/return policies.

Providing extensive documentary analysis of debates on ‘restrictive’ refugee policies in Canada and Australia, the author addresses the relationship between security and migration, an issue of increased importance in the aftermath of 9/11 and the war on terror. He then examines hotly-contested policies such as detention and the forceful return of asylum seekers to demonstrate how attempts to securitise these issues have been resisted in the media and by political opposition.

May 2009: 234x156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-49690-2: £70.00 eBook: 978-0-203-87679-4

NEW

United Nations Reform Heading North or South?

Spencer Zifcak Founded upon extensive interviews with diplomats at the United Nations, the book provides a rare ‘insider’ account of UN politics and practice.

United Nations Reform examines recent attempts at reform within the United Nations in the wake of the institutional crisis provoked by the invasion of Iraq. It contends that efforts at reform have floundered owing to fundamental and bitter political disagreements between the nations of the global North and South.

Following profound discord in the Security Council in the lead up to the US-led invasion of Iraq in 2003, this book considers the ambitious programme of reform instigated by then serving UN Secretary-General Kofi Annan. The author of this highly topical work, Spencer Zifcak, subjects six of Annan’s principal proposals for reform to scrutiny: the reform of the Security Council, the General Assembly, and the Human Rights Council, and suggested alterations to international law with respect to the use of force in international affairs, the ‘responsibility to protect’, and UN strategies to counter global terrorism. On the basis of these detailed casestudies, the book demonstrates why so few proposals for reform were eventually adopted. It argues that the principal reason for this failure was that nations of the North and South could not agree as to the merits of the reforms proposed, exposing the sharply differing visions held by member states for a future and improved United Nations.

Selected Contents: Section 1: Introduction 1. An Overview of Global Patterns 2. Arms Spending and Procurement in Southeast Asia 3. Arms Modernization in Asia Section 2: Arms Modernization After the Cold War 4. China’s Arms Modernization 5. India’s Arms Build-up 6. Japan’s Arms Procurement after the Cold War 7. Arming North Korea 8. Arms Modernization in the Middle East 9. Israel’s Defence Spending and Procurement after Camp 10. Iran’s Defence Spending and Arms Procurement 11. US Arms Procurement after the End of the Cold War 12. Post Cold War Defence Procurement in Europe 13. Defence Spending and Procurement in Post-Communist Russia 14. Arms Modernization in Latin America 15. Arms Proliferation in Africa Section 3: The Arms Industry After the Cold War 16. The Global Arms Trade after the Cold War 17. The Globalization of the Arms Industry 18. Defence Restructuring and Consolidation in Europe 19. The US Defence Industry After the Cold War 20. The UK Defence Industry in an Age of Globalization 21. Israel’s Defence Industry Section 4: Key Issues in the Global Arms Trade 22. The Military Industrial Complex 23. Defence Spending and Development/Modernization 24. Post-Cold War Control of Conventional Arms 25. Insurgencies and their Impact on Arms Procurement 26. The Privatization of Force 27. Future War – The Shape of Arms to Come Section 4: Conclusions 28. Conclusions December 2009: 246x174: 320pp Hb: 978-1-85743-497-2: £150.00

Free P&P Online Simple and secure online ordering, please visit www.routledge.com/strategicstudies and receive FREE P&P* for online orders over £20. *UK customers only

June 2009: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-47720-8: £70.00 eBook: 978-0-203-87402-8

E-mail: strategic_studies@routledge.com

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk

for more information

for e-mail updates in your field

eBooks are only available to order online

15

16

RELATED JOURNALS

INTERNATIONAL SECURITY

The RUSI Journal and Whitehall Papers Publications of the Royal United Services Institute for Defence and Security Studies (RUSI)

The RUSI Journal (RUSI Journal and Whitehall Papers – Combined Subscription)

Editors: Leonard Weinberg, University of Nevada, USA and Gabriel Ben Dor, University of

Security Studies has firmly established itself as a leading journal on international security issues.

The journal publishes theoretical, historical, and policy-oriented articles on the causes and consequences of war, and the sources and conditions of peace.

Haifa, USA

www.tandf.co.uk/journals/FSST

The RUSI Journal is the Institute's flagship publication and a leading forum for the exchange of ideas on national and international defence and security issues. First published in 1857, The RUSI Journal is the oldest publication of its kind in the world and considered by practitioners and scholars alike to be essential reading for anyone seeking to understand war and conflict, the UK' and other states' armed forces and defence and security policies, and military history. With ten to twelve timely and policy-relevant articles on contemporary defence and security matters, two to four scholarly studies on military history subjects and an expanded reviews section that includes book reviews and essays on film, art and media, The RUSI Journal consistently brings the most innovative and challenging perspectives to bear on past, present and future issues in the field.

Volume 155, 2010, 6 issues per year Print ISSN: 0307-1847 Online ISSN: 1744-0378

The Nonproliferation Review Journal of The James Martin Center for Nonproliferation Studies, MIIS Editor: Stephen Schwartz, The James Martin Center for Nonproliferation Studies, Monterey Institute of International Studies, USA The Nonproliferation Review is a refereed journal concerned with the causes, consequences, and control of the spread of nuclear, chemical, biological, and conventional weapons. The Review features case studies, theoretical analyses, reports, and policy debates on such issues as individual country programs, treaties and export controls, terrorism, and the economic and environmental effects of weapons proliferation.

Volume 17, 2010, 3 issues per year Print ISSN: 1073-6700 Online ISSN: 1746-1766 For further information or to request a sample copy of the journal please visit: www.tandf.co.uk/journals/thenonproliferationreview

For further information or to request a sample copy of the journal please visit: www.tandf.co.uk/journals/rusi

Democracy & Security is the authoritative source for rigorous exploration of the dilemmas that face democracies when dealing with matters of security.

The journal publishes theoretical and empirical articles on the concepts and functions of democracy and security, with a focus on the diverse perspectives of national and internal security challenges and policies, and policy analysis.

Volume 6, 2010, 3 issues per year Print ISSN: 1741-9166 Online ISSN: 1555-5860 www.tandf.co.uk/journals/FDAS

Science & Global Security Editors: Harold A. Feiveson, Program on Science and Global Security, USA and Stanislav N. Rodionov, Space Research Institute, Moscow, Russia Science & Global Security is an international journal for peer-reviewed scientific and technical studies relating to arms control, disarmament, and nonproliferation policy. Its goals are to help create a common understanding of the technical basis for new policy initiatives and to provide an archival source for further works of scholarship and policy analysis.

Volume 18, 2010, 3 issues per year Print ISSN: 0892-9882 Online ISSN: 1547-7800 www.tandf.co.uk/journals/GSGS

The Washington Quarterly

Whitehall Papers

Journal of the Center for Strategic and International Studies (CSIS)

Series Editor: Dr. Terence McNamee, Royal United Services Institute for Defence and Security Studies, UK

Ranked in Thomson Reuters, 2008 Journal Citation Reports®

The Whitehall Papers series provides in-depth studies of specific developments, issues or themes in the field of national and international defence and security. Whitehall Papers reflect the highest standards of original research and analysis, and are invaluable background material for policy makers and specialists alike.

For further information or to request a sample copy of the journal please visit: www.tandf.co.uk/journals/rwhi

Democracy & Security

Editor: William C. Wohlforth, Dartmouth College, USA

Volume 19, 2010, 4 issues per year Print ISSN: 0963-6412 Online ISSN: 1556-1852

Editor: Dr. Terence McNamee, Royal United Services Institute for Defence and Security Studies, UK

2010, 2 issues per year Print ISSN: 0268-1307 Online ISSN: 1754-5382

Security Studies

Editor: Alexander T.J. Lennon, Center for Strategic and International Studies, USA The Washington Quarterly (TWQ) is a journal of global affairs that analyzes strategic security challenges, changes, and their public policy implications. TWQ is published out of one of the world's preeminent international policy institutions, the Center for Strategic and International Studies (CSIS), and addresses topics such as: • The U.S. role in the world • Emerging great powers: Europe, China, Russia, India, and Japan • Regional issues and flashpoints, particularly in the Middle East and Asia • Weapons of mass destruction proliferation and missile defenses • Global perspectives to reduce terrorism.

Volume 33, 2010, 4 issues per year Print ISSN: 0163-660X Online ISSN: 1530-9177 For further information or to request a sample copy of the journal please visit: www.tandf.co.uk/journals/rwaq

ORDER NOW!

See Order Form at the back of this catalogue

+44 (0)1235 400524

Fax: +44 (0)20 7017 6699

www.routledge.com/strategicstudies

US FOREIGN POLICY

FORTHCOMING

NEW

TEXTBOOK

TEXTBOOK

Transatlantic Relations since 1945

National Security in the Obama Administration

An Introduction Jussi Hanhimaki, Benedikt Schoenborn and Barbara Zanchetta The transatlantic relationship has been the bedrock of international relations since the end of World War II. This new textbook will focus on the period since the defeat of Nazi Germany, when the multitude of links between United States and Western Europe were created, extended, and multiplied. Written by three Europeans, it emphasizes transatlantic interactions, and avoids the temptation to focus on either U.S. ‘domination’ or European attempts to ‘resist’ an American effort to subjugate the old continent. That influence has travelled across the Atlantic in both directions is one of the starting points of this text.

Structured chronologically, the book will be built around three key themes: • Security: From the Cold War to the War on Terror • Economics: Integration and Competition • ‘Soft power’ and Transatlantic Relations.

This book will be the first comprehensive account of transatlantic relations in the second half of the 20th century (extending to the present day). It will be of great interest to students of transatlantic relations, NATO, US Foreign Policy, Cold War History, European History and IR/International history.

Selected Contents: Introduction 1. American Commitment to Europe, 1945-1949 2. Institutional Frameworks, 1949-1957 3. Tension and Coexistence, 1957-1961 4. Challenged America, 1961-1972 5. Transatlantic Discord, 1973-1984 6. The Wall Comes Down, 1985-1989 7. Transitions and Uncertainties, 1989-1995 8. Enlargement, Integration, and Globalization, 1995-2001 9. A New Order, 2001-2009. Epilogue. Bibliography March 2010: 246x174: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-48697-2: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-48698-9: £21.99 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY

FORTHCOMING TEXTBOOK

Realism & US Foreign Policy The Primacy of Power Jeffrey W. Taliaferro, Tufts University, Massachusetts, USA

America’s Grand Strategy and World Politics Robert Art, Brandeis University, USA This book brings together the essays of Robert Art, one of America’s leading scholars of international relations and US foreign policy.

Reassessing the Bush Doctrine Stanley A. Renshon, City University of New York Graduate Center, USA The Bush Doctrine is dead! At least that’s what critics hope.

But while new U.S. national security challenges emerge, many post-9/11 threats still persist and the policies of George W. Bush offer one set of strategic answers for how President Obama can confront those dangers. Neither a polemic nor a whitewash, this book provides a careful analysis of the Bush Doctrine – its development, application, and rationale – and assesses its legacy: How will Obama respond to the many foreign policy challenges that await him?

Through an examination of psychology as much as policy, Renshon gives us the first comparative analysis of the Bush Doctrine and the developing Obama Doctrine.

The book analyzes the range of national security issues Obama will face and the political divisions that permeate U.S. national security debates. It is essential reading for anyone looking to understand how presidents assess security risks generally and how Obama specifically is likely to adapt the Bush Doctrine to his own worldview.

Selected Contents: Preface 1. The Obama Presidency and the World he Inherits Part 1: The Bush Doctrine Reconsidered 2. The Evolution of a Post 9/11 National Security Perspective 3. The Real Bush Doctrine 4. The Bush Doctrine: Myths and Criticisms Part 2: The Strategic World After 9/11 5. The New Calculus of Risk 6. Deterrence, Containment and Adversarial Bargaining Post 9/11: North Korea and Iran 7. Dangerous Threats and the Use of Force 8. Strategic Options and the Future of the Bush Doctrine Part 3: The Politics of Post 9/11 National Security 9. The Politics of Risk Assessment 10. The Politics of Post 9/11 National Security: A Profound Worldview Divide 11. Obama’s National Security Tasks: Worldview, Leadership and Judgment September 2009: 234x156: 296pp Hb: 978-0-415-80406-6: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-80405-9: £24.99 eBook: 978-0-203-87451-6

The essays represent some of his most important and influential international relations and foreign policy pieces written since the end of the Cold War. Focused on the theme of American grand strategy, the essays cover such topics as: • the use of force • coercive diplomacy • nuclear deterrence • defence policy • the role of NATO • US-European relations.

The collection possesses both theoretical depth and historical breadth, providing a coherent assessment of the role that American military power plays in international politics. It includes a new introduction that provides an overview of American grand strategy and an original afterword in which the author reflects on the future of grand strategy in the post-9/11 world.

Selected Contents: Introduction Part 1: Force and Foreign Policy 1. American Foreign Policy and the Fungibility of Force 2. The United States and Coercive Diplomacy (Co-authored with Patrick M. Cronin) Part 2: World War II and the Cold War 3. The United States, the Balance of Power, and World War II: Was Spykman Right? 4. To What Ends Military Power? 5. The United States: Nuclear Weapons and Grand Strategy Part 3: Selective Engagement 6. A Defensible Defense: America’s Grand Strategy after the Cold War 7. Geopolitics Updated: The Strategy of Selective Engagement Part 4: Europe, China, and the Future 8. Why Western Europe Needs the United States and NATO 9. Europe Hedges Its Security Bets 10. The United States and the Rise of China: Implications for the Long Haul 11. Looking Ahead – Near Term and Far 2008: 234x156: 408pp Hb: 978-0-415-95233-0: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-95234-7: £21.99

This textbook illustrates the utility and limitations of realism to explain broad patterns in US foreign policy.

Selected Contents: 1. Primacy of Power: Realist Theories and the Study of U.S. Grand Strategy 2. Classical Realism: Statecraft, Balancing Power, and the U.S. Entry into World War II 3. Hegemonic Realism: Outbreak of the Cold War, Preponderance, and the Origins of Containment 4. Neorealism: Bipolar Stability, Nuclear Weapons, and the Long Peace (1962-90) 5. Defensive Realism and Offensive Realism: U.S. Intervention in Korea and Vietnam 6. Neoclassical Realism: Explaining Post-Cold War and Post-9/11 U.S. Foreign Policy June 2010: 246x174: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-77315-7: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-77316-4: £21.99 eBook: 978-0-203-96257-2

E-mail: strategic_studies@routledge.com

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk

for more information

for e-mail updates in your field

eBooks are only available to order online

17

18

US FOREIGN POLICY

Routledge Studies in US Foreign Policy Series Edited by John Dumbrell, University of Durham, UK and Inderjeet Parmar, University of Manchester, UK

NEW TEXTBOOK

New Directions in US Foreign Policy Edited by Inderjeet Parmar, University of Manchester, UK, Linda B. Miller, Wellesley College, USA and Mark Ledwidge, University of Manchester, UK New Directions in US Foreign Policy is a state of the art overview of US foreign policy, providing a comprehensive account of the latest theoretical perspectives, the key actors and issues, and new policy directions. Offering a detailed and systematic outline of the field, this text: • explains how international relations theories such as realism, liberalism and constructivism can help us to interpret US foreign policy • examines the key influential actors shaping foreign policy, from political parties and think tanks to religious groups and public opinion • explores the most important new policy directions from the ’war on terror’ and relations with the UN to democracy promotion and ’imperialism’ • supplies succinct presentation of relevant case material, and provides recommendations for further reading and web sources for pursuing future research.

Written by a distinguished line-up of contributors actively engaged in original research on the topics covered, this text provides a unique platform for rigorous debate over the contentious issues that surround US foreign policy.

This wide-ranging text is essential reading for all students and scholars of US foreign policy.

Selected Contents: Part 1: Theorising Contemporary US Foreign Policy Part 2: Non-State Actors in U.S. Foreign Policy Part 3: New Policy Directions June 2009: 246x174: 304pp Hb: 978-0-415-77748-3: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-77749-0: £21.99 eBook: 978-0-203-87881-1 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY

FORTHCOMING

FORTHCOMING

Beyond Anti-Americanism The Case for Criticism not Prejudice

American Foreign Policy and Postwar Reconstruction

Brendon O’Connor, Griffith University, Australia

Comparing Japan and Iraq

Beyond Anti-Americanism presents a case for seeing anti-Americanism as principally a counterproductive prejudice. Brendon O’Connor argues that while there are many reasons to be frustrated with American policies, politics and even American society, a crucial distinction should be drawn between criticism and prejudice.

Jeff Bridoux

June 2010: 234x156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-47428-3: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-47429-0: £21.99

On the eve of the invasion of Iraq, President G.W. Bush argued that if setting up democracy in Japan and Germany after WW II was successful, then it should also be successful in Iraq. This book provides a detailed comparison of the reconstruction of Japan from 1945 to 1952 with the current reconstruction of Iraq and provides a new analytical framework for understanding the success or failure of reconstruction projects.

October 2010: 234x156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-56397-0: £65.00

NEW

America’s ’Special Relationships’ Foreign and Domestic Aspects of the Politics of Alliance Edited by John Dumbrell, University of Durham, UK and Axel Schäfer, Keele University, UK This unique volume seeks to offer an original collection of essays on the theme of America’s ‘special relationships’.

Selected Contents: Introduction: The Politics of Special Relationships John Dumbrell and Axel R. Schäfer 1. Model Nations: US Allies and Partners in the Modernizing Imagination Nick Cullather 2. Old World, New World: Great Britain and America From the Beginning Kathleen Burk 3. Hating Bush, Supporting Washington: George W. Bush, Anti-Americanism and the US-UK Special Relationship John Dumbrell 4. The US-Canada Relationship: How ’Special’ Is America’s Oldest Unbroken Alliance? David G. Haglund 5. Australia, the US and the Unassailable Alliance Mark Beeson 6. Yearning and Spurning: New Zealand’s Special Relationships with Britain and the United States Dolores E. Janiewski 7. Testing the Limits of a Special Relationship: US Unilateralism and Dutch Multilateralism in the Twenty-first Century Giles Scott-Smith 8. An Aborted Special Relationship: US-Russian Relations in the Post-Cold War World, 1989-2007 Alex Marshall and J. Simon Rofe 9. The Ecstasy and the Agony: The Rise and Fall of US-Iranian Relations Donette Murray 10. America’s Israel/ Israel’s America Ian J. Bickerton 11. US-Israel Relations: A Special Friendship Lee Marsden 12. The Death of a Peculiar Special Relationship: Myron Taylor and the Religious Roots of America’s Cold War Andrew Preston 13. ’What Marx, Lenin, and Stalin needed was…to be born again’: Evangelicals and the ’Special Relationship’ between Church and State in US Cold War Foreign Policy Axel R. Schäfer September 2009: 234x156: 264pp Hb: 978-0-415-48376-6: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-48375-9: £21.99 eBook: 978-0-203-87270-3

FORTHCOMING

American Intellectuals and US Strategy Forging the National Security Strategy during and after the Cold War Paulo J.B. Ramos, Universidade Independente, Portugal Have academics played any role in American grand strategy?

Although academics are usually seen as out-of-touch idealists working in their ivory towers they have played an important role in national security policy processes, as this book will show. By examining the relationship between academics and government we are studying other voices that are usually forgotten when national security issues are discussed, making it an interesting and little researched subject.

The idea is to reveal a hidden aspect of American national security policymaking and show how organized knowledge is a social-political force and how universities (and other para-academic institutions) are part of the organizational, institutional, cultural and intellectual network that ‘controls’ American national security policy.

June 2010: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-43739-4: £65.00 eBook: 978-0-203-94617-6

Soft Power and US Foreign Policy Theoretical, Historical and Contemporary Perspectives Inderjeet Parmar, University of Manchester, UK and Michael Cox, LSE, UK Soft power is the use of attraction and persuasion rather than the use of coercion or force in foreign policy. This volume features a brand new chapter by Nye outlining his views on soft, hard and smart power and offers a critique of the Bush administration’s inadequacies. The other contributions to the volume respond to Nye's views from a range of theoretical, historical and policy perspectives giving new insights in to both soft power and the concept of power itself.

February 2010: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-49203-4: £80.00 Pb: 978-0-415-49204-1: £24.99

ORDER NOW!

See Order Form at the back of this catalogue

+44 (0)1235 400524

Fax: +44 (0)20 7017 6699

www.routledge.com/strategicstudies

US FOREIGN POLICY

FORTHCOMING

FORTHCOMING

Ethics As Foreign Policy

Race and US Foreign Policy

US Foreign Policy in Context

Britain, The EU and the Other

The African-American Foreign Affairs Network

National Ideology from the Founders to the Bush Doctrine

Dan Bulley, Queens University Belfast, Northern Ireland, UK

Mark Ledwidge, University of Manchester, UK The book provides cutting edge insight into the racial aspect of US foreign affairs. In addition to extending the parameters of US foreign policy literature to include race and ethnicity, the book documents case-specific analyses of the evolutionary development of the African American foreign affairs network (AAFAN). Whilst the examination of race in regard to the construction of US foreign policy is significant, this book also provides a cross disciplinary approach which utilises historical and political science methods to paint a more realistic appraisal of US foreign policy. In short this book will transcend the standard mono-disciplinary approach which overestimates the separation between domestic and foreign affairs. The unique approach of this monograph will add an important dimension to a newly emerging field.

October 2010: 234x156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-48211-0: £75.00

FORTHCOMING

The United States and NATO since 9/11 The Transatlantic Alliance Renewed Ellen Hallams, Kings College, Joint Services and Command College, UK This book examines US attitudes to, and perspectives on, the transatlantic alliance, with a particular focus on US-NATO relations since 9/11. It demonstrates that, following the decision to bypass NATO after 9/11, the Bush Administration’s perceptions of the alliance shifted due to a belated recognition that NATO did indeed have much to offer the US. Hallams explores NATO’s contributions to post-combat reconstruction and stabilisation operations in Afghanistan and Iraq, and argues that the events of 9/11 galvanised NATO into undertaking an accelerated program of transformation that has done much to reinvigorate the alliance.

This book offers an optimistic assessment of the transatlantic alliance, counter-balanced by realistic reflections on the problems it faces. Drawing on interviews with US and NATO officials, it argues that NATO is far from irrelevant and that prospects for the alliance remain fundamentally positive; it will be of interest to students and scholars of US Foreign Policy, American politics, international relations, security studies and transatlantic studies.

December 2009: 234x156: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-55368-1: £70.00 eBook: 978-0-203-86522-4

Adam Quinn, University of Birmingham, UK This work blends strategic analysis of contemporary US foreign policy with long-term historical discussion, producing an important argument relevant to the debates surrounding both the merits of contemporary US foreign policy and the long-term trends at work in American political culture.

Rather than a detailed historical study of the Bush administration itself, the book seeks to locate Bush within the historical context of the US foreign policy tradition. It makes the case for nationally specific ideological factors as a driver of foreign policy and for importance of interaction between the domestic and the international in the emergence of national strategy.

The contemporary element focuses on critiquing the George W. Bush administration’s National Security Strategy, perceived by many as a radical and unwelcome ideological departure from past policy, and its broader foreign policy, concentrating especially on its embrace of liberal universalism and rejection of realism. This critique is supported by the cumulative argument, based upon the historical cases, seeking to explain American leaders’ persistent resistance to the prescriptions of realism. Quinn argues for some causal connection between historically evolved ideological constructions and the character of the nation’s more recent international strategy.

November 2009: 234x156: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-54965-3: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-86767-9

The US Public and American Foreign Policy This book provides a detailed account of the influence of the American public on foreign policy throughout US history. Following an introduction drawing out the collection’s rationale and key themes, the first part of the book considers the role of public opinion relating to America’s involvement in war. The second section looks at the role of ideological identity groups in influencing US foreign policy while the third addresses ethnic interest groups. The final part analyses contemporary considerations during the ’War on Terror’.

FORTHCOMING

United States Cuban Relations Since the Cold War Jessica Gibbs, Aberystwyth University, UK

Ethical foreign policy has often been considered utopian, unrealistic and potentially very dangerous. Dan Bulley argues for a reconceptualisation of ethics as foreign policy.

Inspired by the deconstructive thought of Jacques Derrida, Bulley studies the ethical claims of British (1997-2007) and EU (1999-2004) foreign policy.

These claims are read against themselves to illustrate their deep ambiguity. A textual analysis of speeches, statements and interviews given by foreign policy makers shows that a responsibility to save ‘Africa’, to protect Iraqis, and to hospitably welcome the Balkans into the EU are also irresponsible, inhospitable and unethical.

The author contends that foreign policies making a claim to morality are ethical and unethical, in their own terms, suggesting that while a truly ethical foreign policy remains ultimately unachievable, it does not justify abandoning a responsible relation to others.

Rather, a negotiation of ethics as foreign policy suggests potential individual, context-bound decisions which remain open to contestation and permanent critique.

Bulley argues that the goal of ethical foreign policy must be maintained as a productive hope of what is neither completely impossible, nor entirely possible.

FORTHCOMING

Edited by Helen Laville, University of Birmingham, UK and Andrew Johnstone

April 2010: 234x156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-55315-5: £75.00

Series: Interventions

April 2009: 234x156: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-48361-2: £70.00 eBook: 978-0-203-87885-9

FORTHCOMING

Buying National Security How America Plans and Pays for Its Global Role and Safety at Home Gordon Adams, School of International Service, American University, USA and Cindy Williams, Massachusetts Institute of Technology, USA In Buying National Security, Gordon Adams and Cindy Williams examine the current planning and budgeting processes of the United States, covering national defense and intelligence, international affairs, homeland security, and the national security related functions of other federal departments and agencies. They describe the planning and resource integration activities of the White House (Office of Management and Budget; National Security Council), as well as examine the structure and processes the Congress uses to carry out its national security oversight and budgetary responsibilities. Finally, they review the adequacy of the current structures and process and make proposals for ways both might be reformed to fit the demands of the 21st century security environment.

December 2009: : 352pp Hb: 978-0-415-95439-6: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-95440-2: £32.99

This is a comprehensive examination of US policy towards Cuba with a particular emphasis on the postCold War era. As well as providing a detailed account of US policy and actions towards Castro’s regime, Jessica Gibbs also illustrates how this case study provides a revealing insight into wider debates about US foreign policy and international relations theory.

19

March 2010: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-43747-9: £70.00 eBook: 978-0-203-94612-1

E-mail: strategic_studies@routledge.com

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk

for more information

for e-mail updates in your field

eBooks are only available to order online

20

US FOREIGN POLICY

FORTHCOMING

National Security Cultures Regional and Global Perspectives Edited by Emil J. Kirchner, University of Essex, UK and James Sperling, University of Akron, Ohio, USA This edited volume examines changes of national security culture and the implications that this has for international security. It provides a systematic account of perceived security threats and the preferred instruments and institutions of response with individual chapters on Canada, China, France, Germany, Italy, Japan, Mexico, Russia, UK and USA. Each chapter is written to a common template so that the book provides an analytically coherent framework to explain whether cooperation in security governance is likely to increase among major states, and if so, the extent to which this will follow either regional or global arrangements.

Selected Contents: 1. Money is Policy: Planning and Budgeting for Security and Foreign Affairs 2. Resource Planning for International Affairs and State Operations 3. Foreign Economic Assistance Budgeting and Programs 4. Political and Security Assistance Budgeting and Programs 5. Planning, Programming, Budgeting, and Execution in the Department of Defense 6. Intelligence Planning and Budgeting 7. Resource Allocation and Budgeting for Homeland Security 8. The Role of the Executive Office of the President in National Security Budgeting 9. Resource Allocation and Budgeting in Congress 10. The Politics of National Security Budgeting 11. The Road Ahead: How Might Budgeting Change?

January 2010: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-77742-1: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-77743-8: £23.99

Perceptions and Policy in Transatlantic Relations Prospective Visions from the US and Europe Edited by Natividad Fernández Sola, University of Zaragoza, Spain and Michael Smith, Loughborough University, UK Experts draw on Robert Jervis’ work to examine recent tensions between Europe and the US over such issues as transatlantic security and policies towards terrorism, against the background of perceptions and misperceptions in transatlantic relations.

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. Aliances, Perceptions and Current Friction Robert Jervis 3. Foreign Policy and Transatlantic Relations Rubén Herrero de Castro 4. An American View of Transatlantic Relations Robert J. Lieber 5. Trends on European Foreign and Security Policy since September 2001 Michael Smith 6. How Transatlantic Relations Can Reinforce the EU Role as an International Actor Natividad Fernández Sola 7. Perceptions on US Policy, Transatlantic Relations and Alliance Security Dilemma David García Cantalapiedra 8. The End of the Euro-Atlantic Pluralistic Security Community? The New Agenda of Transatlantic Security Relations in the Global Political System Carla Monteleone 9. Terrorism and Homeland Security Carlos Echeverría Jesús 10. Putin’s Energy Policy in European and Transatlantic Perspective Alex Marshall January 2009: 234x156: 168pp Hb: 978-0-415-45487-2: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-45488-9: £20.99 eBook: 978-0-203-89169-8

ORDER NOW!

See Order Form at the back of this catalogue

U.S. Foreign Policy in Perspective

FORTHCOMING

Clients, Enemies and Empire

Cold War Conflict in the Congo

America, the UN and Decolonisation

David Sylvan, Graduate Institute of International Studies, Geneva, Switzerland and Stephen Majeski, University of Washington, USA

John Kent, London School of Economics and Political Science, University of London, UK

’Empirical diplomatic history and theory at its best.

This masterful, rigorous scholarship takes a long-term perspective, informed by rich case studies, to challenge in a pathbreaking interpretation many conventional wisdoms about the wellsprings of American foreign policy. Clear yet sophisticated at the same time – a rare combination.

Must reading for future research.’ – Charles W. Kegley, University of South Carolina, USA

This book analyses how US Cold War requirements affected and were affected by the obstacles to viable new state formation in Africa within the Western international order. It examines the need of European interests to perpetuate western capitalist order, which was both supported and opposed by the US government at different times depending on the threats to them. It argues that the Cold War strategy of reacting to the Soviets was an easy option for the American to justify its policies, rather than having to explain pro-active US efforts to build democratic states within their own ideological order.

’In this lucid, erudite, penetrating book, Sylvan and Majeski turn standard analyses of U.S. foreign policy upside down. The tale they tell is one of means shaping ends, of instruments driving policies, of bureaucracies creating rather than serving national interests. Sylvan and Majeski’s cybernetic account of U.S. foreign policy is shockingly compelling – conceptually sound and empirically rich. This book is a must-read for any serious student of U.S. foreign policy.’ – David A. Welch, University of Toronto, Canada What is the long-term nature of American foreign policy? This new book refutes the claim that it has varied considerably across time and space, arguing that key policies have been remarkably stable over the last hundred years, not in terms of ends but of means.

Closely examining US foreign policy, past and present, Sylvan and Majeski draw on a wealth of historical and contemporary cases to show how the US has had a ’client state’ empire for at least a century. They clearly illustrate how much of American policy revolves around acquiring clients, maintaining clients and engaging in hostile policies against enemies deemed to threaten them, representing a peculiarly American form of imperialism. They also reveal how clientilism informs apparently disparate activities in different geographical regions and operates via a specific range of policy instruments, showing predictable variation in the use of these instruments.

This book contains a broad range of cases from US policy in the Caribbean and Central America after the Spanish-American War, to the origins of the Marshall Plan and NATO, to economic bailouts and covert operations, and to military interventions in South Vietnam, Kosovo and Iraq.

This book has a dedicated website at: www.us-foreign-policy-prespective.org featuring additional case studies and data sets.

February 2009: 246x174: 336pp Hb: 978-0-415-70134-1: £70.00 Pb: 978-0-415-70135-8: £23.99 eBook: 978-0-203-79945-1

+44 (0)1235 400524

Series: LSE International Studies Series

Focussing on the Congo, this book examines the role of the UN in conflict resolution at the start of the 1960s and its relation to the Cold War. It links the international aspects of British, Belgian, Angolan and Central African Federation involvement with the roles of the US and UN in order to understand how supplies to and profits from the Congo were producing growing African problems.

Overall, the book shows how the preservation of the existing economic and social order in the Congo was a key element in the decolonisation process and the fighting of the Cold War. January 2010: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-46414-7: £75.00

American Foreign Policy and The Politics of Fear Threat Inflation since 9/11 Edited by A. Trevor Thrall, University of Michigan, Dearborn, USA and Jane K. Cramer, University of Oregon, USA Series: Routledge Global Security Studies This edited volume examines threat inflation, and its role in framing US foreign and security policy since 9/11.

Selected Contents: Foreword: Threat Inflation and International Politics Stephen Van Evera.

Acknowledgements 1. Introduction: Understanding Threat Inflation Jane K. Cramer and A. Trevor Thrall 2. Understanding Beliefs and Threat Inflation Robert Jervis 3. Imperial Myths and Threat Inflation Jack Snyder 4. Estimating Threats: The Impact and Interaction of Identity and Power David Rousseau and Rocio Garcia-Retamero 5. Hawkish Biases Daniel Kahneman and Jonathan Renshon 6. Threat Inflation and the Failure of the Marketplace of Ideas: Selling the Iraq War Chaim Kaufmann 7. The Sound of Silence: Rhetorical Coercion, Democratic Acquiescence, and the Iraq War Ronald R. Krebs and Jennifer Lobasz 8. Militarized Patriotism and the Success of Threat Inflation Jane K. Cramer 9. The War Over Iraq: Selling War to the American Public Jon Western 10. Framing Iraq: Threat Inflation in the Marketplace of Values A. Trevor Thrall 11. Inflating Terrorism John E. Mueller 12. Perception and Power in Counter-Terrorism: Assessing the American Response to Al Qaeda before September 11 Benjamin H. Friedman April 2009: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-77768-1: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-77769-8: £22.99 eBook: 978-0-203-87909-2

Fax: +44 (0)20 7017 6699

www.routledge.com/strategicstudies

US FOREIGN POLICY

Contemporary Security Studies FORTHCOMING

Bush’s Foreign and Security Policy Principle or Partisanship?

Donette Murray, Royal Military Academy, Sandhurst, Camberley, UK This book offers a fresh assessment of the Bush presidency that builds on the ‘first cut of history’ (much of which is partisan) and the growing collection of memoirs and personal accounts purporting to explain America’s 43rd president. This account challenges readers to look more closely at the strengths and weaknesses of Bush’s two-term administration. Carefully reached, it provides compelling evidence to support its two main arguments: first, that this was a more complex administration than its actions – often judged crude and ill-conceived – suggested, and one that was capable of crafting much praised and politically sound positions. The second argument contends that the Bush administration largely (though not entirely) failed to grasp how the international system was changing (including, for example, the impact of the emergence of rising powers and the myriad implications of globalisation) and thus failed to position the US to meet the challenges of the 21st century. The book is intended as a critique, not a criticism, of the Bush administration. Significantly, it will be one of the first books to surpass the ‘rush to judgement’ accounts, by dealing comprehensively and reflectively with the whole Bush Presidency.

In order to unravel this presidency, the book explores the major foreign-policy initiatives undertaken by the administration using the language of ‘problems’. This framework will be used to analyse the conception, crafting and implementation of Bush’s policies. It will also examine how these were received and perceived, both by opponents in the US and elsewhere, and assess the impact of factors partially or wholly outside the control of the US, notably ‘events’.

June 2010: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-48661-3: £70.00

FORTHCOMING

Clinton’s Foreign Policy

NEW

Between the Bushes, 1992-2000

US Foreign Policy and Iran

John Dumbrell, University of Durham, UK

American-Iranian Relations since the Islamic Revolution

This volume is a detailed account of President Clinton’s foreign policy during 1992-2000, covering the main substantive issues of his administration, including Iraq, Bosnia and Kosovo.

The book emphasizes Clinton’s adaptation of the elder Bush’s ’New World Order’ outlook and his relationship to the younger Bush’s ’Americanistic’ foreign policy. In doing so, it discusses in detail such key policy areas as foreign economic policy; humanitarian interventionism; policy towards Russia and China, and towards European and other allies; defence priorities; international terrorism; and peacemaking. Overall, the author judges that Clinton managed to develop an American foreign policy approach that was appropriate for the domestic and international conditions of the post-Cold War era.

March 2009: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-35984-9: £70.00 eBook: 978-0-203-00789-1

Unipolarity and World Politics

Norms, Power and Followership in the Wars on Iraq

A Theory and its Implications

Lavina Lee, Macquarie University, Australia

Birthe Hansen, University of Copenhagen, Denmark This volume provides a theoretical framework for analysis of the current world order and identifies the patterns of outcomes and systematic variations to be expected.

While particularistic or hermeneutic approaches may provide us with solid and comprehensive knowledge about individual incidents, the advantage of systemic-structural theory is that it brings some sort of order into the otherwise messy empirical world. Terrorism and attempts by small states to achieve a nuclear capability are not new phenomena or exclusive to the current world order, but in the case of unipolarity these have become attached to the fear of marginalization and the struggle against a powerful centre without the possibility of allying with an alternative superpower.

January 2010: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-47820-5: £75.00

FORTHCOMING

US Collective Memory, Intervention and Vietnam

The volume undertakes a deep examination of all presidential speeches and public documents to determine the focal points on which the respective presidents based their rhetoric for war. It then examines the practice of war in the light of these justifications to determine whether changes in justifications correlate with changes in practice. In particular, the justificatory discourse finds four key themes that emerge in the presidential discourses, which are tracked across the cases and point to the fundamental driving force in US motivations for going to war. The four key themes which emerge from the data are those of: international law or norms; human rights; national interest; and egoist morality (similar too, but wider than, ‘exceptionalism’). The book will show that 9/11 resulted in a radical shift away from an international law and human rights-focused justificatory discourse, to one which was overwhelmingly dominated by egoist-morality justifications and national interest.

Selected Contents: Introduction: The Iran Syndrome 1. The Crucible of Revolution: Carter’s Bitter Legacy 2. Reagan: After the Revolution, in Search of a Policy 3. George H.W. Bush: War and Peace 4. Clinton: Volte-Face 5. George W. Bush: The Enemy of My Enemy. Conclusion: The Carcass of Dead Policies. Select Bibliography August 2009: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-39406-2: £70.00 eBook: 978-0-203-87443-1

US Hegemony and International Legitimacy

FORTHCOMING

The Conduct and Practice of US Military Intervention since 1990 This book examines the justifications for, and practice of, war by the US since 1990, and examines four case studies, the Gulf War, Kosovo, Afghanistan and Iraq.

US Foreign Policy and Iran is a study of US foreign policy decision-making in relation to Iran and its implications for Middle Eastern relations.

FORTHCOMING

Justifying America’s Wars

Nicholas Kerton-Johnson, Bristol University, UK

Donette Murray, Royal Military Academy, Sandhurst, Camberley, UK

The Cultural Politics of US Foreign Policy since 1969 David Ryan, University College Cork, Ireland The Vietnam War has generated significant diplomatic and cultural influences on US foreign policy. This book will explore the construction and interaction of US collective memory with the politics of US intervention since the late 1960s.

The author looks at the formation, sites and reception of US collective memory, situated within the debate on the politics of identity. The significance of this concerns the power of the US to intervene and at times to go to war (beyond the strict constitutional remit). But it is also about the evolution of strategies adapted by the United States to deal with the collective memory of defeat in Vietnam.

This book examines US hegemony and international legitimacy in the post-Cold War era, focusing on its leadership in the two wars on Iraq.

The preference for unilateral action in foreign policy under the Bush Administration, culminating in the use of force against Iraq in 2003, has unquestionably created a crisis in the legitimacy of US global leadership. Of central concern is the ability of the United States to act without regard for the values and interests of its allies or for international law on the use of force, raising the question: does international legitimacy truly matter in an international system dominated by a lone superpower?

US Hegemony and International Legitimacy explores the relationship between international legitimacy and hegemonic power through an in depth examination of two case studies – the Gulf Crisis of 1990-91 and the Iraq Crisis of 2002-03 – and examines the extent to which normative beliefs about legitimate behaviour influenced the decisions of states to follow or reject US leadership. The findings of the book demonstrate that subordinate states play a crucial role in consenting to US leadership and endorsing it as legitimate and have a significant impact on the ability of a hegemonic state to maintain order with least cost. Understanding of the importance of legitimacy will be vital to any attempt to rehabilitate the global leadership credentials of the United States under the Obama Administration.

This book will be of much interest to students of US foreign policy, IR theory and security studies.

December 2009: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-55236-3: £70.00

March 2010: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-40564-5: £70.00

November 2009: 234x156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-56168-6: £70.00

E-mail: strategic_studies@routledge.com

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk

for more information

for e-mail updates in your field

eBooks are only available to order online

21

22

US FOREIGN POLICY

REGIONAL SECURITY: ASIA

TEXTBOOK

FORTHCOMING

NEW

European-American Relations and the Middle East

The United States, International Law and the Struggle against Terrorism

Edited by Victor Mauer and Daniel Möckli, both at Center for Security Studies, Swiss Federal Institute of Technology (ETH), Zürich, Switzerland Series: CSS Studies in Security and International Relations This book seeks to place the recent transatlantic strains over Iraq into a broader perspective, and traces the policy debate between the US and Europe regarding the Middle East since 1945.

Selected Contents: Foreword. Introduction Part 1: Changing Roles and Interests: From Suez to Iraq 1. Suez 1956: European Colonial Interests and US Cold War Prerogatives Tore T. Petersen 2. Iraq 2003: Regime Change and Its European Discontents Victor Mauer 3. How Special a Relationship? The Middle East and Anglo-American Relations since 1940 Peter Hahn Part 2: Gulf Security and Transatlantic Relations 4. Dealing with Iran: Washington, London, and the Coup of 1953 Malcolm Byrne 5. Securing Gulf Oil: Britain, NATO, and the Question of Military Intervention East of Suez, 1949-68 Stephen Blackwell 6. Subcontracting Security: The US, Britain, and Gulf Security before the Carter Doctrine Roland Popp 7. Great Game Redux: The US, Europe, and Gulf Security in the late Cold War Peter John Brobst 8. Europe, the US, and the Gulf after the Cold War Gerd Nonneman 9. Iran and the Bomb: Washington, the EU-3, and Iranian Nuclear Ambitions Harsh V. Pant Part 3: The Arab-Israeli Conflict and the West 10. Anglo-American Relations and the Palestine Question, 1945–56 John Sakkas 11. At Odds in the Middle East: Paris, Washington, and the Six-Day War, 1967 Garret Martin 12. The EC-Nine and Transatlantic Conflict during the October War and the Oil Crisis, 1973/74 Daniel Möckli 13. The Euro-Arab Dialogue, the Venice Declaration, and Beyond: The Limits of a Distinct EC Policy, 1974–89 David Allen 14. Europe, the US, and the Middle East Peace Process in the 1990s Claire Spencer 15. The Middle East Quartet: A New Role for Europe Martin Ortega February 2010: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-47664-5: £70.00

FORTHCOMING

National and Homeland Security Law Policy and Procedure Kevin Govern, Ave Maria School of Law, Ann Arbor, MI, USA Unlike the massive law books published on national security or shorter titles published on specific issues arising out of the war on terror and the formation of the U.S. Department of Homeland Security (DHS), this book provides a succinct but detailed survey of recent legislation in this area. It examines relevant acts, laws, and prominent cases and summarises their policy implications. The coverage includes international relations and diplomacy, the history of the DOD and its structure, the formation and current structure of DHS, and the funding of homeland security initiatives. While grounded in legal references, the book is also highly readable and readily accessible to non-legal professionals.

August 2011: 234x156: 352pp Hb: 978-1-4200-7179-5: £57.99 eBook: 978-1-4200-7180-1 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY

ORDER NOW!

See Order Form at the back of this catalogue

An Introduction Marc Lanteigne, University of St. Andrews, UK This textbook is an introduction to the study of contemporary Chinese foreign policy.

Examining the patterns of engagement with various domestic and international actors that have shaped Beijing’s foreign policy since the Cold War, it explores a series of ongoing questions and trends, as well as offering an in-depth look at key points of China’s current global relations.

Thomas McDonnell, Pace University, USA Series: Routledge Research in Terrorism and the Law This book discusses the critical legal issues raised by the US responses to the terrorist threat, analyzing the actions taken by the Bush administration during the socalled ’war on terrorism’ and their compliance with international law. Thomas McDonnell highlights specific topics of legal interest including torture, extra-judicial detentions and the invasions of Afghanistan and Iraq, and examines them against the backdrop of terrorist movements which have plagued Britain and Russia. The book extrapolates from the actions of the USA, going on to look at the difficulties all modern democracies face in trying to combat international terrorism.

This book demonstrates why current counter-terrorism practices and policies should be rejected, and new policies adopted that are compatible with international law.

Written for students of law, academics and policy-makers, the volume demonstrates the dangers that breaking international law carries in the ’war on terrorism’.

October 2009: 234x156: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-48898-3: £70.00 eBook: 978-0-203-86752-5

Bringing together the many different facets of China’s foreign interests, the volume presents a comprehensive overview of the country’s international affairs, covering such key issues as: • the rise of globalization • the country’s bilateral and multilateral approaches to international problem-solving • the increase in the number and types of international regimes • modern security challenges • the question of American hegemony

RELATED JOURNALS

From Suez to Iraq

Chinese Foreign Policy

American Foreign Policy Interests Editor: Dr. George D. Schwab, President, National Committee on American Foreign Policy As the journal of the National Committee on American Foreign Policy (NCAFP), American Foreign Policy Interests has been publishing provocative articles articulating American foreign policy initiatives from a nonpartisan perspective for more than 20 years. The journal elucidates and analyzes within the framework of political realism, the rapidly changing world and the serious problems confronting the United States in its foreign relations.

Volume 32, 2010, 6 issues per year Print ISSN: 1080-3920 Online ISSN: 1533-2128 www.tandf.co.uk/journals/UAFP

THE WIDGET ICON Books with the symbol are now available with Search Inside capability on www.routledge.com.

Simply click the link and view the book!

+44 (0)1235 400524

• Beijing’s changing political, strategic and economic linkages with the developed and developing world.

February 2009: 246x174: 176pp Hb: 978-0-415-46523-6: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-46524-3: £21.99 eBook: 978-0-203-88121-7 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY

NEW

Chinese Security Policy Structure, Power and Politics Robert Ross, Boston College, MA, USA This volume provides a coherent and comprehensive understanding of Chinese security policy, comprising essays written by one of America’s leading scholars.

Chinese Security Policy covers such fundamental areas as the role of international structure in state behavior, the use of force in international politics (including deterrence, coercive diplomacy, and war), and the sources of great-power conflict and cooperation and balance of power politics, with a recent focus on international power transitions.

The research integrates the realist literature with key issues in Chinese foreign policy, thereby placing China’s behaviour in the larger context of the international political system. Within this framework, Chinese Security Policy considers the importance of domestic politics and leadership in Chinese policy making.

May 2009: 234x156: 352pp Hb: 978-0-415-77785-8: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-77786-5: £23.99 eBook: 978-0-203-87601-5

Fax: +44 (0)20 7017 6699

www.routledge.com/strategicstudies

REGIONAL SECURITY: ASIA

FORTHCOMING

NEW

Handbook of Asian Security Studies

TEXTBOOK

Edited by Sumit Ganguly, Indiana University, Bloomington, USA, Andrew Scobell Texas A&M University and Joseph Liow, Nanyang Technological University, Singapore

2ND EDITION

The Handbook of Asian Security Studies provides a detailed exploration of security dynamics in the three distinct subregions that comprise Asia, and also bridges the study of these regions by exploring the geopolitical interstices that link each of them.

Selected Contents: Introduction Joseph Chinyong Liow, Sumit Ganguly, and Andrew Scobell Part 1: Northeast Asia 1. China’s Rise: How Peaceful? Andrew Scobell 2. Japan’s Security Future Andrew Oros 3. The Security of the Korean Peninsula David Kang 4. The Taiwan Issue Dennis Hickey 5. The Tibetan Question Elliot Sperling 6. The Shanghai Cooperation Organization and Its Implications for Regional Security Mohan Malik 7. U.S.-China Relations Robert Sutter Part 2: South Asia 8. Kashmir and the Indo-Pakistani Conflict Paul Kapur 9. Nuclear Weapons and Crisis Stability in South Asia Rajesh Basrur 10. The Sino-Indian Rivalry John Garver 11. India’s Experiences with Insurgency and Counter-Insurgency Anit Mukherjee 12. The Sri Lankan Civil War Neil DeVotta 13. Pakistan’s Quest for Security Aqil Shah 14. Insurgency, Instability, and the Security of Afghanistan C. Christine Fair Part 3: Southeast Asia 15. The Association of Southeast Asian Nations Alice D. Ba 16. Bilateral Tensions in ASEAN N. Ganesan 17. Great Power Politics and Southeast Asian Security Joey Long 18. Maritime Security in Southeast Asia Ralf Emmers 19. Internal Conflicts in Southeast Asia Kirsten Schulze 20. Islamic Extremism in Southeast Asia Amy L. Freedman 21. Burma/Myanmar: How Flourishing the ‘Disciplined Democracy‘? David I. Steinberg Part 4: Cross Regional Issues 22. Maritime Rivalry in Asia James Holmes 23. The ASEAN Regional Forum Sheldon Simon 24. The New Security Agenda in Asia: Making Spaces for Non-Traditional Security Formulations of Emerging Security Challenges Mely Caballero Anthony November 2009: 246x174: 336pp Hb: 978-0-415-77781-0: £95.00 eBook: 978-0-203-86510-1

FORTHCOMING

Strategic Partnerships in Asia Balancing without Alliances Vidya Nadkarni, University of San Diego, US This book examines the nature and implications of the increasing interaction among three secondary powers in the world: China, Russia and India. It provides an in-depth analysis of the complex and often contradictory goals underlying their emerging strategic partnerships along with an assessment of the role these partnerships play in the larger regional and global contexts.

In particular, it focuses on the important region of Asia/Eurasia, where these countries seek to increase their influence and compete against the prominence of the United States.

December 2009: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-77774-2: £80.00 Pb: 978-0-415-77775-9: £22.99 eBook: 978-0-203-86501-9

Adelphi series NEW

Constructing a Security Community in Southeast Asia

Transforming Pakistan

ASEAN and the Problem of Regional Order

Ways Out of Instability Hilary Synnott, IISS, UK

Amitav Acharya, American University, USA

'Out of unrivalled experience Hilary Synnott has produced a thorough and admirably clear description of the background and dilemmas which face the government of Pakistan and therefore all those other countries which have a deep interest in its future.' – Douglas Hurd, former British Foreign Secretary

Series: Politics in Asia ‘Anyone seeking to find the link between the power of intellectual discourse and policy relevance should read this book. The ASEAN Security Community (ASC), first as a discourse and subsequently as a policy adopted by ASEAN, has to a considerable degree been inspired by the arguments advanced in this book.’

– Rizal Sukma, Deputy Executive Director, Centre for Strategic and International Studies, Jakarta, and author of the original concept paper for the ASEAN Security Community Reviews of the first edition: ’This is a superb study of ASEAN and the main issues that it faces. Acharya provides great insight into key episodes in ASEAN’s development with thorough research and cogent analysis...This book must now be considered the authoritative text on the subject of regional organization in Southeast Asia.’ – Journal of the Humanities and Social Sciences of Southeast Asia and Oceania ’Innovative and stimulating...the theoretical and empirical sophistication that Acharya displays makes this book sure to be a key work on the security and political aspects of ASEAN for academics and policymakers...a vivid and cuttingedge work’ – American Political Science Review ’An invaluable resource for every student of the region.’ – Pacific Affairs This second edition of Constructing a Security Community in Southeast Asia takes the excellent framework from Acharya’s first edition and brings it upto-date, looking at ASEAN’s comprehensive and critical account of the evolution of the Association of Southeast Asian Nations (ASEAN) norms and the viability of the ASEAN way of conflict management.

Key issues in determining the future stability of the Southeast Asian and Asia Pacific region are covered, including: • intra-regional relations and the effect of membership expansion • the ASEAN Regional Forum and East Asian regionalism

August 2009: 234x156: 186pp 978-0-415-56260-7: £9.99

NEW

China’s African Challenges Sarah Raine China’s relations with African nations have changed dramatically over the past decade. African oil now accounts for more than 30% of China’s oil imports, and China is Africa’s second-largest single-country trading partner, as well as a leading lender and infrastructure investor on the continent.

Yet these developments are bringing challenges, not only for Africa and the West, but for China as well. This book examines these challenges, considering Africa as a testing ground, both for Chinese companies ‘going global’ and for a Chinese government that is increasingly having to deal with issues beyond its shores and immediate control. What does China need to do to protect and develop its African engagements, against a backdrop of mounting African expectations, concerns from Western actors in Africa, and the rival presence of other emerging actors?

How sustainable is the momentum that China has established in its African ventures?

May 2009: 234x156: 270pp Pb: 978-0-415-55693-4: £9.99

Japan’s Remilitarisation Christopher W. Hughes

• ASEAN’s response to terrorism and other transnational challenges

This book assesses Japan’s developments in defence expenditure, civil–military relations, domestic and international military–industrial complexes, procurement of regional and global power-projection capabilities, the expansion of US–Japan cooperation, and attitudes towards nuclear weapons, constitutional revision and the use of military force.

• debates over ASEAN’s non-interference doctrine • the ’ASEAN Security Community’ and the ASEAN Charter • the impact of the rise of China and India and ASEAN’s relations with the US and Japan.

The new edition will continue to appeal to students and scholars of Asian security, international relations theory and Southeast Asian studies as well as policymakers and the media.

June 2009: 234x156: 352pp Hb: 978-0-415-41428-9: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-41429-6: £22.99 eBook: 978-0-203-93923-9 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY

April 2009: 234x156: 188pp Pb: 978-0-415-55692-7: £9.99

E-mail: strategic_studies@routledge.com

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk

for more information

for e-mail updates in your field

eBooks are only available to order online

23

24

REGIONAL SECURITY: ASIA

Asian Security Studies Series Edited by Sumit Ganguly, Indiana University, Bloomington, USA and Andrew Scobell, Texas A&M University, USA Few regions of the world are fraught with as many security questions as Asia. Within this region it is possible to study great power rivalries, irredentist conflicts, nuclear and ballistic missile proliferation, secessionist movements, ethnoreligious conflicts and inter-state wars.

This series publishes the best possible scholarship on the security issues affecting the region, and includes detailed empirical studies, theoretically oriented case studies and policy-relevant analyses as well as more general works.

FORTHCOMING

Cooperative Security in the Asia-Pacific The ASEAN Regional Forum Edited by Jürgen Haacke, London School of Economics and Political Science, University of London, UK and Noel M. Morada, University of the Philippines Diliman, Quezon City, the Philippines This book provides an in-depth and comprehensive study of the ASEAN Regional Forum, and its activities in promoting regional security after 9/11.

Selected Contents: 1. The ASEAN Regional Forum and Cooperative Security: Introduction Jürgen Haacke and Noel M. Morada 2. The ASEAN Regional Forum: Origins and Evolution Noel M. Morada 3. The United States and the ASEAN Regional Forum: A Delicate Balancing Act Brad Glosserman 4. China’s Membership of the ARF and the Emergence of an East Asian Diplomatic and Security Culture Christopher R. Hughes 5. Japan and the ASEAN Regional Forum: From Enthusiasm to Disappointment Takeshi Yuzawa 6. Australia-Japan-U.S. Trilateral Strategic Dialogue and the ARF: Extended Bilateralism or A New Minilateral Option?

Kuniko Ashizawa 7. The Accidental Driver: ASEAN in the ARF Rizal Sukma 8. The ASEAN Regional Forum and Transnational Challenges: Little Collective Securitization, Some Practical Cooperation Jürgen Haacke 9. The ASEAN Regional Forum and Counter-Terrorism Noel M. Morada 10. Maritime Security and the ARF: Why the Focus on Dialogue Rather than Action? J.N. Mak 11. Securitisation Practices in Indonesia and the Philippines and their Impact on the Management of Security Challenges in ASEAN and the ARF David A. Boyd and Jörn Dosch 12. The ARF and Cooperative Security: More of the Same? Jürgen Haacke and Noel M. Morada December 2009: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-46052-1: £70.00 eBook: 978-0-203-86311-4

NEW

US-China-EU Relations Managing the New World Order Edited by Robert Ross, Harvard University, USA, Øystein Tunsjø, Norwegian Insititute of Defence Studies and Zhang Tuosheng, China Foundation for International & Strategic Studies This volume examines how US-China-EU relations will shape the future of international politics and the new world order.

January 2010: 234x156: 320pp Hb: 978-0-415-55233-2: £75.00

India and Counterinsurgency Lessons Learned Edited by Sumit Ganguly and David P. Fidler, both at Indiana University, Bloomington, USA Filling a clear gap in the literature, this book focuses on India’s experiences waging counterinsurgency campaigns since its independence in 1947.

It addresses the pressing military and civilian needs in the counterinsurgency arena by focusing on the lessons that can be learned by other states from India’s extensive endeavours.

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction Sumit Ganguly and David P. Fidler Part 1: India’s Counterinsurgency Campaigns in the Northeast 2. India’s Counterinsurgency Campaign in Nagaland D.B. Shekatkar 3. India’s Counterinsurgency Campaign in Mizoram Vivek Chadha 4. Insights from the Northeast: Counterinsurgency in Nagaland and Mizoram Walter C. Ladwig III Part 2: Kashmir, Punjab, and the Naxalites 5. Insurgency, Proxy War, and Terrorism in Kashmir V.G. Patankar 6. Slow Learning: Lessons from India’s Counterinsurgency Operations in Kashmir Sumit Ganguly 7. India’s Counterinsurgency Campaign in Punjab Ved Marwah 8. Lessons from India’s Experience in the Punjab, 1978-1993 C. Christine Fair 9. Counterinsurgency against Naxalites in India Jennifer L. Oetken Part 3: Beyond India’s Shores: Counterinsurgency in Sri Lanka 10. India’s Counterinsurgency Campaign in Sri Lanka Ashok K. Mehta 11. The Indian Peacekeeping force Experience and U.S. Stability Operations in the Twenty-First Century John H. Gill and David W. Lamm Part 4: Counterinsurgency Doctrine 12. The Indian Army’s Counterinsurgency Doctrine Dipankar Banerjee 13. The Indian Doctrine on Sub-Conventional Operations: Reflections from a U.S. Counterinsurgency Perspective David P. Fidler 14. Conclusion Sumit Ganguly and David P. Fidler April 2009: 234x156: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-49103-7: £70.00 eBook: 978-0-203-87920-7

FORTHCOMING

Pakistan’s Security

Routledge Advances in International Relations and Global Politics NEW

Mediation in the Asia-Pacific Region Transforming Conflicts and Building Peace Edited by Dale Bagshaw and Elisabeth Porter, both at University of South Australia, Adelaide, Australia This book examines mediation in connection with peacemaking and peacebuilding in the Asia-Pacific region, providing practical examples which either highlight the weaknesses within certain mediation methods or demonstrate best-practice.

Selected Contents: List of Contributors. Foreword.

Abbreviations. Introduction Elisabeth Porter and Dale Bagshaw Part 1: Reconsidering Mediation, Peacebuilding and Culture 1. Challenging Western Constructs of Mediation Dale Bagshaw 2. Peacebuilding: Women Peaceworkers Elisabeth Porter and Danielle Every 3. Speaking Across Difference: Native Title Mediation and Peacebuilding in Australia Toni Bauman Part 2: Building Peace in the Asia-Pacific Region: Pacific Islands 4. Mediation of Public Policy Disputes in Fiji Islands Graham Hassall 5. A Few More Arrows: Strengthening Mediative Capacity in Vanuatu Polly Walker and Chief Selwyn Garu 6. Creative Peacebuilding: Experiences from Bougainville Alan Campbell Part 3: Building Peace in the Asia-Pacific Region: Asia 7. Mediation of Marital Disputes in Muslim Families in Malaysia Dale Bagshaw 8. Transforming Conflict and Building Peace in Cambodia Damien Coghlan 9. Transforming Conflict in International Projects in Vietnam Wendy Poussard 10. Listening with the Ear, Eye and Heart: Conflict Transformation in China Diane Bretherton and Han Zhaoying 11. Mediating Contemporary, Severe Multicultural and Religious Conflicts in Indonesia, the Philippines and Thailand Bruce Barnes and Fatahillah Abdul Syukur July 2009: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-48967-6: £70.00 eBook: 978-0-203-87669-5

The Insecure State Shaun Gregory, Bradford University, UK Pakistan’s Security is an in-depth analysis of the contemporary security of Pakistan.

The book identifies and examines the means by which Pakistan might make progress towards a more stable and secure future. It is innovative in at least three respects.

Firstly, it argues that Pakistan’s security issues are operative at multiple levels – intra-state, state, regional and international – and that these levels are deeply interlinked and should not be considered in isolation. The work thus explores and then links analysis of security at each level in a way that has not been done before.

Secondly, the book takes a broad approach to security that includes economic and social issues. As part of this, it examines security dynamics in relation to the powerful forces presently impacting South Asia, most notably globalisation, the US-led war on terrorism, the domestic clamour for peace and stability, and the strategic realignments underway.

Thirdly, the book draws on the ’Security Community’ ideas of Deutsch. This theory argues that states can move their core strategic relationship towards a less conflictual and eventually stable and peaceful situation through economic, political and social interaction, as well as politico-military engagement.

June 2010: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-40573-7: £70.00

ORDER NOW!

See Order Form at the back of this catalogue

+44 (0)1235 400524

Fax: +44 (0)20 7017 6699

www.routledge.com/strategicstudies

REGIONAL SECURITY: ASIA

FORTHCOMING

Superpower Rivalry and Conflict The Long Shadow of the Cold War on the 21st Century Edited by Chandra Chari, The Book Review Literary Trust, India This book examines the trajectory of the Cold War and its impact on the rest of the world, to seek lessons for international relations today. Written by experts in the field it analyses important issues such as the unipolar moment, the changing economic balance of power, the emergence of new cooperative security frameworks and nuclear disarmament, outlining where the potential for conflict is ingrained.

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction Chandra Chari Part 1: Superpower Rivalry: An Overview 2. A Historical Overview of the Cold War K. Subrahmanyam 3. Superpower Rivalry and the Victimization of Korea: The Korean War and the North Korean Nuclear Crisis Haksoon Paik 4. Regional Fallout: Vietnam Baladas Ghoshal 5. Afghanistan: Before and After the Cold War Amin Saikal 6. Pakistan and the Cold-War Stephen Cohen Part 2: Prospects for a Multipolar World: Perspectives at the Beginning of the Twenty-first Century 7. Theorizing Unipolarity E. Sridharan 8. Debating Multilateralism: The Role of Emerging Powers Swaran Singh 9. Europe, China, India and the Multipolar World Order Charles Grant 10. Globalization Revisited: Evolving Chinese Discourses on the Open Door Policy and Integration with the World Economy Kalpana Misra 11. Recolonizing West Asia in the 21st Century? Gulshan Dietl 12. Emerging International Order and South Korea’s Survival Strategy Tae Woo Kim Part 3: Thinking Beyond Borders & Boundaries: Prospects for War & Peace 14. Conflict Models: How Relevant are they to Asia? Anuradha M. Chenoy 15. Religion as a Catalyst for Conflict: The Case of Islam Jamal Malik 16. The Antarctic Experiment in Utopia: Sovereignty, Resources and Sustainability Sanjay Chaturvedi Part 4: Looking Ahead: Can History be Prevented from Repeating Itself? 17. Nuclear Disarmament: Mirage or Need of the Hour? P.R. Chari 18. To Err is Statesmanlike, to Learn Folly T.C.A. Srinivasa-Raghavan 19. Is History Being Repeated?

Radha Kumar 20. Engaging the Idea of Global Citizenship Siddharth Mallavarapu December 2009: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-55025-3: £85.00 eBook: 978-0-203-86533-0

FORTHCOMING

Routledge Security in Asia Pacific Series

American Sanctions in the Asia-Pacific

Series Edited by Leszek Buszynski, International University of Japan and William Tow, Australian National University, Canberra This series puts forward important new work on key security issues in the region.

FORTHCOMING

Asia’s Nuclear Futures Chung Min Lee, National University of Singapore This book provides a comprehensive assessment of the role of nuclear weapons in Asia since 1945, its implications for regional and global security, and the conditions under which more Asian countries might seek to acquire a nuclear capability in the future.

Brendan Taylor, Australian National University This book provides the first comprehensive treatment of US sanctions policy in the Asia-Pacific. Using the Bill Clinton and George W. Bush presidencies as a basis for comparison, it examines nine prominent episodes involving the US use of sanctions toward countries in this economically and strategically vital part of the world. In each case it addresses the reasons why sanctions were employed in the first place, the precise nature of sanctions and how they operated in practice, before evaluating their effectiveness. Finally, it identifies common trends that emerge from this analysis and draws out practical implications for US sanctions policy.

November 2009: 234x156: 176pp Hb: 978-0-415-42350-2: £75.00

FORTHCOMING

It focuses in particular on understanding the nuclear proliferation networks that enabled small and middle ranking powers such as Pakistan and North Korea to pursue nuclear weapons programs. Three networks are included:

ASEAN Regionalism

• the Soviet network which allowed for the proliferation of nuclear technologies to India, and also to North Korea

This book examines the key motivations for and challenges to greater regional integration in Southeast Asia. It demonstrates how security and economic concerns – domestic, regional and international – have either contributed to, or detracted from, an increased level of unity and cooperation in ASEAN. It also explores how the patterns of interaction and socialization generated by these issues, together with the nature of domestic political systems, have affected the emergence of common values, norms and interests. It covers the full range of issues confronting ASEAN at present, and the full range of ASEAN countries, and discusses both developments in ASEAN to date and also likely future developments.

• the Chinese network which provided missile technology to North Korea, and nuclear technology to Pakistan • the A.Q. Khan network which transferred nuclear weapons technology from Pakistan to North Korea, and missile technology from North Korea to Pakistan.

Chung Min Lee considers the pressures upon other Asian powers to go nuclear, particularly Japan and South Korea as a response to the North Korea nuclear program, and Taiwan as a response to China; the role of key forces including the rise of new asymmetrical military capabilities in Asian militaries, and the complex interplay between failing states, weapons of mass destruction and transnational terror groups.

February 2010: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-42825-5: £75.00

Co-operation, Values and Institutionalisation Christopher Roberts, University of Canberra, Australia

February 2010: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-49001-6: £80.00

NEW

FORTHCOMING

Geopolitics and Maritime Territorial Disputes in East Asia

India and the South Asian Strategic Triangle

Ralf Emmers, Nanyang Technological University, Singapore

Ashok Kapur, University of Waterloo, Ontario, Canada

This book examines geopolitics in East Asia, focusing in particular on its major, contentious maritime territorial disputes. It looks in particular detail at the overlapping claims between Japan, China and Taiwan over the Senkaku/Diao yu Islands in the East China Sea as well as the Paracel Islands claimed by China, Taiwan, and Vietnam and the Spratly Islands involving Brunei, China, Malaysia, the Philippines, Taiwan, and Vietnam in the South China Sea. The book offers a comparative study of the East and South China Seas by arguing that their respective circumstances are influenced by similar geopolitical considerations; factors such as territory, natural resources and power competition all impact on disputes and broader regional relations. It is precisely the interplay of these geopolitical forces that can lead to the rapid escalation of a maritime territorial dispute or reversely to a diffusion of tensions. The book considers how such disputes might be managed and resolved peacefully, despite the geopolitical conditions that can make co-operation on these issues difficult to achieve. Ralf Emmers examines the prospect for conflict management and resolution by identifying catalysts which may contribute to improving the climate of relations.

This book traces the triangular strategic relationship of India, Pakistan and China over the second half of the twentieth century, showing how two enmities – Sino-Indian and Indo-Pakistani – and one friendship – Sino-Pakistani – defined the distribution of power and the patterns of relationships in a major centre of gravity of international conflict and international change. The book considers internal debates within the three countries; zones of conflict, including northeast and northwest south Asia, the Himalayas and the Indian Ocean; and the impact of developments in nuclear weapons and missile technology. It examines the destructive consequences of China’s harsh methods in Tibet, of China’s encouragement of military rather than democratic regimes in Pakistan, and of China’s delay in dealing with the border disputes with India. It shows how the Nehru-Chou rhetoric about ’peaceful co-existence’ affected the relationship, and how the dynamics of the relationship have changed significantly in recent years.

February 2010: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-45466-7: £75.00

25

July 2009: 234x156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-46942-5: £80.00 eBook: 978-0-203-87501-8

E-mail: strategic_studies@routledge.com

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk

for more information

for e-mail updates in your field

eBooks are only available to order online

26

REGIONAL SECURITY: ASIA

Routledge Security in Asia Pacific Series (continued) NEW

Japan’s Peace-Building Diplomacy in Asia Seeking a More Active Political Role Peng Er Lam, National University of Singapore

NEW

Political Change, Democratic Transitions and Security in Southeast Asia Edited by Mely Caballero-Anthony, Nanyang Technological University, Singapore This book examines the nature of political transitions in Southeast Asia and why political transitions toward political liberalisation and democracy have failed to take off. It considers political systems in the region that have gone through significant periods of transition but continue to face serious challenges toward democratic consolidation.

This book examines Japan’s emerging identity as an important participant in conflict prevention and peace-building in Southeast and South Asia, demonstrating that Japan has increasingly sought a positive and active political role commensurate with its economic pre-eminence. The book considers Japanese involvement in many of the region’s most serious recent conflicts: including Japan’s part in the brokering and maintaining of peace in Cambodia, which in 1992 saw the first dispatch of troops abroad by Tokyo since the end of World War II, and the attempts to bring peace to Aceh, Sri Lanka, East Timor and Mindanao. The Japanese example, when compared with other countries prominent in the fields of conflict prevention, suggests that Tokyo – given its pacifist strategic culture – relies on diplomacy and Official Development Assistance rather than peace enforcement through military means.

Overall, this book provides a lucid appraisal of Japan’s overall foreign policy, as well as its new role in conflict prevention and peace-building - analysing the reasons behind this shift towards an active international role and assessing the degree of success it has enjoyed.

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: Political Change and Political Development in Southeast Asia: Transitology Revisited Mely Caballero-Anthony 2. Political Transition and Democratic Resilience in Indonesia Rizal Sukma 3. Confusing Democracies: Diagnosing Thailand’s Democratic Crisis, 2001-2008 Pavin Chachavalpongpun 4. A (not so) Funny Thing Happened on the Way to the Forum: The Travails of Democratisation in the Philippines Herman Joseph S. Kraft 5. Toward Democratic Consolidation in Cambodia? Problems and Prospects Sorpong Peou 6. Political Transition in Malaysia: The Future of Malaysia’s Hybrid Political Regime Lee Hock Guan and Helen E.S. Nesadurai 7. Networked Autocracy: Consolidating Singapore’s Political System Cherian George 8. Conclusion: Reflections on Political Change, Democratic Transitions, and Regional Security in Southeast Asia Mely Caballero-Anthony October 2009: 234x156: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-49353-6: £80.00 eBook: 978-0-203-86749-5

May 2009: 234x156: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-41320-6: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-87781-4

South Asia’s Nuclear Security

NEW

North Korea’s Military-Diplomatic Campaigns, 1966-2008 Narushige Michishita, National Graduate Institute for Policy Studies (GRIPS), Japan This book examines North Korea’s nuclear diplomacy over a long time period from the early 1960s, setting its dangerous brinkmanship in the wider context of North Korea’s military and diplomatic campaigns to achieve its political goals. It argues that the last four decades of military adventurism demonstrates Pyongyang’s consistent, calculated use of military tools to advance strategic objectives vis à vis its adversaries. It shows how recent behavior of the North Korean government is entirely consistent with its behavior over this longer period: the North Korean government’s conduct (rather than being haphazard or reactive) is rational – in the Clausewitzian sense of being ready to use force as an extension of diplomacy by other means. The book goes on to demonstrate that North Korea’s ’calculated adventurism’ has come full circle: what we are seeing now is a modified repetition of earlier events – such as the Pueblo incident of 1968 and the nuclear and missile diplomacy of the 1990s. Using extensive interviews in the United States and South Korea, including those with defected North Korean government officials, alongside newly declassified first-hand material from U.S., South Korean, and former Communist-bloc archives, the book argues that whilst North Korea’s military-diplomatic campaigns have intensified, its policy objectives have become more conservative and are aimed at regime survival, normalization of relations with the United States and Japan, and obtaining economic aid.

NEW Bhumitra Chakma, University of Hull, UK This book examines the dynamics of nuclear deterrence in the Second Nuclear Age. It focuses on South Asia, as it is the most dominant and, to some, the most dangerous case of contemporary nuclear stand-off, where deterrence can fail. It provides a thorough, up-to-date qualitative analysis of the South Asian nuclear deterrence and includes detailed explanations of the concept of nuclear deterrence and its variations, the problems of applying the idea in the context of South Asia, the nature of South Asia’s deterrence stability, the nuclear postures of India and Pakistan, the dynamics and efficacies of pre-test and the post-test Indo-Pakistani nuclear deterrence, the role of confidence-building measures, and arms control in the Indo-Pakistani nuclear deterrence system. With novel explanations and fresh insights, this book sheds new light on nuclear deterrence in the Second Nuclear Age and is a timely and valuable contribution to the nuclear scholarship on South Asia.

May 2010: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-49449-6: £80.00

NEW

The East Asian Security Community Donna Weeks, University of the Sunshine Coast, Queensland, Australia This book examines the concept of ‘security community‘ as put forward by international relations theorists, and explores how such a concept might be applied in practice in East Asia. It also discusses various international organisations in Asia, including ASEAN. September 2009: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-49448-9: £80.00

September 2009: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-44943-4: £80.00 eBook: 978-0-203-87058-7

ORDER NOW!

See Order Form at the back of this catalogue

Routledge Contemporary China Series The aim of this series is to publish original, high-quality work by both new and established scholars in the West and the East, on all aspects of contemporary China.

China, Xinjiang and Central Asia History, Transition and Crossborder Interaction into the 21st Century Edited by Colin Mackerras, Emeritus Professor of Asian Studies, Griffith University and Michael Clarke, Griffith University, Australia Central Asia and Xinjiang, the far northwestern province of China, are of increasing international importance.

This book provides a comprehensive overview of the region’s significance historically, of the contemporary international forces which affect the region, and of current political, economic and cultural developments.

Selected Contents: 1. China, Xinjiang and Central Asia – ‘Glocality’ in the Year 2007 Donald H. McMillen 2. The ‘Centrality’ of Central Asia in World History, 1700–2007: From Pivot to Periphery and Back Again? Michael Clarke 3. Positioning Xinjiang in Eurasian and Chinese History: Differing Visions of the ‘Silk Road’ James A. Millward 4. ‘Failed States’ on the ‘Perilous Frontier’: Historical Bases of State Formation in Afghanistan and Central Asia Geoff Watson 5. Xinjiang and Central Asia: Interdependency – Not Integration Ann McMillan 6. Uyghurs in the Central Asian Republics: Past and Present Ablet Kamalov 7. Xinjiang and Central Asia since 1990: Views from Beijing and Washington and Sino–American Relations Colin Mackerras 8. Central Asia’s Domestic Stability in Official Russian Security Thinking under Yeltsin and Putin: From Hegemony to Multilateral Pragmatism Kirill Nourzhanov 9. ‘Glocality’, ‘Silk Roads’ and New and Little ‘Great Games’ in Xinjiang and Central Asia Michael Clarke April 2009: 234x156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-45317-2: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-88170-5

FORTHCOMING

Mohajir Militancy in Pakistan Violence and Practices of Transformation in the Karachi Conflict Nichola Khan, University of Brighton, UK This book addresses the everyday causes and appeal of long-term involvement in extreme political violence in urban Pakistan. Taking Pakistan’s ethnonationalist Mohajir party, the Muttahida Qaumi Movement (MQM) as a case study, the book explores how certain men from the ethnic community of Mohajirs are recruited to the roles and statuses of political killers, and sustain violence as a primary social identity and lifestyle over a period of some years.

By drawing on detailed fieldwork in areas involved in the Karachi conflict and combining perspectives from politics, history, anthropology and psychology, the author contributes to understandings of violence and updates the current situation of social and cultural change in Karachi, which is dominantly framed in terms of Islamist radicalisation and modernisation. In her examination of these issues, the author integrates governance and civil society issues with the political and psychological dimensions of processes of mobilization and violence at micro-, meso- and macro- levels.

February 2010: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-55490-9: £75.00

+44 (0)1235 400524

Fax: +44 (0)20 7017 6699

www.routledge.com/strategicstudies

REGIONAL SECURITY: ASIA

FORTHCOMING

NEW

Conflict and Peacebuilding in Sri Lanka

The Maoist Insurgency in Nepal

Caught in the Peace Trap?

Edited by Mahendra Lawoti, Western Michigan University, USA and Anup Kumar Pahari, Foreign Service Institute, US State Department

This book brings together a unique range of perspectives on the Sri Lankan peace process from 2001-2006, and the attempts to bring this protracted violent conflict to a peaceful resolution. It draws conclusions from the Sri Lankan case for wider debates concerning post conflict peacebuilding.

Selected Contents: Setting the Scene 1. Introduction Goodhand, Korf and Spencer 2. Waiting for Godot? The Sri Lankan Peace Process from a Systemic Perspective Ropers and Uyangoda Security Dynamics 3. Regional Security Dynamics and the Role of India Keethaponcalan 4. Domestic Security and the ’Shadow War’ C. Smith Political Dynamics 5. Nationalist Politics of the South D. Rampton and A. Welikala 6. Politics of the North-East L. Philipson and Y. Thangarajah 7. A Voice in the Peace Process? Political Spaces of Muslims N. Lewera and Ismail Socio-Economic Dynamics 8. The Economic Dimension of the Peace Process Bastian 9. Aiding Peace? An Insider’s View of Donor Support for the Peace Process Mulakala and Burke 10. Muddling the Peace Process? Post-Tsunami Response and Conflict Dynamics Frerks and Klem 11. Civil Society and the Peace Process Sarravanmuttu 12. Conclusions and Policy Implications Goodhand, Korf and Spencer February 2010: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-46604-2: £85.00

FORTHCOMING

Tsunami Recovery in Sri Lanka Ethnic and Regional Dimensions Edited by Dennis B. McGilvray, University of Colorado at Boulder, USA and Michele R. Gamburd, Portland State University, USA This book explores the aftermath of the tsunami in Sri Lanka, where coastal communities that are significantly different in terms of social structure, economy, language, religion, kinship, and cultural identity were affected.

From a multidisciplinary perspective, it analyses regional and ethnic patterns of post-tsunami reconstruction according to different sectors of Sri Lankan society.

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction Dennis McGilvray and Michele Gamburd 2. The Politics of Tsunami Relief and Reconstruction in Sri Lanka: International Aid and Equity in a Time of “No War, No Peace“ Alan Keenan 3. Conflict, Coastal Vulnerability, and Resiliency in Tsunami-Affected Communities Randall Kuhn 4. The Golden Wave: Aftermath of the Tsunami on Sri Lanka’s Southwest Coast Michele Gamburd 5. The Sea Goddess and the Fishermen: Post-Tsunami Recovery in Navalady, Sri Lanka Patricia Lawrence 6. Reconstructing Matrilocal Families: Post-Tsunami Household Patterns among Tamils, Muslims, and Burghers on the East Coast of Sri Lanka Dennis McGilvray and Patricia Lawrence 7. Actors in a Masala Movie: Fieldnotes on the NGO Response in Sri Lanka Timmo Gaasbeek 8. Disaster Studies Perspective Georg E. Frerks 9. Conclusion Dennis McGilvray and Michele Gamburd January 2010: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-77877-0: £75.00

Revolution in the Twenty-first Century

The book deals with the dynamics and growth of a violent 21st century communist rebellion initiated by the Communist Party of Nepal (Maoist), explaining the different causes, factors that contributed to its growth, strategies employed by the rebels and the state, and the consequences of the insurgency.

Selected Contents: Part 1: Introduction 1. Evolution and Growth of the Maoist Insurgency in Nepal Mahendra Lawoti Part 2: Agency, Ideology, Organization and Support 2. Recruiting Rebels: Indoctrination and Political Education in Nepal Kristine Eck 3. Catchy Melodies and Clenched Fists: Performance as Politics in Maoist Cultural Programs Monica Mottin 4. Maoist Students and Notion of Scientific Organization Amanda Snellinger 5. Between Clientelistic Dependency and Liberal Market Economy: Rural Support for Maoist Insurgency in Nepal Madhav Joshi Part 3: Revolutionary Governance 6. Political Change and Cultural Revolution in a Maoist Model Village, Mid-Western Nepal Marie Lecomte-Tiouline Part 4: Ethnic Dimension 7. Ethnic Dimension of the Maoist Insurgencies: Indigenous Group’s Participation and Insurgency Trajectories in Nepal, India and Peru Mahendra Lawoti 8. Maoist-Madhesi Dynamics and Nepal’s Peace Process Pramod Kantha Part 5: Military and State Dimension 9. Military Dimension of People’s War: Insurgency and Counterinsurgency in Nepal Ashok Kumar Mehta and Mahendra Lawoti 10. Unequal Rebellions: The Continuum of ‘People’s War’ in Nepal and India Anup Pahari Part 6: External Dimension 11. External Engagement in Nepal’s Armed Conflict Bishnu Raj Upreti Part 7: Identifying the Causes 13. An Assessment of the Causes of Conflict in Nepal Bishwa Nath Tiwari 14. The Maoist Insurgency and the Political Economy of Violence Avidit Acharya Part 8: After the War 15. Bullets, Ballots, and Bounty: Maoist Electoral Victory in Nepal Mahendra Lawoti 16. Violent Conflict and Change: Costs and Benefits of the Maoist Rebellion in Nepal Mahendra Lawoti and Anup Pahari October 2009: 234x156: 368pp Hb: 978-0-415-77717-9: £90.00 eBook: 978-0-203-86939-0

RELATED JOURNALS

Edited by Jonathan Goodhand, School of Oriental and African Studies, University of London, UK, Jonathan Spencer, University of Edinburgh, UK and Benedikt Korf, University of Zurich - Irchel, Switzerland

Routledge Contemporary Southeast Asia Series FORTHCOMING

Gender and Transitional Justice The Women of East Timor Susan Harris Rimmer, Australian National University This book provides the first comprehensive feminist analysis of the role of international law in the formal transitional justice mechanisms. Using East Timor as a case study, it offers reflections on transitional justice administered by a UN transitional administration.

Often presented as a UN success story, the author demonstrates that, in spite of women and children’s rights programmes of the UN and other donors, justice for women has deteriorated in post-conflict Timor, and violence has remained a constant in their lives.

December 2009: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-56118-1: £75.00

FORTHCOMING

Reconciliation in Post-Suharto Indonesia Priyambudi Sulistiyanto, National University of Singapore The era of rule by the Suharto regime in Indonesia was characterised by a long series of gross human rights abuses. This book examines the politics of reconciliation and forgiveness in post Suharto Indonesia since 1998.

October 2010: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-43120-0: £75.00

Asian Security Editors: Amy L. Freedman, Long Island University, USA, Devin T. Hagerty, University of Maryland, USA and Michael R. Chambers, Indiana State University, USA Asian Security aims to be the foremost journal on all aspects of the national and international security in Asia. The journal covers "traditional" issues like interstate warfare, the regional balance of power, alliances and other multilateral security institutions, national defense policies, strategic culture, civil-military relations, nuclear proliferation, conventional arms racing, arms control, and conflict-prone areas, as well as "new" security issues like the stability of democratic transitions, globalization and its backlash, ethnic conflict, insurgency and counter insurgency, failing states, and transnational terrorism.

Volume 6, 2010, 3 issues per year Print ISSN: 1479-9855 Online ISSN: 1555-2764 www.tandf.co.uk/journals/FASI

The Korean Journal of Defense Analysis Publication of the Korea Institute for Defense Analyses (KIDA) Ranked in Thomson Reuters, 2008 Journal Citation Reports®

Editor-in-Chief: Tae Am Ohm Since its first publication in 1989, The Korean Journal of Defense Analysis has been covering a broad range of topics related to foreign policy, defense and international affairs in the Asia-Pacific region. As the oldest SSCI registered English journal of political science in Asia, The Korean Journal of Defense Analysis has promoted efforts to provide an arena for sharing initiatives and new perspectives on military and security issues of the Asia-Pacific region.

Volume 22, 2010, 4 issues per year Print ISSN: 1016-3271 Online ISSN: 1941-4641 For further information or to request a sample copy of the journal please visit: www.tandf.co.uk/journals/rkjd

E-mail: strategic_studies@routledge.com

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk

for more information

for e-mail updates in your field

eBooks are only available to order online

27

28

REGIONAL SECURITY: ASIA

FORTHCOMING

Routledge Studies in Asia’s Transformations

Southeast Asia and the Vietnam War Series Edited by Mark Selden, Cornell University, USA

Cheng Guan Ang

Routledge Studies in Asia’s Transformations is a forum for innovative new research intended for a high-level specialist readership.

Series: Routledge Studies in the Modern History of Asia

NEW

NEW

Northern Territories, Asia-Pacific Regional Conflicts and the Åland Experience

Reconciling Indonesia

Untying the Kurillian Knot

Grassroots Agency for Peace Edited by Birgit Bräuchler, University of Frankfurt, Germany Promoting an interdisciplinary examination of Indonesia, this volume goes beyond a mere political and legal approach to reconciliation. It offers new understandings of bottom-up reconciliation approaches and the cultural dimension of reconciliation.

Edited by Kimie Hara, University of Calgary, Canada and Geoffrey Jukes, University of Melbourne, Australia Examining the origin and development of the ’Northern Territories’/Southern Kuriles sovereignty dispute, this volume is the first to take inspiration from the multilaterally resolved Åland conflict to investigate the possibility of a solution.

Selected Contents: Foreword James Kelly and Fumiko Halloran. Preface Kimie Hara and Geoffrey Jukes Introduction: Northern Territories, Asia-Pacific Regional Conflicts and the Åland Experience: Untying the Kurillian Knot Kimie Hara 1. The Autonomy of Åland and Conflict Resolution Elisabeth Nauclér 2. The Northern Territories Issue: Japanese-Russian Relations and Domestic Concerns in Japan Hiroshi Kimura 3. The Territorial Dispute between Japan and Russia: The ’Two-island Solution’ and Putin’s last years as President Konstantin Sarkisov 4. The Cold War in East Asia and the Northern Territories Problem Nobuo Shimotomai 5. Can the Southern Kuriles be Demilitarized?

Geoffrey Jukes 6. US Views on the Northern Territories Issue Richard Halloran 7. The Indigenous Ainu of Japan at the Time of the Åland Settlement Scott Harrison 8. Solving the Territorial Dispute between Japan and Russia: Åland Islands and Finland’s Post-World War II experiences as Source of Inspiration Markku Heiskanen 9. Envisioning Åland-Inspired Solutions for the Northern Territories Problem Kimie Hara May 2009: 234x156: 176pp Hb: 978-0-415-48409-1: £65.00 eBook: 978-0-203-88016-6

Selected Contents: Part 1: Problematizing ‘Reconciliation’ 1. Introduction: Reconciling Indonesia Birgit Bräuchler 2. Global Conflict in Cosmocentric Perspective: A Balinese Approach to Reconciliation Annette Hornbacher Part 2: Restorative Performances: ‘Traditional Justice’, Rituals, and Symbols 3. Swearing Innocence: Performing Justice and ‘Reconciliation’ in Post-New Order Lombok Kari Telle 4. Social Reconciliation and Community Integration through Theater Barbara Hatley 5. Mobilizing Culture and Tradition for Peace: Reconciliation in the Moluccas Birgit Bräuchler Part 3: ‘Traditional Justice’ under Scrutiny: Human Rights, Power, and Gender 6. Reconciliation and Human Rights in Post-Conflict Aceh Leena Avonius 7. The Problem of Going Home: Land Management, Displacement, and Reconciliation in Ambon Jeroen Adam 8. Women’s Agencies for Peace Building and Reconciliation: Voices from Poso, Sulawesi Y. Tri Subagya Part 4: Victim-Perpetrator Conceptualizations: History Education, Civil Society, and Religion 9. Reconciliation through History Education: Reconstructing the Social Memory of the 1965–66 Violence in Indonesia Grace Leksana 10. Civil Society and Grassroots Reconciliation in Central Java Priyambudi Sulistiyanto and Rumekso Setyadi 11. A Bridge and a Barrier: Islam, Reconciliation, and the 1965 Killings in Indonesia Katharine E. McGregor July 2009: 234x156: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-48704-7: £80.00 eBook: 978-0-203-87619-0

FORTHCOMING

NEW

Japan’s Security Identity From a Peace-State to an International-State

Politics, Conflict and Society in Gujarat

Bhubhindar Singh, University of Sheffield, UK

Fifty Years of a Modern Indian State (1960-2010)

Series: Sheffield Centre for Japanese Studies/Routledge Series

Edited by Nalin Mehta and Mona Mehta, University of Chicago, USA

This book examines Japanese post-Cold War security policy, analysing how Japan reacted to the end of the Cold war, the results of the transformation in the post-Cold War security environment, and exactly how Japanese security has changed from its cold war design.

Series: South Asian History and Culture

June 2010: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-46336-2: £75.00

This interdisciplinary exploration provides much needed insights into the relationships between the dominant impulses of identity formation, cultural change, political mobilisation, religious movements and subaltern modes of communication that define modern Gujarat.

This book was published as a special issue of South Asian History and Culture.

October 2009: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-55612-5: £75.00

ORDER NOW!

See Order Form at the back of this catalogue

+44 (0)1235 400524

This book describes and explains Indonesia, Malaysia and Singapore’s attitudes and policies regarding the Vietnam War. While it is generally known that all three countries supported the US war effort in Vietnam, it reveals the motivations behind the decisions of the decision makers, the twists and turns and the nuances in the attitudes of Jakarta, Kuala Lumpur and Singapore following the development of the war from the 1950s through to its end in 1975. Although the principal focus is the three supposedly non-aligned countries - Indonesia, Malaysia and Singapore, the perspectives of Thailand and the Philippines - the two Southeast Asian countries which were formally allied with the United States - are discussed at the appropriate junctures.

November 2009: 234x156: 144pp Hb: 978-0-415-55709-2: £80.00 eBook: 978-0-203-86659-7

FORTHCOMING

War, Transformation and Asia-Pacific Security Technology and Future Security Malcolm R. Davis, Royal Australian Navy, Department of Defence, Australia Series: Strategy and History This new book explores how the notion of a ‘Revolution in Military Affairs’ (RMA) may emerge in East Asia, particularly within the maritime (naval and air) realm of military operations and capabilities.

Malcolm R. Davis makes a clear case that Australia, Japan, South Korea, Singapore, Taiwan, and China will be well placed to exploit RMA capabilities such as ‘network-centric warfare’ capabilities, precision weapons, and advanced sensor capabilities. Furthermore, the current RMA in ‘information-led warfare’ is merely the foundation for truly revolutionary capabilities that look set to emerge over the next twenty years, including directed energy weapons; unmanned systems; cyber warfare; and high-speed platforms and weapons. Development of non-military technologies such as nanotechnology, information systems, and space capabilities, may also have profound effects on the future capabilities of maritime forces and the way wars are fought in the twenty-first century.

This book also explores the strategic context in the East Asian region, considering the various actors’ aspirations and objectives, the regional security challenges, and the dynamic interaction between key states. It also explores how new military postures which may emerge from periods of revolutionary change will transform this strategic context in the future.

July 2010: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-36620-5: £70.00 eBook: 978-0-203-01881-1

FORTHCOMING

Southeast Asia and the Rise of China Ian Storey, Asia-Pacific Center for Security Studies, Hawaii, USA This book examines ASEAN-Chinese relations over recent years, showing how worries about China’s developing role have been a significant factor in shaping the nature of ASEAN and its policies.

December 2010: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-32621-6: £85.00 eBook: 978-0-203-32189-8

Fax: +44 (0)20 7017 6699

www.routledge.com/strategicstudies

REGIONAL SECURITY: EUROPE

FORTHCOMING

Contemporary Security Studies

TEXTBOOK

Contemporary European Security David J. Galbreath, University of Aberdeen, UK European security is a complex network of insecurities, institutions and initiatives. Europe is faced with the traditional insecurities of inter- and intra-state conflict as well as non-state threats to security such as environmental, health and human security. The region’s attempts to combat these insecurities have been to develop and foster regional institutions, such as the EU, NATO, OSCE and even the Council of Europe. In turn, member-states and the institutions have set out various ways to combat a range of insecurities from ethnic conflict to human trafficking.

This text explores the complex European security architecture with an eye on introducing students to the empirical, theoretical and conceptual approaches to European security.

RELATED JOURNALS

Selected Contents: Part 1: Framing European Security 1. A Changing Security Architecture 2. From Cold War to European Peace 3. Uncovering European Security Today Part 2: Institutions of European Security 4. North Atlantic Treaty Organization 5. Organization for Security and Cooperation in Europe 6. European Union 7. Council of Europe Part 3: Issues of European Security 8. National Security 9. Societal Security 10. Human Security 11. Non-State Actors and Security 12. European Security: Where do we go from here?

March 2010: 246x174: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-47356-9: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-47357-6: £21.99 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY

European Security New Editor Editor: Dr. David J. Galbreath, University of Aberdeen, UK European Security is a forum for discussing challenges and approaches to security within the region as well as for Europe in a global context. The journal seeks to publish critical analyses of policies and developments in European institutions and member states, their relations with European and other immediate neighbours, and their relations with the wider world, including other regional and international organisations. It is also interested in non-European perspectives on Europe in a global context.

Volume 19, 2010, 4 issues per year Print ISSN: 0966-2839 Online ISSN: 1746-1545 For further information or to request a sample copy of the journal please visit: www.tandf.co.uk/journals/europeansecurity

Free P&P Online Simple and secure online ordering, please visit www.routledge.com/strategicstudies and receive FREE P&P* for online orders over £20.

Energy Security Europe’s New Foreign Policy Challenge Richard Youngs, FRIDE, Spain

NEW

Series: Routledge Advances in European Politics

European Security Governance

Examining how the EU’s general approach to energy security has played out in the specific political contexts of different countries and regions, distinctive features of the book include:

The European Union in a Westphalian World Edited by Charlotte Wagnsson, Swedish National Defence College, Sweden, James Sperling, University of Akron, Ohio, USA and Jan Hallenberg, Swedish National Defence College, Sweden This book focuses on the problems of, and prospects for, strengthening the global system of security governance in a manner consistent with the aspirations and practices of the EU. Selected Contents: Introduction: Security Governance in a Westphalian World James Sperling Part 1: The Institutional Dimension of Security Governance: EU, NATO and the UN 1. Multilateral Security Governance: Comparing the UN and the EU Malena Britz and Hanna Ojanen 2. NATO’s Institutional Decline in Post-Cold War Security Governance Rafael Biermann 3. The EU in Global Security Governance: Lessons for Conceptual Development Arita Eriksson Part 2: Barriers and Opportunities to Security Governance: Recalcitrant Hegemon and Sectoral Resistance 4. Global Governance, Security Governance and an Imperious United States Andrew L. Ross 5. Unilateral Endeavours Challenging Governance in the Energy Sector Bertil Nygren 6. Children and Post-Conflict Security Governance Alison Watson. Conclusion: Farewell Westphalia? The Prospects of EU Security Governance Charlotte Wagnsson and Jan Hallenberg May 2009: 234x156: 184pp Hb: 978-0-415-49352-9: £70.00 eBook: 978-0-203-87597-1

• a thorough analysis of current EU strategies towards energy security, assessing the EU as an international actor • a key focus on the governance structures of producer states including the Middle East; Russia, Central Asia and the Caspian, and Sub-Saharan Africa • a major addition to debates surrounding markets and geopolitics, informing both international relations and international political economy.

January 2009: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-47804-5: £70.00 eBook: 978-0-203-88262-7

NEW

European Union Sanctions and Foreign Policy When and Why do they Work?

Clara Portela, Singapore Management University, Singapore

NEW

Series: Routledge Advances in European Politics

The EU and the European Security Order

This book examines sanctions as a political tool of influence and evaluates the efficacy of sanctions imposed by the European Union (EU) against countries from the early 1990s to present day.

Interfacing Security Actors Rikard Bengtsson, Lund University, Sweden This book attempts to conceptualise EU action in the field of regional security.

Drawing on constructivist theory, the framework of the book focuses on the meeting - or ’interface’ - of actors, a situation reflecting the mutual construction of self, other and situation. The analytical framework applied here to European security politics is potentially open-ended as the theoretical logic that informs the framework is general and abstract in character, and not limited to state actors in an international setting. The empirical aim of this book is to further our understanding of the EU as a security actor in a regional perspective. The book thus links International Relations scholarship with that of EU studies. By analyzing a number of different interfaces (such as with Russia, the US, and other states), we can learn more about the circumstances and preconditions and with what resources and power the EU acts in a regional security setting.

Portela focuses on EU sanctions in the non-commercial realm, in the absence of United Nations backing, and explains why sanctions worked in some cases and failed in others. Portela assesses both the material impact of the measures on the affected countries, and their ability to bring about the desired behavioural change in the targeted elites. Using four different legal frameworks within the EU, the author explores: • sanctions wielded in aid cut-offs under its partnership agreement with African-Caribbean and Pacific Countries (ACP) • measures imposed under its Common Foreign and Security Policy (CFSP) • the withdrawal of unilateral trade preferences under the Generalised System of Preferences (GSP) • similar measures adopted outside any formalised legal framework.

September 2009: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-55216-5: £70.00

July 2009: 234x156: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-49723-7: £70.00 eBook: 978-0-203-87203-1

*UK customers only

E-mail: strategic_studies@routledge.com

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk

for more information

for e-mail updates in your field

eBooks are only available to order online

29

30

REGIONAL SECURITY: EUROPE

REGIONAL SECURITY: MIDDLE EAST

FORTHCOMING

FORTHCOMING

FORTHCOMING

The EU-Russia Strategic Partnership

Routledge Handbook of the Israeli-Palestinian Conflict

The Politics and Security of the Gulf

The Logic of Post-Sovereignty in International Relations Hiski Haukkala, Ministry for Foreign Affairs of Finland Series: Routledge Advances in International Relations and Global Politics This book explores why, despite the initial promise and enthusiasm at the beginning of the 1990s, the European Union (EU) and the Russian Federation have encountered severe difficulties in developing their institutionalised relationship.

Beginning with the start of the relationship in the immediate aftermath of the dissolution of the Soviet Union, the book compares strategy documents and doctrines and addresses the second Chechen war, the Common European Economic Space concept and the roadmaps for the Four Common Spaces and the Northern Dimension. The author develops an alternative and multi-causal framework to examine the topic. He draws on three strands of mainstream IR theorising: English School, (neoliberal) institutionalism and constructivism and links the theoretical discussion to wider metatheoretical debates in IR and social sciences.

December 2009: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-55901-0: £70.00

NEW

A Global Security Triangle European, African and Asian Interaction Edited by Valeria Bello, University of Trento, Italy and Belachew Gebrewold

Edited by David Newman, Ben-Gurion University of the Negev, Israel and Joel Peters, Virginia Tech University, USA This Handbook provides an overview of the most contentious and protracted political issue in the Middle East. The editors have gathered together a range of the top experts on the Palestinian-Israeli conflict. They tackle a range of topics from historical background, through to peace efforts, domestic politics, critical issues such as refugees and settler movements, and the role of outside players such as the Arab states, the US and the EU. Selected Contents: Introduction - Israel and the Palestinians: One Land Two Peoples Part 1: Origins and Background 1. Palestinian Nationalism 2. Zionism Part 2: History of Conflict 3. 1948 War: Origins and Consequences 4. 1967 War: Origins and Consequences 5. Israel and the Occupied Territories 1967-93 6. The Palestinian Intifadah Part 3: Seeking Peace 7. International Efforts: 1967-1993 8. The Oslo Accords 9. The Oslo Process 10. The Camp David Summit 11. Track II Diplomacy 12. International Efforts: 2001-2008: From the Road Map to Annapolis Part 4: Domestic Politics and Actors 13. Israeli 14. The Israeli Settler Movement 15. Palestinian Citizens of Israel 16. Palestinian Politics 17. The PLO 18. Hamas Part 5: Critical Issues 19. Refugees 20. Jerusalem 21. Borders and Territory 22. Water 23. Settlements 24. Disengagement, Separation and Israeli Security Barrier 25. Terrorism Part 6: International and Regional Involvement 26. United States 27. Europe 28. The Arab World 29. International Donor Assistance 30. International Invention and Peacekeeping. Conclusion: Prospects for Peace and the Two State Solution June 2010: 246x174: 424pp Hb: 978-0-415-77862-6: £95.00

Series: Routledge/GARNET series: Europe in the World

FORTHCOMING

The urgency attached to the agenda of international terrorism and human and drugs- trafficking has forced the European Union into new cooperation with Africa and Asia. These inter-regional relations have taken on new dimensions in the context of contemporary international politics framed by new security challenges, and new competitive forces particularly from Asia. This book provides both conceptual and empirical arguments to offer an innovative perspective on the EU as a global actor. It demonstrates how these three regions interact politically and economically to address global challenges as well as global opportunities, and thus provides an assessment of the multilateralism which the EU clearly stated in its Security Strategy paper. Addressing a broad range of topical issues, the book features chapters on European Security; European Migration Policy; African Union and its peace and security policy; Terrorism and international security; China and its fast growing global role; India, the biggest democracy in the world; and the impact of the Asian economic growth on the global economy. Further it compares the different backgrounds, forms and priorities of regional integrations.

Modern Turkey

ORDER NOW!

See Order Form at the back of this catalogue

Jeffrey R. Macris, US Naval Academy Since the 19th century the Gulf region has been an area of intense interest, having been controlled first by the British and more recently by the Americans. This book charts the changing security and political priorities of these two powers and how they have shaped the region.

Adopting a narrative approach, the author provides background history on British involvement from the 19th century and a detailed analysis of the years after the Second World War, when oil supply became more critical.

He covers the growth of US influence and the British withdrawal, and follows more recent changes as the US built up its military presence following Desert Storm and the invasion of Iraq. Looking at the three enduring missions fulfilled by the British army - maintaining interstate order, protecting the free flow of commerce, which later included petroleum; and keeping out other Great Powers – the book demonstrates how these had by 1991 been assumed almost entirely by the American leaders.

December 2009: 234x156: 304pp Hb: 978-0-415-77870-1: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-77871-8: £22.99

FORTHCOMING

The Kurdish Conflict International Humanitarian Law and Post-Conflict Mechanisms Kerim Yildiz, The Kurdish Human Rights Project and Susan Breau Preface by Kofi Annan

This book considers the interactions between Africa, Asia and Europe, analysing the short and long term strategies various states have adopted to external relations.

October 2009: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-49657-5: £70.00 eBook: 978-0-203-86687-0

Anglo-American Hegemony and the Shaping of a Region

TEXTBOOK

People and State in a Globalising World Bill Park, King’s College London, UK This book will aim to explore the challenges and opportunities posed to the Turkish state and its citizen by processes of globalisation. It will be wide-ranging in coverage, and include passages on the implications of globalisation for human and political rights, Islam, the economy, energy issues, crime, and foreign policy.

Selected Contents: Introduction Part 1: Turkey: Portrait of an Actor on a Shifting World Stage 1. Kemalism and the Turkish State 2. Kemalism under Pressure: Domestic Limitations and Challenges 3. Turkey’s Security Culture 4. From Cold War Stasis to Multiregional Dynamics: The Reordering of Turkey’s Neighbourhood 5. Globalisation, Transnationalism and Interdependence: States without Boundaries Part 2: Transnational Flows, Global Forces, Porous Boundaries 6. Turks in the World Economy 7. Turkey and the International Community 8. Turkey, Islam and the world Part 3: Turks in the Neighbourhoods: The Complexities of Multiregionalism 9. Turkey and the EU 10. Turkey and the Middle East 11. The Re-emergence of Eurasia Part 4: Turkey’s Place in the World 12. Confrontation or Adaptation: Restructuring Turkey’s Interests in an Evolving World 13. On being Model, Bridge, Pivot, Insulator, Echo Chamber, and Emerging Market: Situating Turkey in a Transforming World June 2010: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-44370-8: £80.00 Pb: 978-0-415-44371-5: £22.99 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY

+44 (0)1235 400524

Turkey has seen serious and sustained conflict between the Turkish government and the Kurdistan Worker’s Party (PKK) for over 20 years, and this conflict is proving to be a barrier to improved relations between Turkey and the EU, as well as undermining security in the region. This book is the first study into the legislative and humanitarian side of the conflict and will offer a scholarly exploration of a debate that is often politically and emotionally highly charged.

May 2010: 234x156: 384pp Hb: 978-0-415-56270-6: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-56273-7: £29.99

NEW

The Discourse of Palestinian-Israeli Relations Persistent Analytics and Practices Edited by Sean F. McMahon, American University in Cairo, Egypt Series: Middle East Studies: History, Politics & Law In this controversial and groundbreaking new work, McMahon challenges the interpretation of the Oslo Process as a breakthrough or new beginning in Palestinian-Israeli relations. He argues that the Oslo Process affected no discursive or non-discursive change and that the Oslo Process in fact institutionalized the analytics practices involved in Israeli and Palestinian relations. It should, McMahon concludes, be no surprise that the process ended with direct Palestinian-Israeli violence.

August 2009: 234x156: 268pp Hb: 978-0-415-99548-1: £65.00 eBook: 978-0-203-87084-6

Fax: +44 (0)20 7017 6699

www.routledge.com/strategicstudies

REGIONAL SECURITY: MIDDLE EAST

Adelphi series

Durham Modern Middle East and Islamic World Series

Iraq’s Sunni Insurgency

The Iranian Nuclear Crisis

Ahmed S. Hashim, University of New South Wales, Canberra, Australia

Avoiding Worst-Case Outcomes

From 2003 to 2008, the Sunni Arab insurgency in Iraq posed a key challenge to political stability in the country and to Coalition objectives there. This book explains the onset, composition and evolution of this insurgency. It begins by addressing both its immediate and deeper sociopolitical origins, and goes on to examine the multiple ideological strands within the insurgency and their often conflicting methods and goals.

Despite organisational incoherence due to the existence of a large number of competing groups, the insurgency in Iraq sustained a particularly high tempo of operations between 2004 and 2006, causing considerable military and civilian casualties. Some insurgent groups focused on attempting to foment civil war between two of Iraq’s major communities, the Sunni and Shia Arabs and, by late 2006, they had come close to unravelling Iraq and presenting the Coalition with a major defeat.

The adoption of a new approach by the US in 2007 helped reduce the level of violence in Iraq. In addition, deep fissures within the insurgency itself, between those fighting for more practical, immediate goals and the transnational Islamists and their local allies fighting for wider-reaching goals – including the promotion of sectarian strife – contributed to the insurgency’s diminution. It remains to be seen whether there will be a widespread recognition among Sunni Iraqis of the need to work with the Coalition to facilitate their community’s reintegration into the new Iraqi body politic.

February 2009: 234x156: 89pp Pb: 978-0-415-46655-4: £15.99

Series Edited by Anoushiravan Ehteshami, University of Durham, UK

Mark Fitzpatrick This book explains how Iran developed its nuclear programme to the point where it threatens to achieve a weapons capability within a short time frame, and analyses Western policy responses aimed at forestalling that capability. Key questions are addressed: will the world have to accept an Iranian uraniumenrichment programme, and does having a weapons capability mean having the Bomb?

For nearly two decades, Western strategy on the Iran nuclear issue emphasised denial of supply. Since 2002, there has also been a demand-side dimension to the strategy, aimed at changing Iran’s cost–benefit calculations through inducements and pressure. But the failure of these policies to prevent Iran from coming close to achieving a nuclear-weapons capability has promoted suggestions for fallback strategies that would grant legitimacy to uranium enrichment in Iran in exchange for intrusive inspections and constraints on the programme.

The book assesses these ‘second-best’ options in terms of their feasibility and their impact on the proliferation risks of diversion of nuclear material and knowledge, clandestine development and NPT break-out, and the risk of stimulating a proliferation cascade in the Middle East and beyond. It concludes that the risks are still best minimised by reinforcing the binary choice presented to Iran of cooperation or isolation, and strengthening denial of supply.

2008: 234x156: 100pp Pb: 978-0-415-46654-7: £15.99

FORTHCOMING

Islam in the Eyes of the West Images and Realities in an Age of Terror Tareq Ismael and Andrew Rippen From the terrorist attacks of September 11, 2001 in New York to the Madrid and London bombings of 2004 and 2005, the presence of Muslim communities in the West has generated security issues and major political concern. The government, the media, and the general public have raised questions regarding potential links between Western Muslims, radical Islam and terrorism.

This speculation has given rise to popular myths concerning the Islamic world and led to a host of illiberal measures such as illegal warranting, denial of Habeas Corpus, black prisons and extreme torture throughout the democratic world. This book challenges the authenticity of these myths and examines the ways in which they have been used to provide an ideological cover for the “war on terror” and the subsequent Iraq war. It argues that they are not only unfounded and hollow, but have also served a dangerous purpose, namely war-mongering and the empowering of the national-security state. It further considers the origin and transmission of these myths, focusing on media, government policy and popular discourse.

April 2010: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-56414-4: £80.00

FORTHCOMING

Palestinian Politics and the Middle East Peace Process Consensus and Competition in the Palestinian Negotiating Team

RELATED JOURNALS

Ghassan Khatib, Birzeit University, Palestine

The Journal of Israeli History: Politics, Society, Culture Listed in the Thomson Reuters Social Sciences Citation Index Editors: Anita Shapira, Tel Aviv University, Israel and Derek J. Penslar, University of Toronto, Canada The Journal of Israeli History is dedicated to the scholarly examination of issues and ideas in the history of Israel and the Zionist movement.

The premier English-language source of cutting-edge scholarship on Israel's history, the journal is essential reading for scholars and students of international relations, Middle East Studies, and Jewish Studies.

Volume 29, 2010, 2 issues per year Print ISSN: 1353-1042 Online ISSN: 1744-0548

Mediterranean Politics Editors: Richard Gillespie, University of Liverpool, UK and Emma Murphy, Durham University, UK Mediterranean Politics is the only refereed academic journal to focus on the politics, international relations and political economy of the entire Mediterranean area – ‘Mediterranean' here being understood to refer to all those countries whose borders are defined partially or wholly by the Mediterranean Sea. This focus involves consideration not only of the region itself, but also the significance of developments there for other parts of the world.

Volume Number: 14, 3 issues per year Print ISSN: 1362-9395 Online ISSN: 1743-9418 www.tandf.co.uk/journals/titles/fmed

www.tandf.co.uk/journals/fjih

Eight years after the second Palestinian uprising, the Oslo accords signed in 1993 seem to have failed. The reasons for the failure continue to fascinate students, politicians, researchers and policymakers alike. This book explores one of the major aspects of the bilateral peace process – the composition and behaviour of the Palestinian negotiating team, which deeply impacted the outcome of the negotiations between 1991 and 1997. It focuses on the dynamics between the PLO leadership outside the occupied Palestinian territories and the grassroots leadership within the areas under Israeli control that led to conflicts of interest at the time of the final agreement. As the author was a part of the Palestinian leadership in the occupied territories, and was present during the negotiations process in Madrid and Washington DC, the book contains original, unpublished accounts, including those of the Washington bilateral negotiations and crucial internal Palestinian meetings. It is an excellent resource to gain an understanding of Palestinian behavior during peace talks, deterioration in peace-making efforts, the resulting radicalization, and the growing tendency towards violence.

December 2009: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-49334-5: £80.00 eBook: 978-0-203-86397-8

E-mail: strategic_studies@routledge.com

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk

for more information

for e-mail updates in your field

eBooks are only available to order online

31

32

REGIONAL SECURITY: MIDDLE EAST

FORTHCOMING

Middle Eastern Military Studies

Israel and Lebanon Series Edited by: Barry Rubin, Interdisciplinary Center Herzliya, Israel

Coexistence and Conflict

Routledge Middle Eastern Military Studies series comprises books relating to the armed forces and military issues in the Middle East. These books will fall into three general categories: studies of the armed forces of specific countries; books on military-related social and political issues; and case studies of wars and battles.

Edited by Efraim Karsh, Michael Kerr and Rory Miller, all at Kings College London, UK

Conflict and Insurgency in the Contemporary Middle East Edited by Barry Rubin, Interdisciplinary Center Herzliya, Israel This book surveys the main conflicts and insurgencies in recent Middle East history, focusing mainly on the period since the 1980s and taking a historical-analytical approach.

Selected Contents: 1. What Do Middle Eastern Armies Do? Barry Rubin 2. Why Arab Armies Lose Wars but Defeat Insurgencies Norvell B. DeAtkine 3. The Iran-Iraq War: Will Without Means Joana Dodds and Benjamin Wilson 4. The Lessons of the Jihadist Insurgency in Saudi Arabia Hassan Mneimneh 5. Egypt’s Civil War Barry Rubin 6. Terrorism as a Military Factor: The Israeli-Palestinian Peace Process Era, 1993-2000 Boaz Ganor 7. Lebanon 2006: Unfinished War Jonathan Spyer 8. Lebanon’s Militia Wars Antoine Badran 9. The Soviet-Afghan War: A Superpower Mired in the Mountains Lester Grau 10. The Morocco-Polisario War for Western Sahara, 1975-1991 Jacob Mundy 11. Islamism and Insurgency in Post-Independence Algeria Yahia Zoubir 12. Iraq and U.S. Military Doctrine William McCallister 13. Innovation and War: The U.S. Military and the Iraq Insurgency James Russell.

January 2009: 234x156: 304pp Hb: 978-0-415-45758-3: £70.00 eBook: 978-0-203-88187-3

NEW

Israel’s Wars of Attrition

NEW

Israel and Hizbollah An Asymmetric Conflict in Historical and Comparative Perspective Edited by Clive Jones, University of Leeds, UK and Sergio Catignani, European University Institute, Florence, Italy This book examines the local and international dynamics and strategies that have come to define the often violent relationship between Israel and Lebanon.

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction Clive Jones 2. From Benign to Malign: Israeli-Lebanese Relations, 1948-1978 Laurie Eisenberg 3. From the Litani to Beirut: Israel’s Invasions of Lebanon, 1978-1985: Causes and Consequences Asher Kaufman 4. The Emergence of Hizb’allah and the Beginnings of Resistance, 1982-1985 Hussein Sirriyeh 5. Hizbollah: From Terror to Resistance: Towards a National Defense Strategy Daniel Sobelman 6. Israeli Counter-Insurgency Strategy and the Quest for Security in the Israeli-Lebanese Conflict Arena Sergio Catignani 7. ‘A Reach Greater than the Grasp’: Israeli Intelligence and the Conflict in South Lebanon 1990-2000 Clive Jones 8. The Pragmatic and the Radical: Syria and Iran and War by Proxy Hassan A. Barari and Hani Aku Rsheida 9. Forever at the Crossroads: Hizb’allah’s Combined Strategies of Accommodation and Resistance Mats Wärn 10. The Hubris of Initial Victory: The IDF and the Second Lebanon War Uri Bar-Joseph 11. Conclusion Sergio Catignani October 2009: 234x156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-44910-6: £70.00 eBook: 978-0-203-86552-1

Attrition Challenges to Democratic States Avi Kober Israel’s Wars of Attrition analyzes the way Israel has coped with nine wars of attrition from the 1950s to the recent Second Lebanon War (2006), questioning the belief that Western democracy cannot sustain prolonged wars of attrition.

The book offers an account of nine wars of attrition that Israel was involved in over almost 60 years, from Palestinian infiltration and fedayeen activities against Israel in the early 1950s, through to the Second Lebanon War in 2006.

Focusing on central aspects typical of Western democracies engaged in wars of attrition; operational effectiveness; the societal staying power; the economic burden of the war; moral dilemmas; and conflict management problems - the book challenges the myth that Israel cannot afford to become involved in a draining war of attrition, while at the same time highlighting the fact that in its wars of attrition Israel has not always succeeded in avoiding undesired escalation.

This book is a wide-ranging and innovative study of Israeli-Lebanese relations from the birth of the Jewish state in 1948 to the Israel-Lebanon War of 2006. Israel’s relationship with its Arab neighbours is a subject of perennial interest in the Middle East. The relationship between Israel and Lebanon has taken numerous forms since the establishment of the Jewish state in 1948 and the chapters in this timely and important volume provide a comprehensive, detailed and informative analysis of the evolving ties between the two countries up to the present day. The contributors are drawn from numerous disciplines in the social sciences and humanities; and contributions range from the impact of the Arab-Israeli conflict on the Jews of Lebanon, to the role of external powers (the EU, the US and Arab world) on Israeli-Lebanese relations, as well as the legal mechanisms regulating the bilateral political relationship to the Palestinian Refugee problem as a factor in Israeli-Lebanese relations.

This book was published as a special issue of Israel Affairs.

May 2010: 234x156: 160pp Hb: 978-0-415-56063-4: £75.00

FORTHCOMING

Israel at the Polls 2009 Edited by Shmeul Sandler, Bar-Ilan University, Israel, Manfred Gerstenfeld, Jerusalem Center for Public Affairs, Israel and Hillel Frisch, Bar-Ilan University, Israel This book describes political and sociological developments in Israel before and after the February 2009 elections, alongside an analysis of electoral trends.

It provides an effective analysis of contemporary political and sociological Israeli history. Rather than focusing narrowly on electoral politics alone, this book broadens its focus to make it relevant to undergraduate and graduate students in Middle Eastern, Israeli and Jewish studies and the liberal arts. Israel at the Polls has been updated and published annually for thirty years, providing readers with up-to-date analysis and continuity of scholarship; this book offers an expert long-term assessment of Israeli politics.

This book was published as a special issue of Israel Affairs.

May 2010: 234x156: 160pp Hb: 978-0-415-56065-8: £75.00

August 2009: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-49243-0: £70.00 eBook: 978-0-203-87406-6

THE WIDGET ICON Books with the symbol are now available with Search Inside capability on www.routledge.com.

Simply click the link and view the book!

ORDER NOW!

See Order Form at the back of this catalogue

+44 (0)1235 400524

Fax: +44 (0)20 7017 6699

www.routledge.com/strategicstudies

REGIONAL SECURITY: RUSSIA, CENTRAL ASIA AND EASTERN EUROPE

Central Asian Studies Post-Conflict Tajikistan The Politics of Peacebuilding and the Emergence of Legitimate Order

NEW

FORTHCOMING

The Military and the State in Central Asia

Russian Foreign Policy from El’tsin to Putin

From Red Army to Independence

Peter J.S. Duncan, University of London, UK

Erica Marat, Johns Hopkins University, USA

Series: BASEES/Routledge Series on Russian and East European Studies

This book is the first major, in-depth study of the military institutions in Central Asian states. It examines their hidden story, the different stages of their development from the early twentieth century until the present, and the influence they had on the state and society.

It effectively combines history, sociology of the military and political science and provides deeper insights into how recently formed states function.

John Heathershaw, University of Exeter, UK The book provides a critical analysis of why peace has been consolidated in Tajikistan, and what role international peacebuilding has had in this.

Via discourse analysis and extensive fieldwork, including participant-observation with international organizations, the author examines how peacebuilding is understood and practised. The book challenges received wisdom that peacebuilding is a process of democratisation or institutionalisation, showing how interventions have inadvertently served to facilitate an increasingly authoritarian peace and fostered popular accommodation and avoidance strategies. Chapters investigate assistance to political parties and elections, the security sector and community development, and illustrate how transformative aims are thwarted whilst ‘success’ is simulated for an audience of international donors. At the same time the book charts the emergence of a legitimate order with properties of authority, sovereignty and livelihoods.

April 2009: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-48403-9: £80.00 eBook: 978-0-203-87921-4

FORTHCOMING

Securing the Indian Frontier in Central Asia Confrontation and Negotiation, 1865-1895 Sir Martin Ewans, Former British Ambassador to the United Nations and Head of Chancery, British Embassy Kabul, Afghanistan This book is a careful and detailed analysis of the most intense and important decades of the whole century in central Asia. The author examines the strategic thinking and diplomatic discourse which underlay the whole period, and in particular of the succession of efforts to establish a frontier, which eventually brought the period to a close without a major confrontation being provoked. Based on relevant records in the PRO and the British Library, as well as private papers, press comment, parliamentary debates and other contemporary accounts, Sir Martin Ewans provides a ‘history of thought’ of this crucial period in Central Asia.

This book examines how changes in Russian politics, society and economy have influenced post-Soviet Russian foreign policy from the mid-1990s to the present.

Selected Contents: Part 1: Internal Change and Foreign-Policy Decision Making Part 2: Case Studies of Russian Foreign Policy Areas December 2010: 234x156: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-34322-0: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-34321-3: £24.99 eBook: 978-0-203-48295-7

FORTHCOMING

Russian Imperialism Revisited

August 2009: 234x156: 176pp Hb: 978-0-415-49347-5: £80.00 eBook: 978-0-203-87365-6

Neo-Empire, State Interests and Hegemonic Power Domitilla Sagramoso, Kings College London, UK

FORTHCOMING

Series: Contemporary Security Studies

Violence and Resistance in Uzbekistan

By examining Russia’s military, economic, political, and diplomatic policies towards the former Soviet states since 1991, this book assesses whether Russian leaders have been able to discard the country’s imperial legacy.

Matteo Fumagalli, Central European University, Hungary This book examines the origins of the current waves of protest in Uzbekistan. The author analyses how these have changed over the years and provides an outlook into the country’s future. Arguing that the ‘Andijan events’ were not an isolated episode of resistance and/or repression in post-Soviet Uzbekistan, the author shows that they are simply the latest episode in the deterioration of state-society relations in Uzbekistan.

Showing how the combination between economic insecurity, social insecurity, and the state’s fear of any form of opposition and the declining state authority and legitimacy have all contributed to a state of fear and powerlessness among the population, the author theorises that deprived of any legal outlet for airing grievances, the country is leaning towards various forms of both violent and non-violent opposition.

June 2010: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-48093-2: £85.00

Selected Contents: Introduction Part 1: The Setting: Russia’s Policies towards the Near Abroad under President Yeltsin 1. The Underlying Principles of Russia’s Policy Towards the ‘Near Abroad‘ 2. Russia and the Commonwealth of Independent States 3. Russia‘s Role in the Military Conflicts in the Near Abroad 4. Russia‘s Energy Trade with the former Soviet Space 5. Russian Minorities in the Baltic States, Ukraine and Kazakhstan Part 2: The Evolution of Russia’s Policies towards the “Near Abroad” under President Putin 6. Russia’s Policies Towards the Near Abroad from 1999 to 2004 7. Russia’s Policies to the Former Soviet States from 2004 to the Present. Conclusion January 2010: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-56227-0: £70.00 eBook: 978-0-203-86180-6

FORTHCOMING

Russia’s Foreign Security Policy in the 21st Century Putin, Medvedev and Beyond Marcel DeHaas

March 2010: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-49681-0: £75.00

Series: Contemporary Security Studies This book examines Russia’s security policy under the eight years of Vladimir Putin’s presidency. Covering both internal security (e.g. the Chechen conflict) as well as external security (e.g. relations with the West and with China) developments, the main focus is on security actors (persons and institutions) and security policy documents (e.g. political strategy, military doctrine). The book aims to provide an insight into the development and results of Russia’s security policy under Putin, as well as an assessment of the future security policy of Russia, and presents three possible scenarios. In sum, the book seeks to answer the question of when and why Putin shifted his security policy against the West and how should the West respond to this.

February 2010: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-47730-7: £75.00

E-mail: strategic_studies@routledge.com

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk

for more information

for e-mail updates in your field

eBooks are only available to order online

33

34

REGIONAL SECURITY: RUSSIA, CENTRAL ASIA AND EASTERN EUROPE

Russian Energy Power and Foreign Relations Implications for Conflict and Cooperation Edited by Jeronim Perovic, Basel University, Switzerland, Robert W. Orttung, American University, Washington DC, USA and Andreas Wenger, Swiss Federal Institute of Technology (ETH), Institute of Security Studies, Zurich, Switzerland Series: CSS Studies in Security and International Relations This book addresses Russia’s new assertiveness and the role of energy as a key factor in shaping the country’s behavior in international relations and in building political and economic power domestically since the 1990s.

RELATED JOURNAL

Selected Contents: Part 1: Introduction 1. Russian Energy Power: Domestic and International Dimensions Jeronim Perovic Part 2: The Domestic Dimension of Russian Energy 2. The Sustainability of Russia’s Energy Power: Implications for Russia’s Economy Philip Hanson 3. Energy and State-Society Relations: Socio-Political Aspects of Russia’s Energy Wealth Robert Orttung 4. Developing Russia’s Oil and Gas Industry: What Role for the State? Heiko Pleines Part 3: Russia’s Role in International Energy Markets 5. Russia’s Key Customer: Europe Stacy Closson 6. Russia’s Role in the Eurasian Energy Market: Seeking Control in the Face of Growing Challenges Julia Nanay 7. Russia’s Future Customers: Asia and Beyond Nina Poussenkova Part 4: International Policies Towards Russia 8. European Perspectives for Managing Dependence Pami Aalto 9. US Energy Policy and the Former Soviet Union: Parallel Tracks Peter Rutland 10. Chinese Perspectives on Russian Oil and Gas Indra Øverland and Kyrre Elvenes Braekhus Part 5: Conclusion 11. Russia’s Energy Power: Implications for Europe and for Transatlantic Cooperation Andreas Wenger February 2009: 234x156: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-48438-1: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-88009-8

Journal of Slavic Military Studies David M. Glantz, Col. US Army Ret. and Christopher Donnelly, Defense Academy of the United Kingdom The Journal of Slavic Military Studies (until 1993 The Journal of Soviet Military Studies) investigates all aspects of military affairs in the Slavic nations of central and eastern Europe in historical and geopolitical context and offers a vehicle for central and eastern European security and military analysts to air their views. Its unique international editorial board and diverse content including translations of newly released Soviet and Russian documents as well as specialist book reviews make the journal a must for academics, military figures and civilians alike who are interested in this region's security and military affairs.

Volume 23, 2010, 4 issues per year Print ISSN: 1351-8046 Online ISSN: 1556-3006 www.tandf.co.uk/journals/FSLV

Routledge/GARNET series: Europe in the World Series Edited by David Armstrong, University of Exeter, UK and Karoline Postel-Vinay, CERI, Paris, France The Routledge GARNET series provides an outlet for research on a wide range of issues related to regulation in the context of regional and global governance, the representation and participation of the EU in global governance, and regionalism in Europe, Africa, Asia, and the Americas. The series embraces multi-disciplinary perspectives to cover questions of relevance to contemporary society, amidst the challenges to regional cooperation in dealing with poverty and human welfare, peace, security, and social justice.

FORTHCOMING

Russian Energy Security and Foreign Policy Edited by Adrian Dellecker and Thomas Gomart, both at IFRI, France This book provides an original and thoroughly academic analysis of the link between Russian energy and foreign policies in Eurasia, as well as offering an interpretation of Russia’s coherence on the international stage.

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: The Restoration of Russian Power: Toward an Energy-Based Deterrence? Thomas Gomart and Adrian Dellecker Part 1: Energy’s Link to Domestic and Foreign Policies 2. Oil and Gas Production in Central Asia: The Impact of Infrastructures, Institutions and Policies William Tompson 3. Energy Security and Central Asia: A Comparison of the EU’s, Germany’s, Russia’s and China’s Energy (Foreign) Policies Frank Umbach 4. How to Get a Pipeline Built: The Theory and the Caspian Reality Jérôme Guillet 5. Prospects for New Caspian Natural Gas and Oil Export Routes Maureen Crandall Part 2: Russian Energy and Political Relations with CIS Net Exporters 6. Russia and Turkmenistan: What Kind of Partnership? Vladimir Milov 7. Russia and Kazakhstan: A Regional and Global Partnership Martha Brill Olcott 8. Uzbekistan: Central Asian Energy Key Andrew Monaghan 9. The Uncertain Trajectory of Russia-Azerbaijan Relations in the Multiple-Pipelines Era Pavel Baev Part 3: Russian Export Policy and Relations with Transit Countries 10. Russia’s Grip on Energy Infrastructure and the Link to Foreign Policy Leonid Grigoriev 11. The Russia-Georgia-Azerbaijan Triangle: The Role of Energy in Foreign Relations John Roberts 12. Russia-Belarus: A Breakable Union Rainer Lindner, F. Garbe, F. Hett 13. Russia-Ukraine (author tbc) 14.Conclusion Thomas Gomart and Adrian Dellecker December 2009: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-54733-8: £70.00

Routledge Contemporary Russia and Eastern Europe Series FORTHCOMING

Russia’s European Agenda and the Baltic States v

Janina Sleivyte, Senior Advisor, Lithuanian Ministry of Defence, Lithuania This book discusses the development of Russia’s approach to the new security architecture in Europe and assesses the prospects for a more active engagement of Russia in the Baltic Sea region and Europe as a whole. The book considers the full range of issues affecting security, including energy, economic relations; the special position of Russia’s Kaliningrad enclave; and Russia’s special interest in the Russian minorities in the former Soviet Baltic states. The evolution of Russian-Baltic relations from 1990-2008 is set in the more general context of Russia’s European agenda, looking into the role and place of the Baltic States in this agenda. It provides a comparative analysis of the European agenda and of Russia’s foreign policy under Boris Yeltsin, Vladimir Putin and Dmitry Medvedev, and concludes that, despite the replacement of the former Cold War stand-off with a more positive climate and a complicated array of bilateral and multilateral contacts much more still needs to be done to engage Russia fully with the new Europe.

December 2009: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-55400-8: £85.00

NEW

The Caucasus – An Introduction Frederik Coene, European Commission, Belgium The Caucasus is one of the most complicated regions in the world: with many different peoples and political units, differing religious allegiances, and frequent conflicts, and where historically major world powers have clashed with each other. Until now there has been no single book for those wishing to learn about this complex region. This book fills the gap, providing a clear, comprehensive introduction to the Caucasus, which is suitable for all readers. It covers the geography; the historical development of the region; economics; politics and government; population; religion and society; culture and traditions; alongside its conflicts and international relations. Written throughout in an accessible style, it requires no prior knowledge of the Caucasus. The book will be invaluable for those researching specific issues, as well as for readers needing a thorough introduction to the region.

October 2009: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-48660-6: £80.00 eBook: 978-0-203-87071-6

FORTHCOMING

Russia’s Foreign Policy Dilemmas Edited by Marie Mendras, Sciences Po, Paris, France This volume has the ambition of offering an original analysis of Russia’s national interest and foreign policy in interaction with European, American and Asian partners.

The book discusses Russian perceptions and policies from inside the system, with authors who have a deep insight into the Russian political, social and economic environment. It also features two chapters on Russia’s relations with US and Europe and further analyses European approaches and policies toward Russia.

December 2009: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-44819-2: £70.00

ORDER NOW!

See Order Form at the back of this catalogue

+44 (0)1235 400524

Fax: +44 (0)20 7017 6699

www.routledge.com/strategicstudies

REGIONAL SECURITY: RUSSIA, CENTRAL ASIA AND EASTERN EUROPE

Russia’s Demographic Crisis

FORTHCOMING

Security and Foreign Policy Implications

TEXTBOOK

Edited by Graeme P. Herd, George C. Marshall European Center for Security Studies, Germany

Human Security

This book focuses on four former Soviet sub-regions the Baltic Sea region, the Slavic republics, the Black Sea region and Central Asia - to explore the degree to which ’democratic security’ has been established. It discusses the idea of ’democratic security’, which includes de-politicisation and civilian oversight of the military, resolution of conflicts by international co-operation and involvement in international organisations. It examines how far states in these regions have developed cooperative foreign and security policies towards their immediate neighbours and key Western states and organisations, explores the interplay between internal and external aspects of democratic security building and uses case study examples to show how interstate bilateral and multilateral relations are developing.

March 2009: 234x156: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-32931-6: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-39140-2

FORTHCOMING

The Security Context in the Black Sea Region Edited by Dimitrios Triantaphyllou, International Centre for Black Sea Studies (ICBSS), Greece This book on the security context in the Black Sea region is a timely endeavour and substantive contribution to understanding the state of play in the region and its linkages to the rest of the world. The book provides a holistic perspective as it includes the thoughts of analysts from Europe, the United States, Russia, Ukraine and Turkey. Post-Cold War developments have contributed to raising the interest on the Black Sea region and within this emerging context it is interesting to note the emerging changes in the region and in the role of the regional and extraregional actors. To this end, it pays attention to the position of the United States, NATO’s involvement, the EU’s engagement, Russia and Turkey’s aspirations while it also examines the policies of the other states of the region as they seek a role for themselves. Overall, this book has the primary objective to illustrate and bring to the surface key concerns such as security, energy and energy security, regionalism and good governance that are of a horizontal nature and question why a cooperative security framework or other regional schemes that could accommodate the needs of all stakeholders remains to date an illusion. In this regard, the contributions of this book attempt to present the realities of the region and what it could conceivably need to do to survive the precarious nature of its security environment, thus enriching the small but growing body of research of the region.

This book was published as a special issue of Southeast European and Black Sea Studies.

November 2009: 246x174: 160pp Hb: 978-0-415-56088-7: £75.00

HUMAN SECURITY

Routledge Studies in Human Security

Global Politics and the Human Costs of War Don Hubert, University of Ottawa, Canada Series: Global Institutions This book examines the idea of human security and its influence in global politics since the end of the Cold War. The essence of the human security idea is a normative plea for international policy to prioritize the safety of people and their communities, as opposed to focusing only on the security of states and the stability of regions. Specifically, human security proponents argue that new international measures should be put in place to reduce the human costs of war. The book assesses the idea’s influence by analyzing the extent to which this set of priorities have been acted upon by international public policymakers, and the degree to which these initiatives have actually enhanced the safety of people living in war-affected regions.

The core of the book focuses on three specific campaigns: the international ban on anti-personnel landmines, the prohibition on the use of child soldiers and international efforts to address the problem of conflict diamonds. These three cases are emblematic of the human security approach since they involve a critique of traditional security policy, prioritize the safety and security of individuals, are pursued through multilateral processes aimed at creating new international norms and mechanisms, and seek to alter the behaviour of both states and non-state actors.

June 2010: 216x138: 176pp Hb: 978-0-415-48814-3: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-48815-0: £16.99 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY

FORTHCOMING

Critical Perspectives on Human Security Discourses of Emancipation and Regimes of Power Edited by David Chandler, University of Westminster, UK and Niklas Hynek Series: PRIO New Security Studies This new book presents critical perspectives towards Human Security, which has become one of the key discourses in Security Studies and IR recently.

Series Edited by: Mary Martin, London School of Economics, London, UK and Taylor Owen, Oxford University, UK This book series will provide a coherent body of academic and practitioner insight capable of stimulating further consideration of the concept of human security, its impact on security scholarship and on the development of new security practices. The series will respond to a need for more empirical investigation, at the same time as expanding the theoretical parameters of human security particularly through integrating different disciplinary perspectives.

FORTHCOMING

The European Union and Human Security External Interventions and Missions Edited by Mary Martin and Mary Kaldor, London School of Economics, UK This edited book examines European external interventions in human security, in order to illustrate the evolution and nature of the European Union as a global political actor.

Selected Contents: Introduction Mary Martin and Mary Kaldor 1. The AMM and the Transition from Conflict to Peace in Aceh, 2005-2006 Kirsten E. Schulze 2. The EU Response to the Asian Tsunami and the Need for a Human Security Approach Marlies Glasius 3. The European Union in the Democratic Republic of Congo – A Force for Good? Mary Martin 4. Human Insecurity in Lebanon: Consequences of War and Prospects for Peace Mary Kaldor and Genevieve Schmeder 5. The Deterioration of Human Security in Palestine Mient Jan Faber and Mary Kaldor 6. Intervention and Independence in Kosovo. The EULEX Rule of Law Mission Senad Sabovic 7. Crossing Boundaries. The European Union Monitoring Mission to Georgia Mary Martin 8. A Human Security Strategy for Afghanistan: What Role for the EU? Marika Theros. Annex December 2009: 234x156: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-49872-2: £70.00 eBook: 978-0-203-86338-1

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction David Chandler and Nik Hynek Part 1: Human Security and Emancipation 2. ‘We the Peoples‘: Contending Discourses of Security in Human Rights Theory and Practice Tim Dunne and Nicholas J. Wheeler 3. Development of the Human Security Field: A Critical Examination David Bosold 4. Has Human Security Had its Day? Neil Cooper, Mandy Turner and Michael Pugh 5. Human Security, Biopoverty and the Possibility for Emancipation David Roberts 6. Emancipatory Forms of Human Security and Liberal Peacebuilding Oliver P. Richmond 7. Towards a Critical Security Paradigm? Reconceptualizing the ‘Vital Core‘ of Human Security Giorgio Shani 8. The Siren Song of Human Security Ryerson Christie 9. The Limits to Emancipation in the Human Security Framework Tara McCormack Part 2: Human Security and Regimes of Power 10. Human Security and the Securing of Human Life: Tracing Global Sovereign and Biopolitical Rule Marc G. Doucet and Miguel de Larrinaga 11. Rethinking Human Security: Economy, Governmentality and Hybridization of Individuals 12. Human Security: Sovereignty, Citizenship, Disorder Kyle Grayson 13. (Bio)Human Security Julian Reid 14. Inhuman Security Mark Neocleous 15. Living not Human: The Biopolitics of Security Mick Dillon 16. Human Security and the Globalization of the Political David Chandler.

Conclusion Editors January 2010: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-56734-3: £70.00

E-mail: strategic_studies@routledge.com

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk

for more information

for e-mail updates in your field

eBooks are only available to order online

35

36

HUMAN SECURITY

GENOCIDE STUDIES

FORTHCOMING

TEXTBOOK

Human Security in Southeast Asia

The Genocide Studies Reader

Yukiko Nishikawa, Mahidol University, Thailand

Edited by Samuel Totten, University of Arkansas, Fayetteville, USA and Paul R. Bartrop, Deakin University, Australia

Series: Routledge Security in Asia Pacific Series This book explores the theoretical and conceptual basis of human security, and shows how it has been taken up as a central part of security policy in both individual states in southeast Asia and in regional security policy within ASEAN. It discusses domestic challenges for human security including the insurgencies in southern Thailand, the Philippines and Indonesia, explores transnational security issues such as terrorism, drugs, human trafficking and the situation in Burma and assesses the ’ASEAN Way’, contrasting the values and approaches of southeast Asian countries with those in the West.

This thorough overview of all aspects of the field of genocide studies brings together for the first time classic and contemporary writings from some of the most noted scholars writing on genocide in the fields of genocide studies, political science, history, and sociology. The Reader covers key aspects of a host of complex and thorny issues, such as the definition of genocide, theories of genocide, prevention and intervention, and its denial. This collection of writings is essential reading for anyone who wants to understand this most atrocious form of political violence that has plagued human history.

March 2009: 246x174: 568pp Hb: 978-0-415-95394-8: £90.00 Pb: 978-0-415-95395-5: £27.99 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY

June 2010: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-47868-7: £80.00

FORTHCOMING

Selected Contents:

Human Security, Transnational Crime and Human Trafficking

Part 1: Definitions of Genocide

Asian and Western Perspectives Edited by Shiro Okubo, Ritsumeikan University, Japan and Louise Shelley, George Mason University, USA Series: Routledge Transnational Crime and Corruption Examining transnational crime, human trafficking and its implications for human security from both Western and Asian perspectives, this book, with essays from contributors based in Europe, the US and Asia, fills a gap on all bookshelves; providing an excellent volume on the under considered area of Asian transnational crime.

Selected Contents: Preface: Origin and Objective of the Human Security Project Part 1: Human Security and Transnational Crime 1. Human Security and Transnational Crime 2. Transnational Organized Crime: The German Response 3. International Organized Crime Operating in Western Europe: The Judicial and Police Approach Against Organized Crime in the European Union 4. Canada’s New Concerted Efforts to Combat Transnational Organized Crime: New Concerns, Emerging New Enforcement Practices, and New Legislation 5. Japanese Crime Situation and Transnational Organized Crime 6. Drug Trafficking and Korea 7. Organized Crime Control and Drug Prevention Strategy: Thai Perspective Part 2: Human Security and Human Trafficking 8. International Human Trafficking: An Important Component of Transnational Crime 9. The European Union Effort to Combat Illegal Migration, Smuggling and Trafficking in Human Beings: Impact on Spanish Law 10. Trafficking into the United States and Western Hemisphere from Asia 11. Current Situation of Migrant Women Employed in the Sex and Entertainment Sector of Korea 12. Japanese Experience and Response in Combating Trafficking April 2010: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-43701-1: £75.00

Free P&P Online

Section 1: The Origin of the Term Genocide and the Definition Used in the UN Convention on the Prevention and Punishment of Genocide 1. Genocide: A Modern Crime Raphael Lemkin 2. Development of the Rule on Genocide Lawrence J. LeBlanc 3. Intent Morten Bergsmo 4. The United Nations Convention on the Prevention and Punishment of Genocide Section 2: Alternative Definitions 5. The Definition of Genocide Israel Charny 6. Human Destructiveness and Politics: The Twentieth Century as an Age of Genocide Roger Smith 7. Defining Genocide as a Sociological Concept Helen Fein 8. Towards a Functional Definition Ward Churchill Section 3: Related Terms 9. A Typology of Cleansing Andrew Bell-Fialkoff 10. Explaining Ethnic Cleansing Michael Mann 11. Recognizing Genocides and Politicides Barbara Harff 12. Crimes Against Humanity William Schabas 13. Massacres Jacques Semelin 14. The New Concept of Democide Rudolph Rummel

Part 2: Theories and Causes of Genocide Section 4: Theories of Genocide 15. The Origins of Genocide and Mass Killing: Core Concepts Ervin Staub 16. Deadly Regimes Alex Alvarez 17. Theories of Genocide Leo Kuper 18. The Etiology of Genocides Barbara Harff 19. Scarcity and Genocide Roger W. Smith 20. The Eight Stages of Genocide Gregory Stanton

Part 3: Genocidal Crimes Section 5: Cases of Genocide 21. A Historical Summary Frank Chalk and Kurt Jonnashon 22. The History of Genocide: An Overview Paul Bartrop and Samuel Totten 23. Genocide Against Indigenous Peoples David Maybury-Lewis 24. Holocaust: Genocide of the Jews Donald Niewyk 25. State Rape: Sexual Violence as Genocide Lisa Sharlach 26. Report of the Security General, Kofi Annan, to the United Nations Security Council: The Fall of Srebrenica. Pursuant to General Assembly Resolution 53/35 (1998) 27. Genocide in Darfur Samuel Totten Section 6: Comparative Studies of Various Cases of Genocide 28. The Modernity of Genocides: War, Race, and Revolution in the Twentieth Century Eric D. Weitz 29. The Armenian Genocide as Precursor and Prototype of Twentieth Century Genocide Robert F. Melson 30. Twentieth Century Genocides: Underlying Ideological Themes from Armenia to East Timor Ben Kiernan 31. Connecting Threads: Rwanda, the Holocaust, and the Pattern of Contemporary Genocide Mark Levene

Simple and secure online ordering, please visit www.routledge.com/strategicstudies and receive FREE P&P* for online orders over £20.

Part 4: The Complexities of the Prevention and Intervention of Genocide Section 7: The Issues of Sovereignty and Political Will 32. Realpolitik M. Cherif Bassouni 33. The Concept of Sovereignty and the Development of International Law Jackson Nyamuya Maogoto 34. The Dilemma of Political Will: How Fixed, How Malleable the Domestic Constraints?

Bruce W. Jentleson 35. Intervention, Sovereignty and the Responsibility to Protect: Experiences for ICISS Ramesh Thakur Section 8: The Prevention of Genocide 36. From Early Warning to Early Action Kumar Rupesinghe 37. The Three P’s of Genocide Prevention: With Application to a Genocide Foretold — Rwanda Helen Fein 38. The Prevention and Intervention of Genocide Samuel Totten 39. A Good Man in Hell: General Romeo Dallaire and the Rwanda Genocide Section 9: Intervention of Genocide 40. Policies of Militarized Humanitarian Intervention Thomas G. Weiss and Cindy Collins 41. Economic Sanctions and Genocide: Too Little, Too Late, and Sometimes Too Much George A. Lopez 42. The East Pakistan (Bangladesh) Intervention of 1971 Francis Kofi Abiew 43. Vietnam’s Intervention in Cambodia (Kampuchea), 1978 Francis Kofi Abiew 44. Against the Grain: The East Timor Intervention James Cotton 45. Reflections on the Legality and Legitimacy of NATO’S Intervention in Kosovo

Part 5: Prosecution of Crimes Against Humanity and Genocide Section 10: Setting a Precedent: The Nuremberg Trials 46. The Path to Nuremberg Howard Ball Section 11: The International Criminal Tribunal for the Former Yugoslavia 47. The ICTY: Origin, Trials, and Tribulations Howard Ball 48. International Criminal Tribunal for the Former Yugoslavia Payam Akhavan and Mora Johnson 49. Radislav Krstic Becomes the First Person to Be Convicted of Genocide at the ICTY and is Sentenced to 46 Years Imprisonment Section 12: The International Criminal Tribunal for Rwanda 50. The International Criminal Tribunal for Rwanda Peter Uvin and Charles Mironko 51. Formation of the ICTR Howard Ball 52. International Criminal Tribunal for Rwanda Michelle S. Lyon and Mark A. Drumbl 53. Historic Judgement Finds Akayesu Guilty of Genocide International Criminal Tribunal for Rwanda Section 13: Trials in National Courts 54. National Trials in Rwanda Jennifer Balint Section 14: The International Criminal Court (ICC) 55. Nuremberg’s Legacy: Adoption of the Rome Statute Howard Ball

Part 6: Denial of Genocide Section 15 56. A Classification of Denials of the Holocaust and Other Genocides Israel W. Charny

*UK customers only

ORDER NOW!

See Order Form at the back of this catalogue

+44 (0)1235 400524

Fax: +44 (0)20 7017 6699

www.routledge.com/strategicstudies

GENOCIDE STUDIES

TEXTBOOK

TEXTBOOK

NEW

3RD EDITION

Genocide

TEXTBOOK

Century of Genocide

A Comprehensive Introduction

Critical Essays and Eyewitness Accounts

Genocidal Crimes

Adam Jones, Yale University, USA

Alex Alvarez, Northern Arizona University, USA

Edited by Samuel Totten, University of Arkansas, Fayetteville, USA and William S. Parsons, United States Holocaust Memorial Museum

‘This is the best introductory text available to students of genocide studies. Written in clear, elegant prose and supported by a wealth of authoritative sources, Genocide: A Comprehensive Introduction is likely to become the gold standard by which all subsequent introductions to this enormously important subject will be measured.‘ – Kenneth J. Campbell, University of Delaware, USA

Series: Key Ideas in Criminology

‘The third edition of Century of Genocide provides valuable comparative perspectives of colonial, political, and ideological mass killing from the Herero and Armenian cases in the early twentieth century to Rwanda and Darfur at the end of the century and into the next. It is compelling both as an overarching general survey that includes first-person testimony and as a call for effective measures to prevent and deal with the scourge of genocide and crimes against humanity.‘ – Richard G. Hovannisian, University of California, Los Angeles, USA Through powerful first-person accounts, scholarly analysis, and compelling narrative, Century of Genocide details the causes and ramifications of the genocides perpetrated in the twentieth century and into the twenty-first. Historical context provides the necessary background on the actors and victims to help us better understand these episodes of atrocious political violence.

The Third Edition has been carefully updated and features new chapters on the genocides in Darfur, in Guatemala, and against indigenous peoples the world over. The volume concludes with a consideration of the methods of prevention and intervention of future genocides.

Selected Contents: Introduction Samuel Totten and William S. Parsons 1. Genocide of the Hereros Jon Bridgman and Leslie J. Worley 2. The Armenian Genocide Rouben Paul Adalian 3. Soviet Man-made Famine in Ukraine James E. Mace 4. Holocaust: The Genocide of the Jews Donald L. Niewyk 5. Holocaust: The Gypsies Sybil Milton 6. Holocaust: The Genocide of Disabled Peoples Hugh Gregory Gallagher 7. The Indonesian Massacres Robert Cribb 8. Genocide in East Timor James Dunn 9. Genocide in Bangladesh Rounaq Jahan 10. The Burundi Genocide René Lemarchand 11. The Cambodian Genocide – 1975-1979 Ben Kiernan 12. Guatemala: Acts of Genocide and Scorched Earth Counterinsurgency War Susanne Jonas 13. Physical and Cultural Genocide of Indigenous Peoples Robert K. Hitchcock and Tara M. Twedt 14. The Anfal Operations in Iraqi Kurdistan Michiel Leezenberg 15. The Rwanda Genocide René Lemarchand 16. Genocide in Bosnia and Herzegovina Martin Mennecke 17. Genocide in Darfur, Sudan Samuel Totten 18. Easier Said Than Done: The Challenges of Preventing and Responding to Genocide Bridget Conley-Zilkic and Samuel Totten 2008: 234x156: 672pp Hb: 978-0-415-99084-4: £90.00 Pb: 978-0-415-99085-1: £26.99 eBook: 978-0-203-89043-1 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY

2006: 246x174: 456pp Hb: 978-0-415-35385-4: £80.00 Pb: 978-0-415-35384-7: £21.99 eBook: 978-0-203-34744-7 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY

FORTHCOMING TEXTBOOK

New Directions in Genocide Research Adam Jones, Yale University, USA Genocide studies is a relatively new field of comparative inquiry, but recent years have seen an increasing range of themes and subject-matter being addressed reflecting a variety of features of the field and transformations within it. This edited book seeks to capture the range of new approaches, theories and case studies in the field. It unfolds in three sections: • The first section focuses on broad theories of comparative genocide, including a number of different perspectives.

• The second section critically reconsiders core themes of genocide studies, including humanitarian intervention and the role of bystanders; and unfolds a range of challenging new directions, including the forcible transfer of children as a genocidal strategy, cultural genocide, the art and architecture of genocide, gender and genocide, structural violence, and the novel application of remote-sensing technologies to the detection and study of genocide.

• The third and final section is case-study focused, seeking to place both canonical and little-known cases of genocide in broader comparative perspective. Cases analyzed include genocide in North America, the Nazi Holocaust, the Rwandan genocide of 1994, and the Indonesian genocide of 1965-66.

The combination of cutting-edge scholarship and innovative approaches to familiar subjects makes this essential reading for all students and scholars in the field of genocide studies.

March 2010: 246x174: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-49596-7: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-49597-4: £21.99 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY

37

Genocide has emerged as one of the leading problems of the twentieth century. No corner of the world seems immune from this form of collective violence.

While many individuals are familiar with the term, few people have a clear understanding of what genocide is and how it is carried out. This book clearly discusses the concept of genocide and dispels the widely held misperceptions about how these crimes occur and the mechanisms necessary for its perpetration.

Genocidal Crimes differs from much of the writing on the subject in that it explicitly relies upon the criminological literature to explain the nature and functioning of genocide. Criminology, with its focus on various types of criminality and violence, has much to offer in terms of explaining the origins, dynamics, and facilitators of this particular form of collective violence.

Through application of a number of criminological theories to various elements of genocide, Alvarez presents a comprehensive analysis of this particular crime.

These criminological perspectives are underpinned by a variety of psychological, sociological, and political science based insights in order to present a more complete discussion of the nature and functioning of genocide.

September 2009: 198x129: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-46675-2: £65.00 Pb: 978-0-415-46678-3: £18.99 eBook: 978-0-203-92665-9 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY

FORTHCOMING

Concentration Camps in Nazi Germany The New Histories Edited by Nikolaus Wachsmann, Birkbeck, University of London, UK and Jane Caplan, St. Antony’s College, University of Oxford, UK Written by an international team of experts, this comprehensive volume offers the first overview of the recent scholarship that has changed the way the concentration camp system is studied over the last two decades.

Selected Contents: Introduction Jane Caplan and Nikolaus Wachsmann 1. The Dynamics of Destruction. The Development of the Concentration Camps, 1933-45 Nikolaus Wachsmann 2. The Concentration Camp Personnel Karin Orth 3. Social Life in an Unsocial Environment. The Inmates’ Struggle for Survival Falk Pingel 4. Gender and the Camps Jane Caplan 5. The Public Face of the Camps Karola Fings 6. Work and Extermination in the Concentration Camps Jens-Christian Wagner 7. The Holocaust and the Concentration Camps Dieter Pohl 8. The Death Marches and the Final Phase of Nazi Genocide Daniel Blatman 9. The Afterlife of the Camps Harold Marcuse. Abbreviations. Map. Composite Bibliography. Notes on Contributors November 2009: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-42650-3: £65.00 Pb: 978-0-415-42651-0: £19.99 eBook: 978-0-203-86520-0

E-mail: strategic_studies@routledge.com

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk

for more information

for e-mail updates in your field

eBooks are only available to order online

38

GENOCIDE STUDIES

4TH EDITION

The Routledge Atlas of the Holocaust Martin Gilbert Series: Routledge Historical Atlases ’A classic of Holocaust studies. No other single volume quite conveys both the sheer scale of the Holocaust, and the depth of individual tragedy.’

– BBC History Magazine

FORTHCOMING

NEW

The International Politics of Mass Atrocities

The Courts of Genocide

The Case of Darfur

Nicholas Jones, University of Regina, Canada

Edited by David R. Black, Dalhousie University, Canada and Paul D. Williams, George Washington University, USA

Selected Contents: Introduction: International Society and the Crisis in Darfur Paul D. Williams and David R. Black Part 1: Regional Politics 1. The Government of Sudan and the Darfurian Armed Groups I.D.F. and Munzoul Assal 2. Regional Politics and the Darfur Crisis Lee J.M. Seymour Part 2: Multilateral Politics 3. The United Nations Security Council Michael MacKinnon 4. The African Union Cristina Badescu and Linnea Bergholm 5. The European Union Rory Keene and Asbjorn Wee 6. The International Criminal Court William A. Schabas Part 3: Bilateral Politics 7. The United States Scott Stedjan and Colin Thomas-Jensen 8. The People’s Republic of China Ian Taylor 9. The United Kingdom Paul D. Williams 10. France Bruno Charbonneau 11. Canada David R. Black. Conclusion David R. Black and Paul D. Williams December 2009: 234x156: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-55902-7: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-55903-4: £24.99 eBook: 978-0-203-86217-9

The Courts of Genocide focuses on the judicial response to the genocide in Rwanda in order to address the search for justice following mass atrocities. The central concern of the book is how the politics of justice can get in the way of its administration. Considering both the ICTR (International Criminal tribunal for Rwanda), and all of the politics surrounding its work, and the Rwandan approach (the Gacaca courts and the national judiciary) and the politics that surround it, The Courts of Genocide addresses the relationship between these three ’courts’ which, whilst oriented by similar concerns, stand in stark opposition to each other. In this respect, the book addresses a series of questions, including: What aspects of the Rwandan genocide itself played a role in directing the judicial response that has been adopted? On what basis did the government of Rwanda decide to address the genocide in a legalistic manner?

Around what goals has each judicial response been organized? What are the specific procedures and processes of this response? And, finally, what challenges does its multifaceted character create for those involved in its operation, as well as for Rwandan society?

Addressing conceptual issues of restorative and retributive justice, liberal legalism and cosmopolitan law, The Courts of Genocide constitutes a substantially grounded reflection upon the problem of ’doing justice’ after genocide.

The Origins of Genocide

July 2009: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-49070-2: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-88080-7

Series: Security and Governance Examines the Darfur crisis to address wider debates within IR theory including: the ’responsibility to protect’, humanitarian intervention, sovereignty, peacekeeping, relationships between the world’s great powers, and international mediation.

’This book will be an essential part of the teaching of this sad, but sadly recurring chapter of History.’

– Andrew Hunt The graphic history of the Nazi attempt to destroy the Jews of Europe during the Second World War is illustrated in this series of 333 detailed maps.

The maps, and the text and photographs that accompany them, powerfully depict the fate of the Jews between 1933 and 1945, while also setting the chronological story in the wider context of the war itself. The maps include: • historical background - from the effects of anti-Jewish violence between 1880 and 1933 to the geography of the existing Jewish communities before the advent of the Nazis • the beginning of the violence - from the destruction of the synagogues in November 1938 to Jewish migrations and deportations, the ghettos, and the establishment of the concentration camps and death camps throughout German-dominated Europe • the spread of Nazi rule - the fate of the Jews throughout Europe including Germany, Austria, Poland, Greece, Yugoslavia, Bulgaria, Russia, Denmark, Norway, France, Holland, Belgium, Italy, and the Baltic States • Jewish revolts and resistance – acts of armed resistance, fighting in the forests, individual acts of courage • Jews in hiding – escape routes, Christians who helped Jews • the death marches – the advance of the Allies and the liberation of the camps, the survivors, and the final death toll.

This revised edition includes a new section which gives an insight into the layout and organization of some of the most significant places of the Holocaust, including Auschwitz, Treblinka and the Warsaw ghetto, maps that will be especially useful to those visiting the sites.

January 2009: 246x174: 304pp Hb: 978-0-415-48481-7: £60.00 Pb: 978-0-415-48486-2: £16.99 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY

Raphael Lemkin as a Historian of Mass Violence Edited by Dominik J. Schaller, Ruprecht Karls University, Germany and Jürgen Zimmerer, University of Sheffield, UK This year the United Nations celebrated the ’Convention on the Prevention and Punishment of the Crime of Genocide’, adopted in December 1948. It is time to recognize the man behind this landmark in international law. At the beginning were a few words: ’New conceptions require new terms. By ‘genocide’ we mean the destruction of a nation or of an ethnic group’. Rarely in history have paradigmatic changes in scholarship been brought about with such few words. Putting the quintessential crime of modernity in only one sentence, Raphael Lemkin (1900-1959), the Polish Jewish specialist in international law, not only summarized the horrors of the National Socialist Crimes, which were still underway, when he coined the term ’genocide’ in 1944, but also influenced international law. As the founding figure of the UN Genocide Convention Lemkin is finally getting the respect he deserves. Less known is his contribution to historical scholarship on genocide. Until his death, Lemkin was working on a broad study on genocides in the history of humankind. Unfortunately, he did not manage to publish it. The contributions in this book offer for the first time a critical assessment not only of his influence on international law but also on historical analysis of mass murders, showing the close connection between both.

This book was published as a special issue of the Journal of Genocide Research.

April 2009: 246x174: 128pp Hb: 978-0-415-48026-0: £70.00

ORDER NOW!

See Order Form at the back of this catalogue

Politics and the Rule of Law in Rwanda and Arusha

+44 (0)1235 400524

Late Ottoman Genocides The Dissolution of the Ottoman Empire and Young Turkish Population and Extermination Policies Edited by Dominik J. Schaller and Jürgen Zimmerer, University of Sheffield, UK The Armenian Genocide has lately attracted a lot of attention, despite the Turkish government’s attempts at denial. It has been developed into a central obstacle to Turkey’s entry into the European Union. As such it attracts the highest political and public attention. What is largely ignored in the debate, however, is the fact that Armenians were not the only victims of the Young Turk’s genocidal population policies. What is still largely forgotten is the murder, expulsion and deportation of other ethnic groups like Assyrians, Greeks, Kurds and Arabs by the Young Turks. This not only increases the number of victims, but also changes the perspective on the foundation of modern Turkey and as such on modern Turkish history more generally. The Thematic Issue of the JGR, the republication of which is proposed here, is the first publication which addresses these wider issues.

It contributes not only to our understanding of the Young Turks’ population and extermination policies in all its complexities and so helping to bring the forgotten victims’ stories ’back’ into genocide scholarship, but to our understanding of modern Turkey more generally. It is an indispensable tool for everybody interested in one of the great historical controversies of our time.

This book was published as a special issue of the Journal of Genocide Research.

January 2009: 246x174: 116pp Hb: 978-0-415-48012-3: £70.00

Fax: +44 (0)20 7017 6699

www.routledge.com/strategicstudies

GENOCIDE STUDIES

WAR AND CONFLICT STUDIES

FORTHCOMING

NEW

FORTHCOMING

Genocide, State Crime, and the Law

TEXTBOOK

TEXTBOOK

In the Name of the State

War, Conflict and Human Rights

Thinking about War and Peace

Jennifer Balint

Theory and Practice

Genocide, State Crime and the Law argues that genocide and other forms of state crime must be located in relation to cultural, political and legal processes if they are to be properly understood and addressed.

Chandra Lekha Sriram, Olga Martin-Ortega and Johanna Herman, all at University of East London, UK

Denise DeGarmo and E. Duff Wrobbel, both at Southern Illinois University Edwardsville, USA

Discussing a series of case studies of genocide - in Armenia, Nazi Germany, Cambodia, South Africa, Ethiopia, Rwanda and the former Yugoslavia - the book is oriented towards two post-conflict problems: how to address the institutional dimensions of the harm perpetrated, and to what extent law can lay claim to being a re-constitutive actor. Such occurrences of genocide are regularly considered as an event that is disconnected from the particular character of the society in which it occurs. But it is with reference to their distinct cultural, political and legal contexts that, Balint maintains, genocide must be approached. It is not, she argues, new institutions that are needed; but a new approach to addressing genocide and state crime - one that takes into consideration its broader social, historical and institutional dimensions. Only then is it possible to understand the limits and the potential of post-conflict political-legal processes.

RELATED JOURNALS

August 2010: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-54381-1: £75.00

Journal of Genocide Research Editors: Henry R. Huttenbach, The City College of the City University of New York, USA, Dominik J. Schaller, University of Heidelberg, Germany and Jürgen Zimmerer, University of Sheffield, UK Journal of Genocide Research promotes an interdisciplinary and comparative approach to the study of genocide.

Genocide has reared its head numerous times throughout the twentieth century.

Genocidal thought and action have found many opportunities to assault targeted groups and endanger their existence.

These repeated attempts at annihilation pose some of the more perplexing questions of the modern age warranting systematic, scholarly investigation.

Journal of Genocide Research devotes itself exclusively to focusing on this phenomenon that promises to re-occur well into the twenty-first century.

Volume 12, 2010, 4 issues per year Print ISSN: 1462-3528 Online ISSN: 1469-9494 For further information or to request a sample copy of the journal please visit: www.tandf.co.uk/journals/jgr

‘What makes this book such a superb teaching tool? The text begins by providing separate background chapters on human rights and conflict studies. This makes the case studies and topical chapters completely accessible for a wide range of students.

Clearly written and completely up-to-date, War, Conflict and Human Rights will undoubtedly find itself on the mandatory reading list of many syllabi.’ – Julie Mertus, American University, USA ‘This indispensable volume, useful for both teaching and research, navigates a path around the pitfalls inherent in the age-old conceptual struggle between peace and justice. In doing so it details a sophisticated agenda for conflict resolution and peacebuilding, through international humanitarian and human rights law, for the ultimate goal of conflict prevention.’ – Oliver Richmond, University of St. Andrews, UK

Rich in pedagogy and clearly structured throughout, this textbook combines theoretical analysis with both historical and contemporary examples to explain, compare, and evaluate the various causal theories and moral frameworks that have been most influential in discussions of war.

Selected Contents: Introduction Part 1: Pluralism 1. The Clash of Civilizations 2. Ethical Relativism 3. Religion and War Part 2: Realism 4. Political Realism 5. Ethical Realism 6. Economics and War Part 3: Idealism 7. Political Liberalism/Idealism 8. Just War Theory 9. International Law and War Part 4: Cosmopolitanism 10. Biology, Psychology, and Economics 11. Virtues, Duties, and Consequences 12. Globalization and War. Conclusion March 2010: 246x174: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-77372-0: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-77445-1: £22.99 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY

FORTHCOMING TEXTBOOK

War, Conflict and Human Rights is an innovative new inter-disciplinary textbook, combining aspects of law, politics and conflict analysis to examine the relationship between human rights and armed conflict.

Theories of Violent Conflict

Making use of both theoretical and practical approaches, this book:

This textbook introduces students of violent conflict to a variety of prominent theoretical approaches, and to examine the ontological stances and epistemological traditions underlying these approaches.

• examines the tensions and complementarities between protection of human rights and resolution of conflict - the competing political demands and the challenges posed by internal armed conflict • explores the scope and effects of human rights violations in contemporary armed conflicts, such as in Sierra Leone, Sudan, the Democratic Republic of Congo and the former Yugoslavia, as well as the ’Global War on Terror’ • assesses the legal and institutional accountability mechanisms developed in the wake of armed conflict to punish violations of human rights law and international humanitarian law such as the ad hoc tribunals for the former Yugoslavia and Rwanda, and the International Criminal Court • discusses continuing and emergent global trends and challenges in the fields of human rights and conflict analysis.

This book will be essential reading for students of war and conflict studies, human rights and international humanitarian law, and highly recommended for students of conflict resolution, peacebuilding, international security and international relations generally.

July 2009: 246x174: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-45205-2: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-45206-9: £22.99 eBook: 978-0-203-87474-5 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY

An Introduction Jolle Demmers

In reviewing theories of conflict, this book takes the centrality of the group as actor in contemporary conflict as a point of departure. In the post-Cold War shift from inter-state to intra-state conflict, the key role of the group - ethnic, religious, cultural and other - in most conflicts is widely acknowledged: of the 118 conflicts that have taken place between 1989 and 2004, only 7 have been inter-state wars. This implies that any meaningful analysis of contemporary conflict should involve the study of (identity) group formation, dynamics of interaction and collective action.

We are left with three main questions from this departure point: • What makes a group?

• Why and how does a group resort to violence?

• Why and how do or don’t they stop?

This book aims to examine and compare the ways by which these questions are addressed from a number of prominent research perspectives: constructivism, social identity theory, structuralism, political economy, human needs theory, relative deprivation theory, collective action theory, and rational choice theory. The final chapter of the book aims to synthesize structure and agency-based theories by proposing a structurationist approach to violent conflict.

This book will be essential reading for students of war and conflict studies, peace studies, conflict analysis and conflict resolution, and ethnic conflict, as well as security studies and IR in general.

January 2010: 246x174: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-55533-3: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-55534-0: £21.99 eBook: 978-0-203-86951-2 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY

E-mail: strategic_studies@routledge.com

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk

for more information

for e-mail updates in your field

eBooks are only available to order online

39

40

WAR AND CONFLICT STUDIES

FORTHCOMING

NEW IN PAPERBACK

FORTHCOMING

TEXTBOOK

Handbook of Peace and Conflict Studies

Handbook of Insurgency and Counter-Insurgency

Edited by Charles Webel, Centre for Peace Studies, University of Tromsø, Norway and Johan Galtung, European University Center for Peace Studies, Austria

Edited by Paul B. Rich and Isabelle Duyvesteyn, University of Utrecht, the Netherlands

Conflict, Security and Development An Introduction Paul Jackson and Danielle Beswick, both at University of Birmingham, UK

This major new Handbook provides a cutting-edge and transdisciplinary overview of the main issues, debates, state-of-the-art methods, and key concepts in peace and conflict studies today.

This new textbook addresses the impact of conflict and security on development initiatives, and has three key aims: • to draw on the best of recent academic theory, field research and policy to provide an overview of the connections between security and development • to explore the implications of these connections for the theory and practice of development • to investigate the challenges that arise for post-conflict reconstruction when we recognise that security and development are mutually contingent.

In an interdependent world, the challenges of underdevelopment and conflict have global implications for the security of all countries, in terms of the spread of international terrorism, trafficking, crime and migration flows. Currently, there is no available textbook that marries academic teaching and approaches with practical policy experience in the way this one does. The authors are experienced in both the theory and practice of development and conflict, and illustrate the theory about the links between conflict, security and development with practical examples, drawing on upto-date literature and personal experience. Each chapter will be informed by student pedagogy and the book will be essential reading for all students of development studies, war and conflict studies, and human security, and is recommended for students of international security and IR in general.

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. Security and Development - Mutually Reinforcing? 3. Accounting for Conflict in the Developing World 4. The Changing Nature of Conflict and its Impact on Development 5. Development Actors in War 6. International and Humanitarian Intervention 7. The Privatisation of Security 8. Development and Security in Post-Conflict Environments 9. International Responses to the Development-Security Dilemma 10. Conclusions: Development and Security - Reconnecting the Threads. Select Bibliography December 2009: 246x174: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-49984-2: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-49983-5: £21.99 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY

Selected Contents: Introduction 1. Toward a Philosophy and Metapsychology of Peace Charles Webel 2. Peace by Peaceful Conflict Transformation: The Transcend Approach Johan Galtung Part 1: Understanding and Transforming Conflict 3. Negotiation Fen Hampson, Chester Crocker and Pamela Aall 4. Mediation Sara Horowitz 5. Former Yugoslavia and Iraq: A Comparative Analysis of International Conflict Mismanagement Jan Oberg 6. Peace Studies and Peace Politics: Multicultural Common Security in North-South Conflict Situations Kinhide Mushakoji 7. Disarmament Marc Pilisuk 8. Nuclear Disarmament David Krieger Part 2: Creating Peace 9. Peace and Conflict Counseling and Training: The Transcend Approach Gudrun Kramer, Wilfried Graf and Augustin Nicolescou 10. Nonviolence – More Than the Absence of Violence Joergen Johansen 11. Human Rights/Peace Processes Jim Ife 12. Reconciliation Joanna Santa Barbara 13. Peace as a Self-Regulating Process Dietrich Fischer Part 3: Supporting Peace 14. Gender and Peace: Towards a Gender-Inclusive Holistic Perspective Tony Jenkins and Betty Reardon 15. Peace Business Jack Santa Barbara 16. Peace Journalism Jake Lynch and Annabel McGoldrick 17. Peace Psychology: Theory and Practice Antonella Sapio and Adriano Zamperini 18. Rethinking Peace Education Alicia Cabezudo and Magnus Haavelsrud Part 4: Peace Across the Disciplines 19. Peace Studies as a Transdisciplinary Project Chadwick Alger 20. The Spirit of War and the Spirit of Peace: Understanding the Role of Religion Graeme MacQueen 21. International Law: Amid Power, Order and Justice Richard Falk 22. The Language Game of Peace Anat Biletzki 23. Peace and the Arts Patrick McCarthy 24. Peace through Health? Neil Arya. Conclusion Johan Galtung and Charles Webel 2007: 246x174: 424pp Hb: 978-0-415-39665-3: £100.00 Pb: 978-0-415-48319-3: £25.99

This new handbook offers a wide-ranging examination of the current state of academic analysis and debate as well as an up-to-date survey of contemporary insurgent movements and counter-insurgencies.

Selected Contents: Introduction: The Academic Study of Insurgency and Counter-Insurgency Paul Rich and Isabelle Duyvesteyn Part 1: Theoretical and Analytical Issues 1. The Historiography of Insurgency Ian Beckett 2. The Sociological and Psychological Study of Insurgency and Counter-Insurgency Jeffrey Slukas 3. Insurgency and State Failure: Newer Forms of War? Paul Rich 4. Strategies and Tactics in Contemporary Insurgent Movements David Kilcullen and John Nagl 5. Changing Forms of Insurgency: Warlords and Narco Gangs Carter Malkasian, Daniel Marston and Richard Jackson 6. The Media and Insurgency TBC 7. Ethical Dimensions to Insurgency and Counter-Insurgency Adam Roberts and Laura Donahue Part 2: Insurgent Movements 8. Insurgent Movements in Latin America Jeffrey Sluka 9. Insurgent Movements in Africa Christopher Clapham 10. Insurgent Movements in Iraq TBC 11. Insurgency in Afghanistan TBC 12. Insurgent Movements in India Rohan Gunaratna 13. Insurgent Movements in Pakistan TBC 14. Insurgency in the Caucasus and Central Asia Marcel de Haas Part 3: Counterinsurgency 15. The Post-Cold War Counterinsurgency Debate John Mackinlay and Ivan Arreguin-Toft 16. The Technology and Logistics of Modern Counter-Insurgency Kevin O’Brien 17. Counterinsurgency in Iraq and Afghanistan: A Strategic Watershed? Carter Malkasian and Daniel Marston 18. Trends in US Counter-Insurgency Doctrines and Practice Tom Mockaitis 19. Israeli Counter-Insurgency Sergio Catignani and Gil Merom 20. British Counter-Insurgency since Ulster Hew Strachan 21. Counter-Insurgency in a Non-Democratic State: The Russian Example Yuri Zhukov 22. Trends in South American Counterinsurgency Max Manwaring and Jeffrey Sluka 23. Counter-Insurgency in India Sumit Ganguly and Rohan Gunaratna 24. Counter-Insurgency in Pakistan TBC 25. Counter Insurgency in South-East Asia Tom Marks Part 4: Insurgency and Counter Insurgency in a Globalising World 27. Al Qaeda and the Rise of ‘Global Insurgency‘ John Mackinlay 28. Emerging Trends in Insurgency and Counterinsurgency in the Twenty First Century Walter Lacquer March 2010: 246x174: 400pp Hb: 978-0-415-56733-6: £100.00

FORTHCOMING FORTHCOMING

3RD EDITION

Handbook of War and Society

Israel’s Wars

Edited by Steven Carlton-Ford, University of Cincinnatti, USA and Morten G. Ender, United States Military Academy, West Point, USA

A History since 1947

The wars in Iraq and Afghanistan represent two of the most interesting and potentially troubling events of recent decades. In the wake of 9/11, the United States and other nations went to war in Afghanistan presumably to find and either capture or kill Osama bin Laden and other leaders of Al Qaeda. Following on the heels of the war in Afghanistan, the U.S. and other nations embarked on a war in Iraq, ostensibly to find and destroy Saddam Hussein’s stockpiles of weapons of mass destruction, and eventually as the rationale evolved, to free Iraq and create a democratic government.

These two wars—so similar in their beginnings—generated different responses from various publics and the mass media; they have had profound effects on the members of the armed services, on their families and relatives, and on the people of Iraq and Afghanistan. The wars, particularly the war in Iraq, have created conditions and situations of interest to sociologists of the media, military sociologists, psychologists, and anthropologists, military strategists, political scientists, students of humanitarian aid, social psychologists, scholars of social movements, and theorists of globalization.

January 2010: 246x174: 368pp Hb: 978-0-415-56732-9: £95.00

Ahron Bregman, King’s College, London, UK Israel’s Wars is a fascinating and essential insight into the turbulent history of this troubled country.

From the 1947-8 Jewish-Palestinian struggle for mastery of the land of Palestine to the on-going Al-Aqsa intifada and the second Lebanon war, this book exposes hitherto unknown facts, including details of secret Soviet-involvement in inciting the 1967 Six Day War, Israeli bombing of the American warship the USS Liberty, and Israeli assassinations of leading Palestinians during the Al-Aqsa intifada.

Now with additional maps and photographs, this new edition is fully updated throughout. It includes a new section on the second Lebanon war, and a fully revised and updated section on the Al-Aqsa intifida, both of which feature exclusive, previously unpublished material.

November 2009: 198x129: 336pp Hb: 978-0-415-42436-3: £55.00 Pb: 978-0-415-42438-7: £12.99

ORDER NOW!

See Order Form at the back of this catalogue

+44 (0)1235 400524

Fax: +44 (0)20 7017 6699

www.routledge.com/strategicstudies

WAR AND CONFLICT STUDIES

The Liberal Way of War

FORTHCOMING

Killing to Make Life Live

Experiencing War

Michael Dillon, University of Lancaster, UK and Julian Reid, King’s College London, UK

Edited by Christine Sylvester, University of Lancaster, UK

Series: Global Horizons

This book presents the most recent thinking on war as a physical and emotional experience for those who touch and are touched by it politically, through feelings, and through physical activities, ranging from combat to TV viewing.

‘The Liberal Way of War is a remarkable book: theoretically sophisticated and conceptually nuanced.

Building on, critiquing, and updating Foucault’s analyses of biopower and liberal governmental strategies, Dillon and Reid provide a powerful and challenging account of how contemporary politics operates both globally and over life itself.‘ – Stuart Elden, Durham University, UK ‘The Liberal Way of War will prove essential reading for anyone perplexed by Foucault’s pithy observation – that ‘massacres have become vital’.

Not only does the book shed new light on such topics as the liberal rationalization of killing, the humanitarianization of biopolitics, and the informationalization of war; it shows there to be complex relationships between them.‘ – William Walters, Carleton University, Canada The liberal way of war and the liberal way of rule are correlated; this book traces that correlation to liberalism’s original commitment to ’making life live’. Committed to making life live, liberalism is committed to waging war on behalf of life, specifically to promote the biopolitical life of species being; what the book calls ’the biohuman’.

Tracking the advent of the age of life-as-information complex, adaptive and emergent - while contrasting biopolitics with geopolitics, the book details how and why the liberal way of rule wages war on the human in the cause of instituting the biohuman. Contingent and emergent, the biohuman is however continuously also becoming-dangerous to itself. It therefore requires constant surveillance to anticipate the threats it presents to its own flourishing.

The book explains how, in making life live, liberal rule finds its expression, today, in making the biohuman live the emergency of its emergence. Thus does liberal peace become the continuation of war by other means.

Just as the information and molecular revolutions have combined to transform liberal military-strategic thinking so also has it contributed to the discourse of global danger through which global liberal governance currently legitimates the liberal way of war.

February 2009: 234x156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-95299-6: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-95300-9: £21.99 eBook: 978-0-203-88254-2

MAJOR WORK

War

Selected Contents: Part 1: Theorizing War As Experience 1. Touching War: Politics and the Experiential Christine Sylvester 2. The Passions of Protection: Sovereign Authority and Humanitarian War Anne Orford 3. Reconsidering Just War Theory Kimberly Hutchings 4. The Uselessness of a Generalised ‘New Wars‘ Rubric Stephen Chan 5. Wars, Bodies, and Development Brigitte Holzner Part 2: Studying War as Politics and Experience 6. Neo-cons, Neologisms and Iran: The Construction of Another Islamic Enemy Annabelle Sreberny 7. Living and Remembering War Mary Hamilton and Denny Taylor 8. What Women Warriors Experience Megan MacKenzie 9. Dilemmas of Drawing War Jill Gibbon 10. War as Experience: Some Conclusions and New Directions Christine Sylvester March 2010: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-56630-8: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-56631-5: £22.99

NEW

Regional Security The Capacity of International Organizations Rodrigo Tavares, UNU-CRIS, Belgium Series: Global Institutions This book is the first systematic study of the capacities of the most recognized intergovernmental organizations with a security mandate.

Selected Contents: 1. International Organizations in Regional Security 2. African Union (AU) 3. Economic Community of West African States (ECOWAS) 4. Intergovernmental Authority on Development (IGAD) 5. Southern Africa Development Community (SADC) 6. Organization of American States (OAS) 7. Association of Southeast Asian Nations (ASEAN) 8. Commonwealth of Independent States (CIS) 9. League of Arab States (LAS) 10. Pacific Islands Forum (PIF) 11. European Union (EU) 12. North Atlantic Treaty Organization (NATO) 13. Conclusions July 2009: 216x138: 232pp Hb: 978-0-415-48340-7: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-48341-4: £16.99 eBook: 978-0-203-87405-9

FORTHCOMING

The Kashmir Conflict D. Shyam Babu, Rajiv Gandhi Institute for Contemporary Studies, New Delhi, India Series: Dictionary of Conflicts in South Asia This is a comprehensive and analytical account of the much-debated and long-term ‘Kashmir problem‘ in India-Pakistan relations.

June 2010: 216x138: 300pp Hb: 978-0-415-44546-7: £50.00

Edited by Alex J. Bellamy, University of Queensland, Australia Series: Critical Concepts in Political Science This new Routledge Major Work answers the need for a wide-ranging collection to make sense of the great variety of perspectives and approaches from which social scientists and other thinkers have understood, and continue to understand, war.

The collection is organized into four volumes. Volume I (‘Nature of War’) explores the nature of war and addresses fundamental questions such as: what is war?

And, what marks it out from other forms of violence?

Volume I also contains material about the different types of war, the incidence of war, the causes of war, and how wars end.

Volume II (‘History of War’) collects material on the historical development of war in different eras. The selected materials have been carefully chosen from across history to shed light on a common set of issues and to permit comparison across different eras. Volume III (‘Strategies of War’) focuses specifically on military strategy.

The material collected here includes the main ideas of the most important strategic thinkers in history, together with learned commentaries on them. Key research on contemporary and future strategy is also included.

Finally, Volume IV (‘Ethics and Laws of War’) brings together the best and most influential scholarship in four sections: ‘Contending Ethical Traditions’, ‘Recourse to Force’, ‘Conduct of War’, and ‘Justice after War’.

With a full index, together with introductory material, newly written by the editor, which places the collected material in its historical and intellectual context, War is an essential work of reference. It is destined to be valued by scholars, students, and practitioners of war and defence studies—as well as those working in allied disciplines such as security studies, international relations, politics, international law, and history—as a vital research resource.

Contributors Include: Carl von Clausewitz, Lawrence Freedman, Colin S. Gray, Michael Handel, Donald H. Rumsfeld, Hew Strachan, Mao Tse-Tung, Sun Tzu. 2008: 234x156: 1544pp Hb: 978-0-415-43319-8: £625.00

MAJOR WORK

Arab-Israeli Conflict Edited by Michael Dumper, University of Exeter, UK Series: Major Writings in Middle Eastern Studies The study of the Arab-Israeli conflict has generated a huge body of literature, some of it factual and evidence-based, some more polemical and provocative.

In all cases there is a wide and divergent range of views.

An important tool in understanding the conflict and the emotions it generates is to become familiar with such different perspectives and interpretations, and this new four-volume collection from Routledge provides an overview of both the principal topics and the various approaches to the conflict.

With a full index, together with a comprehensive introduction, newly written by the editor, which places the collected material in its historical and intellectual context, The Arab–Israeli Conflict is an essential work of reference.

February 2009: 234x156: 1869pp Hb: 978-0-415-44038-7: £650.00

E-mail: strategic_studies@routledge.com

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk

for more information

for e-mail updates in your field

eBooks are only available to order online

41

42

WAR AND CONFLICT STUDIES

FORTHCOMING

Contemporary Security Studies

MAJOR WORK 4-VOLUME SET

Ethics of War and Conflict Edited by Asa Kasher Series: Critical Concepts in Philosophy As research in and around the area flourishes as never before, this new title in the Routledge Major Works series Critical Concepts in Philosophy meets the need for an authoritative reference work to make sense of a rapidly growing and ever more complex corpus of literature. It is a four-volume collection of the best and most influential canonical and cutting-edge research.

The first volume (‘Traditions’) assembles the key work on the history of military ethics from a variety of traditions. The second volume collects the most important thinking on the crucial doctrine of a ‘just war’. Volume III (‘New Military Activities’), meanwhile, brings together the best research on topics such humanitarian intervention, peacekeeping, fighting terrorism, and counterinsurgency. The scholarship assembled in the final volume (‘Issues’) focuses on the contentions around military values and virtues. It also collects the best work on the ethics of dealing with extreme emergencies, deterrence, and torture.

With a comprehensive introduction, newly written by the editor, which places the material in its historical and intellectual context, Military Ethics is an essential work of reference and is destined to be valued by scholars and students as a vital one-stop research resource.

May 2010: 234x156: 1600pp Hb: 978-0-415-48033-8: £650.00

Justice, Intervention, and Force in International Relations Reassessing Just War Theory in the 21st Century Kimberly A. Hudson This book analyses the problems of current Just War theory, and offers a more stable justificatory framework for non-intervention in international relations.

For Michael Walzer, the leading scholar of Just War theory, armed humanitarian intervention is permissible only in cases of genocide, ethnic cleansing, widespread massacres, or enslavement. This book shows why this threshold is too restrictive in light of the progressive shift away from interstate conflict as well as the emerging norms of ’sovereignty as responsibility’ and the ’responsibility to protect’. Justice, Intervention and Force in International Relations aims to establish a new, stable foundation for non-intervention and a revised threshold for ’just cause’. In addition, this book demonstrates that over-reliance on the just cause category distorts understanding, analysis, and public discussion of the justice or injustice of resorting to war.

March 2009: 234x156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-49025-2: £70.00 eBook: 978-0-203-87935-1

FORTHCOMING

Territory, War, and Peace An Empirical and Theoretical Analysis

FORTHCOMING MAJOR WORK

John A. Vasquez and Marie T. Henehan, both at University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign, USA

2-VOLUME SET

Series: Contemporary Security Studies

War and Conflict Communication

This book presents, tests, and analyzes what has come to be known as the territorial explanation of war.

Edited by Philip Seib, University of Southern California, USA Series: Critical Concepts in Media and Cultural Studies This new two-volume collection from Routledge’s acclaimed Critical Concepts in Media and Cultural Studies series has been assembled by the field’s leading thinker to meet the need for an authoritative reference work to make sense of a rapidly growing and ever more complex corpus of cross-disciplinary literature.

Drawing on disparate, and sometimes less accessible, sources, the two volumes gather together canonical and the very best cutting-edge scholarship to cover a diverse range of key themes, including: the theory and reality of journalistic practice; the effects of conflict communication on the policy process; and the impact of technology on the very nature of war and conflict.

The collection also includes a full index, together with a comprehensive introduction, newly written by the editor, which places the collected material in its historical and intellectual context. War and Conflict Communication is an essential work of reference and will be welcomed as a vital one-stop research and pedagogic resource.

FORTHCOMING

War, Ethics and Justice International Security in a Post-9/11 World Edited by Mark Phythian and Annika BergmanRosamond, both at University of Leicester, UK Series: Contemporary Security Studies This edited volume addresses the key issues of ethics, war and international relations in the post-9/11 world.

Selected Contents: Introduction: War, Ethics and Justice in a Post-9/11 World Annika Bergman-Rosamond and Mark Phythian 1. Tactics of Mistake: Torture, History and the Ethics of Liberal Wars After 9/11 Caroline Kennedy-Pipe 2. Ethics and the British Military: The Dilemmas and Demands of the ‘War on Terror‘ Wyn Rees 3. An Australian Approach to Ethical Warfare? Australia and the ‘War on Terror‘ Thomas Moore 4. The Internationalisation of Swedish Military Policy: Political Economy and Ethical Legitimisation Annika Bergman-Rosamond 5. Symbolics of Power and the Return of the Sacrificial Soldier to Canadian Soil Tina Managhan 6. Warrior Diplomats: Locating Gender and Power in the ‘War on Terror‘ Annika Bergman-Rosamond and Thomas Moore 7. Do Forces for Good contain Real Men? Military Masculinities in the British Army on Operations Other Than War Claire Duncanson 8. Ethics, Gender and Intelligence in the ‘War on Terror‘ Cynthia Enloe 9. Intelligence Ethics – An Oxymoron? Mark Phythian 10. Intelligence Ethics in the War against Terrorism: The Case of Israel Shlomo Shapiro 11. ‘Burning a Path to Peace‘? War, Ethics and Justice in the Israel-Palestine Conflict Adrian Hyde-Price 12. The ‘War on Terror‘: Intelligence, Ethics, and Justice in Pakistan and Afghanistan Rob Johnson. Conclusion: Towards a Global Ethics in an Age of Terror? Prospects and Challenges Mark Phythian January 2010: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-55234-9: £70.00 eBook: 978-0-203-86852-2

Selected Contents: Introduction Part 1: The Issue of Territory 1. Why do Neighbors Fight - Proximity, Interactions, or Territoriality? 2. Distinguishing Rivals That Go To War from Those That Do Not: A Quantitative Comparative Case Study of the Two Paths to War 3. Territorial Issues and the Probability of War, 1816-1992 4. Mapping the Probability of War and Analyzing the Possibility of Peace: The Role of Territorial Issues Part 2: Territory and War 5. Territorial Disputes and War in Three Historical Eras: 1816-1945, 1946-1989, 1990-2001 6. The Initiation of Territorial Disputes 7. What Do We Know About Territorial Disputes and War? 8. Why Interstate Territorial Disputes are War Prone Part 3: Territory and Peace 9. The Changing Probability of War, 1816-1992: Identifying Peaceful Eras 10. Globalization, Territoriality, and Interstate War Part 4: Conclusion 11. Territory: A Key to War and Peace April 2010: 234x156: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-42413-4: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-42414-1: £22.99

December 2009: 234x156: 800pp Hb: 978-0-415-55458-9: £325.00

ORDER NOW!

See Order Form at the back of this catalogue

+44 (0)1235 400524

Fax: +44 (0)20 7017 6699

www.routledge.com/strategicstudies

WAR AND CONFLICT STUDIES

LSE International Studies Series Series Edited by: John Kent, Christopher Coker, Fred Halliday, Dominic Lieven and Karen Smith, all at London School of Economics and Political Science, University of London, UK

FORTHCOMING

The Character of War in the 21st Century Edited by Caroline Holmqvist-Jonsäter, King’s College London, UK and Christopher Coker, London School of Economics and Political Science, University of London, UK This edited volume addresses the relationship between the essential nature of war and its character at the beginning of the twenty-first century.

Selected Contents: Introduction Caroline Holmqvist-Jonsäter 1. The Character of War and the Nature of Combat Rune Henriksen 2. Insurgency and Terrorism: Is there a Difference?

Isabelle Duyvesteyn and Mario Fumerton 3. Conflict Characterization and the US Military: The Discourse Trap in Post-Saddam Iraq Jeff Michaels 4. Novelty is in the Eye of the Beholder: Understanding the Taliban in Afghanistan Antonio Giustozzi 5. Waging War through Surprise and Terror: The Madrid Train Bombings Daniel R. Morris 6. Metastrategy and the Evolving Character of War between the United States and al-Q’aeda Anthony Vinci 7. War as Perpetual Policing Caroline Holmqvist-Jonsäter 8. Metro Wars of the Future Christopher Coker. Conclusions Christopher Coker December 2009: 234x156: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-49832-6: £70.00 eBook: 978-0-203-86331-2

Routledge Advances in International Relations and Global Politics FORTHCOMING

NEW

Coping and Conformity in World Politics

Power, Resistance and Conflict in the Contemporary World

Hugh C. Dyer, University of Leeds, UK

Social Movements, Networks and Hierarchies

Conformity is a common coping strategy for dealing with stresses in political situations, as well a strategy for dealing with the lack of agreed foundations. This work introduces the conceptual frameworks of coping and conformity to provide a new analysis of the ethical and political demands of international life.

Athina Karatzogianni, University of Hull, UK and Andrew Robinson, University of Nottingham, UK

The volume argues that coping through conformity is the only means available for dealing with uncertainty and the absence of shared foundations, and while conformity may be a largely practical issue it also reflects a consensus on values. Dyer draws on recent critical theoretical perspectives as well as engaging with dominant ‘liberal’ assumptions in the global context providing a critical study of the impact of norms and values in world politics.

The book also addresses wider issues of freedom and necessity, individualism and communitarianism and cosmopolitanism, agency and structure, and the legitimacy of governance and institutions. The theoretical arguments are illuminated within the ecological context and such recent concerns as climate and energy security are examined as forceful illustrations of current political challenges as well as a potential source of insights into the alternatives.

December 2009: 234x156: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-48362-9: £75.00

This book examines issues of organisation in resistance movements, discussing topics including the integration of the world system, the intersection of networks with discourses of identity, and the possibility of social transformation.

Drawing on a number of theorists including Deleuze and Guattari, authors Athina Karatzogianni and Andrew Robinson seek to reinterpret World Systems Theory in order to engage with issues of power, resistance, and conflict in the contemporary world. Discussing contemporary scholarship in global politics, the authors consider new and developing concepts including: global cities, bifurcations, hegemonic transitions, the relationship between capitalism and the state, the position of East Asia, and active and reactive network movements. Their analysis includes a very rich pool of empirical examples covering more than fifty countries and thirty resistance groups.

Power, Resistance and Conflict in the Contemporary World will be of interest to students and scholars looking for a comprehensive new theorization of the forces at work in global politics. The book provides a framework which crosses the boundaries between international relations, international political economy, comparative politics, conflict studies, social movement studies and critical theory, producing a study of a highly interdisciplinary scope.

September 2009: 234x156: 304pp Hb: 978-0-415-45298-4: £70.00 eBook: 978-0-203-86938-3

The Future of Biological Disarmament Strengthening the Treaty Ban on Weapons Nicholas A. Sims, London School of Economics, UK This book examines the politics of biological disarmament, focusing on the Biological Weapons Convention (BWC) as a treaty regime and the cornerstone of biological disarmament efforts.

Biological weapons have long been banned, but the ban needs strengthening. The 1972 Biological Weapons Convention (BWC) is the cornerstone of this disarmament regime. After years of deadlock and disappointment its Sixth Review Conference in 2006 generated new hope that biological disarmament could be reinforced from within. This book studies the intricate diplomacy of the Sixth Review Conference as a key moment in the recovery of self-confidence by the treaty parties. It makes detailed proposals for developing an accountability framework and stronger institutions so that the treaty regime can work better. It examines alternative futures for the BWC and the trajectories to be avoided or encouraged in the short, medium and longer terms as its regime evolves. Controversially, by comparing treaty constraints on biological, chemical and nuclear weapons it restores the BWC firmly to the realm of disarmament rather than arms control and rescues it from misleading identifications with counterproliferation and counterterrorism models.

February 2009: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-47580-8: £70.00 eBook: 978-0-203-87882-8

NEW

NEW

Corpus-Assisted Discourse Studies on the Iraq Conflict

Climate Change and Armed Conflict

Wording the War

James R. Lee, American University, USA

Edited by John Morley, University of Siena, Italy and Paul Bayley, University of Bologna, Italy

Series: Routledge Studies in Peace and Conflict Resolution

Series: Routledge Advances in Corpus Linguistics

This book examines the evolution of the relationship between climate change and conflict, and attempts to visualize future trends.

This volume seeks to illustrate the fundamental role of language in political action, focusing on the war in Iraq.

It combines quantitative methods, based on a sophisticated modular corpus that was queried through special software with the aim of identifying regularly occurring lexical and semantic patterns, with classical discourse analysis, which seeks to investigate naturally occurring language in the context in which it is produced. Interpreting the field of politics quite widely, to include news reporting and a quasi-judicial inquiry into the behavior of politicians and journalists, discourses in the USA and the UK are considered. The central purpose of the volume is to gain insights not just into language, and the ways in which we can investigate it through a corpus, but also into the ways in which political action is realized through discourse.

August 2009: 234x156: 350pp Hb: 978-0-415-87137-2: £85.00

Hot and Cold Wars

This book examines the consequences of climate change and argues that it has and will produce two different types of conflict: ’cold wars’ and ’hot wars’. Cold wars will occur in northern and southern latitudes as warming draws countries into possible conflict due to expanding interests in exploiting new resources and territories (inter-state conflict). Hot wars will break out around the equator as warming expands and intensifies dry areas, increasing competition for scarce resources (intra-state conflict).

Conflict is not inevitable, but it will also be a consequence of how states, international institutions and people react to changes in climate. Climate change and conflict have always shaped human experiences. This book lays out the parameters of the relationship, shows its history, and forecasts its trends, offering future conditions and opportunities for changing the historical path we are on.

July 2009: 234x156: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-77869-5: £70.00 eBook: 978-0-203-87220-8

E-mail: strategic_studies@routledge.com

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk

for more information

for e-mail updates in your field

eBooks are only available to order online

43

44

WAR AND CONFLICT STUDIES

Routledge Studies in Intervention and Statebuilding

FORTHCOMING

Security and Governance

Kosovo, Intervention and Statebuilding

Series Edited by: David Chandler, University of Westminster, UK

The International Community and the Transition to Independence

NEW

Series: Routledge Studies in Intervention and Statebuilding

Edited by Aidan Hehir, University of Westminster, UK

Security, Development and the Fragile State Bridging the Gap between Theory and Policy David Carment, Carleton University, Canada, Stewart Prest, University of British Columbia, Canada and Yiagadeesen Samy, Carleton University, Ottawa, Canada This book provides theoretical clarity about the concepts of failed and fragile states, which have emerged strongly since the 9/11 attacks.

Recent contributions often see the fragile state as either a problem of development or of security. This volume argues that that neither perspective on its own is a sufficient basis for good policy. In a wide-ranging treatment, drawing on large samples as well as case studies, the authors create an alternative model of the fragile state emphasizing the multidimensional, multifaceted nature of the ’fragile state problematique’.

On the basis of their model and empirical evidence, they then derive a number of policy-relevant insights regarding the need for contextualized and ongoing country analysis, the perils and pitfalls of unstructured development assistance, and the need to move whole-of-government approaches from the realm of rhetoric to reality.

July 2009: 234x156: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-48083-3: £70.00 eBook: 978-0-203-87397-7

This book looks at international engagement with Kosovo since NATO’s intervention in 1999, and studies how this has gone through three distinct phases: intervention, statebuilding and independence.

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: Kosovo and the Evolution of International Norms Aidan Hehir 2. Was Woodrow Wilson Right? Responding to Kosovo’s Call for Humanitarian Intervention Alynna J. Lyon and Mary Fran T. Malone 3. Kosovo and the New Politics of Sovereignty Alex Bellamy 4. Conflicting Rules: Global Constitutionalism and the Kosovo Intervention Anthony F. Lang, Jr. 5. De Facto States in the Balkans: Shared Governance versus Ethnic Sovereignty in Republika Srpska and Kosovo Rick Fawn and Oliver P. Richmond 6. Policing the State of Exception in Kosovo Barry J. Ryan 7. The International Administration in Kosovo and its Reform of the Security Sector: Will the EU Make any Difference? Giovanna Bono 8. Kosovo and the Subversion of UN Authority James Kerr-Lindsey 9. Kosovo – The Final Frontier? From Transitional Administration to Transitional Statehood James Gow. Select Bibliography February 2010: 234x156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-56167-9: £70.00

FORTHCOMING

Islamic Law and the Law of Armed Conflict The Conflict in Pakistan

FORTHCOMING

Niaz A. Shah, University of Hull, UK

Statebuilding, Security-Sector Reform and the Liberal Peace

Series: Routledge Research in the Law of Armed Conflicts

The Freedom of Security

This book compares the Islamic law of armed conflict and the international humanitarian law, before going on to practically apply these findings to the current conflicts in Pakistan and Afghanistan. The book argues that although the origins and histories of Islamic and international law of armed conflicts are very different both regimes are to a great extent compatible.

Barry Ryan This book contextualises the rapid growth of Security Sector Reform (SSR) in state-building, and provides a critique of the assumptions that bind the practice of state-building to the reform of police forces.

In a short time, SSR has emerged from having a marginal role in UN peacekeeping missions to becoming an overarching framework around which state-building projects are planned and executed. Focusing on the policing aspects of SSR, this book contends that vulnerable societies are ill-served by police reforms premised on the utility of a particular political-economic model. Drawing upon empirical accounts of reforms implemented in the western Balkans, the southern Caucasus and parts of Africa, the book will clarify the role SSR plays in the political economy of a liberal peace.

January 2010: 234x156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-55833-4: £70.00 eBook: 978-0-203-86774-7

ORDER NOW!

See Order Form at the back of this catalogue

The book will explore the details of the Islamic law of armed conflict examining its origins in the Koran, the sunnah, the hadith and views of classical jurists. In doing so Shah concludes that while the Islamic law of armed conflict certainly does not cover every aspect of current armed conflicts but the primary sources of Islamic law do not put any restrictions on carving out rules to cover modern developments in today’s armed conflicts. The book will address the present situations in Pakistan and Afghanistan, examining the conduct of hostilities by all parties in the region including the Taliban, Al-Qaeda, the Pakistani and Afghan security forces and the US-led coalition forces and identifying violations of the laws of armed conflicts.

Series Edited by: Fiona B. Adamson, School of Oriental and African Studies, UK, Roland Paris, University of Ottawa, Canada and Stefan Wolff, University of Nottingham, UK This series publishes high quality original research that reflects broadening conceptions of security and the growing nexus between the study of governance issues and security issues. Scholarship published in the series will meet the highest academic standards, and will be both theoretically innovative and policy-relevant. Work appearing in the series will be at the cutting edge of debates taking place at the intersection of security studies and governance studies.

FORTHCOMING

The International Humanitarian Order Michael N. Barnett, University of Minnesota, USA This book provides a critical exploration of the politics and practice of global ethical interventions. Organized in four parts Michael Barnett examines the tensions in the relationship between global governance, ethics, and international order.

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: The International Humanitarian Order Section 1: UN and World Order 2. Bringing in the New World Order: Legitimacy, Liberalism, and the United Nations World Politics, 49, 4, July, 526-551, 1997 3. The New U.N. Politics of Peace: From Juridical Sovereignty to Empirical Sovereignty.’ Global Governance, 1, 1, Winter, 79-97, 1995 4. The United Nations and Global Security: The Norm is Mightier Than the Sword Ethics and International Affairs, 9, 37-54, 1996 5. Humanitarianism with a Sovereign Face: UNHCR in the Global Undertow. International Migration Review, 35, 1, 244-76 Section 2: The Ethics of Intervention 6. The Politics of Indifference at the United Nations: The Security Council, Peacekeeping, and Genocide in Rwanda Cultural Anthropology, 12, 1, 551-78, 1997 7. UNHCR and the Ethics of Repatriation. Forced Migration Review, April, 2001 8. Building a Republican Peace: Stabilizing States After War. International Security, 30, 4, Spring, 87-112, 2006 9. Humanitarianism Transformed. Perspectives on Politics, 3, 4, December, 723-740, 2005 10. Conclusion: Beyond the International Humanitarian Order?

December 2009: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-77631-8: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-77632-5: £21.99 eBook: 978-0-203-86297-1

August 2010: 234x156: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-56396-3: £75.00

+44 (0)1235 400524

Fax: +44 (0)20 7017 6699

www.routledge.com/strategicstudies

WAR AND CONFLICT STUDIES

TEXTBOOK

The Dilemmas of Statebuilding Confronting the Contradictions of Postwar Peace Operations

Protest, Repression and Political Regimes

FORTHCOMING

An Empirical Analysis of Latin America and sub-Saharan Africa

The Urbanisation of War

Sabine C. Carey, University of Nottingham, UK

Edited by Roland Paris, University of Ottawa, Canada and Timothy D. Sisk, University of Denver, USA ’Roland Paris and Timothy Sisk have compiled the essential guide to understanding the inherent contradictions that lie at the heart of the statebuilding enterprise. Drawing on a range of contemporary cases the volume’s contributors expertly dissect the dilemmas raised by the challenges of coordination, security, political economy, institutional design, and autonomy. Students, analysts or practitioners looking to reflect on the process of statebuilding will find no better place to start their enquiry.’ – Paul D. Williams, George Washington University, USA ’This valuable volume draws on nearly twenty years of experience with peacebuilding during the post-Cold War era, through contributions of eminent scholars expert in this area and some exciting newer entrants into the field, in order to emphasize convincingly the central role of the state in supporting recovery from national collapse.’ – David M. Malone, President, International Development Research Centre, Ottawa, Canada Sharing a consensus, but offering a variety of approaches, methodologies, case analyses, and recommendations, the essays in this text provides a deeper understanding of the dilemmas of state-building.

Selected Contents: Introduction: Understanding the Contradictions of Postwar Statebuilding Roland Paris and Timothy Sisk Part 1: Domestic and International Context 1. The Peacebuilder’s Contract: How External Statebuilding Reinforces Weak Statehood Michael Barnett and Christoph Zuercher 2. Understanding the ’Coordination Problem’ in Postwar Statebuilding Roland Paris Part 2: Security 3. Foreign Militaries, Sustainable Institutions, and Postwar Statebuilding David Edelstein 4. Making Peacemakers out of Spoilers: International Organizations, Private Military Training, and Statebuilding After War Deborah Avant Part 3: Political Economy 5. Trajectories of Accumulation through War and Peace Cristopher Cramer 6. The Superficiality of Statebuilding in Cambodia: Patronage and Clientelism as Enduring Forms of Politics David Roberts Part 4: Institutional Design 7. Constitutional Choices and Statebuilding in Postconflict Countries Kirsti Samuels 8. Pathways of the Political: Electoral Processes after Civil War Timothy Sisk Part 5: Autonomy and Dependence 9. The Dangers of a Tight Embrace: Externally Assisted Statebuilding in Afghanistan Astri Suhrke 10. Dilemmas of Promoting Local Ownership: The Case of Postwar Kosovo Jens Narten Part 6: Reflections and Conclusions 11. A New Generation of Statebuilding Scholarship: Reflections on This Volume Miles Kahler 12. Confronting the Contradictions Timothy D. Sisk and Roland Paris 2008: 234x156: 376pp Hb: 978-0-415-77628-8: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-77629-5: £22.99 eBook: 978-0-203-88483-6 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY

This volume investigates the relationship between protest, repression and political regimes in Latin America and sub-Saharan Africa.

Considering how different political regimes use repression and respond to popular protest, this book analyzes the relationship between protest and repression in Africa and Latin America between the late 1970s and the beginning of the twenty first century. Drawing on theories, multi-method empirical analyses and case studies, the author of this volume sets out to investigate the reciprocal dynamics between protest and repression. Distinctive features of this volume include: • quantitative analyses that highlight general trends in the protest-repression relationship • case studies of different political regimes in Chile and Nigeria, emphasising the dynamics at the micro-level • an emphasis on the importance of full democratization in order to reduce the risk, and intensity, of intra-state conflict.

2008: 234x156: 160pp Hb: 978-0-415-42484-4: £70.00 eBook: 978-0-203-88498-0

FORTHCOMING

Emerging Transnational (In)security Governance A Statist-Transnationalist Approach Edited by Ersel Aydinli, Bilkent University, Turkey Bringing together leading international scholars with practicing intelligence, military, and police officers this book provides different theoretical and empirical perspectives on international security cooperation.

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction Part 1: Two Worlds at War: The International vs. the Transnational 2. Statist Transnationalism for a Security Cooperation Regime Ersel Aydinli Part 2: Visions for Transnational Intelligence Cooperation: Challenges and Prospects 3. Beyond the State: The Impact of Transnational Terrorist Threats on Security and Intelligence Cooperation Derek Reveron 4. Intelligence Sharing and United States Counter-Terrorism Policy James I. Walsh 5. Rendition in a Transnational Insecurity Environment Peter Gill Part 3: Pioneers of Post-International Security Governance 6. Is the UK Stepping Towards Transnationalization? The Serious Organised Crime Agency Glen Segell 7. Structure and Agency in Transnational Cooperation in the Fields of Security Otwin Marenin 8. Police Liaisons as Builders of Transnational Security Cooperation Hasan Yon 9. First Preventers: The Necessity of Globalizing and Localizing Counter-Terrorism Intelligence Sharing Brian Nussbaum 10. Police and CounterTerrorism: A Sociological Theory of International Cooperation Mathieu Deflem 11. Adaptive States and the New Transnational Security Regime Ersel Aydinli February 2010: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-56360-4: £70.00

45

Cities under Fire Edited by Martin Coward, University of Sussex, UK This book provides the first comprehensive analysis of urban destruction. It argues that it is necessary to address the widespread and deliberate destruction of buildings as a distinct form of political violence. In this sense it is productive to see this phenomenon as ‘urbicide’, or the destruction of urbanity. The book proposes that the destruction of urbanity comprises a pattern that is aimed at the destruction of the shared spaces that are constituted by buildings. These shared spaces are precisely what fosters heterogeneous communities. The author argues that the destruction of heterogeneous communities is a strategy deployed by exclusionary regimes (such as ethnic nationalist forces in the former Yugoslavia) in order to create homogeneous communities. Understanding the dynamics of such violence is vital if we are to grasp precisely what is at stake in widespread and deliberate violence against the built environment.

July 2010: 234x156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-46130-6: £70.00

NEW

Dealing with Failed States Crossing Analytic Boundaries Edited by Harvey Starr, University of South Carolina, USA The contributors to this volume represent the most recent cutting edge approaches to state failure—looking at both conditions of conflict and economic development, dealing with the conceptualization, causes, and consequences of state failure, as well as policy-oriented analyses as to how state failure can be contained, reversed, or prevented.

This book was originally published as a special issue of Conflict Resolution and Peace Studies.

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction Harvey Starr 2. Pathways to State Failure Jack Goldstone 3. The Logic of State Failure: Learning from Late Century Africa Robert H. Bates 4. Bad Neighbors: Failed States and their Consequences Zaryab Iqbal and Harvey Starr 5. What are the Preconditions for Turnarounds in Failing States? Lisa Chauvet and Paul Collier 6. State Fragility and Implications for Aid Allocation: An Assessment Empirical Analysis David Carment, Yiagadeesen Samy and Stewart Prest 7. Temporal Analysis of Political Instability through Descriptive Subgroup Discovery Lambach and Gamberger 8. Failing States and Failing Regimes: The Prediction and Simulation of State Failure Neil A. Englehart and Marc V. Simon June 2009: 246x174: 142pp Hb: 978-0-415-48332-2: £70.00

E-mail: strategic_studies@routledge.com

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk

for more information

for e-mail updates in your field

eBooks are only available to order online

WAR AND CONFLICT STUDIES

War, Violence, and Population Making the Body Count James A. Tyner, Kent State University, USA Grounded in theory and research, this book offers a spatial perspective on how and why populations are regulated and disciplined by mass violence — and why these questions matter for scholars concerned about social justice. James Tyner focuses on how states and other actors use acts of brutality to manage, administer, and control space for political and economic purposes. He shows how demographic analyses of fertility, mortality, and migration cannot be complete without taking war and genocide into account. Stark, in-depth case studies provide a powerful and provocative basis for retheorizing population geography.

April 2009: 234x156: 226pp Hb: 978-1-60623-038-1: £47.50 Pb: 978-1-60623-037-4: £24.00 Orders from outside the UK and Continental Europe should be placed directly with: Guilford Press: www.guilford.com

FORTHCOMING

Testifying to Trauma The Codification of Atrocity in Humanitarian Law Kirsten Campbell, University of London, UK, Hannah Starman, Institute of Ethnic Studies, Slovenia and Sari Wastell, Goldsmiths College, University of London, UK How do genocide and war crimes survivors become legal witnesses?

Some fifty years after the criminal prosecutions of the Nuremberg and Tokyo Tribunals of World War Two, we have yet to fully understand how law codifies the traumas of genocides and war crimes. This problem has taken on a new importance following the establishment of the international criminal tribunals in the 1990s, as well as an increasing concern with the appropriate legal resolution of war crimes in post-conflict societies such as Iraq.

Against this background, Testifying to Trauma examines the processes by which victims’ narratives of trauma become legal testimony: investigating how the transformation of individual trauma into a codified collective violation has ramifications for individual, collective and legal identities. More specifically, this book addresses the historical and political contexts of the current legal codifications of trauma. And, through detailed attention to the various renderings of time and memory which underwrite the dissonance between personal experiences and legal narratives of trauma, its authors provide an original analysis and understanding of the technologies through which trauma is codified in international law.

January 2010: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-45947-1: £70.00 eBook: 978-0-203-93075-5

ORDER NOW!

See Order Form at the back of this catalogue

CIVIL WAR AND ETHNIC CONFLICT

RELATED JOURNALS

46

Small Wars & Insurgencies Editors: Paul B. Rich, University of Cambridge, UK, Thomas-Durell Young, Naval Postgraduate School, USA and Thomas Mockaitis, DePaul University, USA Small Wars & Insurgencies is directed at providing a forum for the discussion of the historical, political, social, economic and psychological aspects of insurgency, counterinsurgency, limited war, peacekeeping operations and the use of force as an instrument of policy. Including an authoritative review section, its aim is to provide an outlet for historians, political scientists, policy makers and practitioners to discuss and debate theoretical and practical issues related to the past, present and future of this important area of both international and domestic relations.

Volume 21, 2010, 4 issues per year Print ISSN: 0959-2318 Online ISSN: 1743-9558 For further information or to request a sample copy of the journal please visit: www.tandf.co.uk/journals/swi

Defence Studies Official journal of the Joint Services Command and Staff College Editors: Warren Chin and Tracey German, both at King's College London, UK Defence Studies is a highly accessible journal aimed at Staff Colleges and military personnel around the world and at academics interested in all aspects of defence. Each issue comprises two or three articles on historical and contemporary aspects of defence together with a large number of shorter viewpoints, opinion pieces, reports and a correspondence section.

Volume 10, 2010, 3 issues per year Print ISSN: 1470-2436 Online ISSN: 1743-9698 For further information or to request a sample copy of the journal please visit: www.tandf.co.uk/journals/defencestudies

TEXTBOOK

Politics of Civil Wars Conflict, Intervention & Resolution Amalendu Misra, University of Lancaster, UK ‘This book should prove a useful resource for those interested in civil war as there are few single-volume works that cover the range of intrastate war-related issues that this book does.

The book’s accessibility to readers is enhanced by the multi-disciplinary approach that the author employs to write about his subject and his lively discussion of a number of civil war cases.‘ – Caroline Hartzell, Gettysburg College, USA Organized around the themes of contested nationalism, violence, external intervention, post-conflict reconstruction, reconciliation and governance, Amalendu Misra investigates why civil wars have become so widespread and how can they be contained? Particularly noteworthy is its focus on the ’cycle’ of conflict, ranging as it does on the causes, conduct, and end of civil wars as well as on subsequent efforts to return post-conflict society to ’normal’ politics.

Theoretically robust and empirically solid, this book clearly charts the course of contemporary civil wars using case studies from a variety of zones of conflict including Africa, Asia and Latin America to produce the most comprehensive guide to understanding civil wars in an interconnected and interdependent world.

2008: 234x156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-40345-0: £80.00 Pb: 978-0-415-40346-7: £21.99 eBook: 978-0-203-92734-2 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY

Reintegrating Armed Groups After Conflict Politics, Violence and Transition Edited by Mats Berdal and David Ucko, both at Kings College London, UK Series: Routledge Studies in Intervention and Statebuilding This book looks at the political reintegration of armed groups after civil wars.

THE WIDGET ICON Books with the symbol are now available with Search Inside capability on www.routledge.com.

Simply click the link and view the book!

+44 (0)1235 400524

Selected Contents: Introduction: The Political Reintegration of Armed Groups Mats Berdal and David Ucko 1. The Way Back In: Reintegrating Illegal Armed Groups in Colombia Then and Now Alexandra Guáqueta 2. R before D: The Case of Post Conflict Reintegration in Tajikistan Stina Torjesen and S. Neil MacFarlane 3. Bureaucratic Façade and Political Realities of Disarmament and Demobilisation in Afghanistan Antonio Giustozzi 4. Militias, Tribes and Insurgents: The Challenge of Political Reintegration in Iraq David Ucko 5. Flip-Flop Rebel, Dollar Soldier: Demobilisation in the Democratic Republic of Congo Zoë Marriage 6. The Challenge of DDR in Northern Uganda: The Lord’s Resistance Army Anna Borzello 7. Engaging with Disengagement: The Political Integration of Sierra Leone’s Revolutionary United Front (RUF) Kieron Mitton 8. Beyond Bullets to Ballots: The Political Reintegration of UNITA in Angola Alex Vines and Bereni Oruitemeka April 2009: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-47665-2: £70.00 eBook: 978-0-203-87649-7

Fax: +44 (0)20 7017 6699

www.routledge.com/strategicstudies

CIVIL WAR AND ETHNIC CONFLICT

CONFLICT MANAGEMENT

FORTHCOMING

FORTHCOMING

TEXTBOOK

Routledge Handbook of Ethnic Conflict

Governing Ethnic Conflict

International Conflict Management

Edited by Karl Cordell, University of Plymouth, UK and Stefan Wolff, University of Nottingham, UK

Andrew Finlay

This Handbook provides a global survey of the interaction between religion and politics.

RELATED JOURNALS

Selected Contents: Introduction Karl Cordell and Stefan Wolff Part 1: Context and Key Concepts 1. The Origin of Modern Nations Jennifer Jackson-Preece 2. Nationalism as an Ideology Daniele Conversi 3. The Nation-State: Civic and Ethnic Dimensions Ephraim Nimni 4. Ethnicity and Religion Joe Ruane and Jennifer Todd 5. UK, Ethnicity and Race Chris Gilligan Part 2: Ethnicity and Conflict 6. Ethnicity as a Genorator of Conflict Stuart Kaufman 7. Democracy and Democratization in Ethnically Divided Societies Jenny Engstrom 8. Ethnic Cleansing Erin Jenne 9. Genocide Jim Hughes 10. Preventing Ethnic Conflict David Carment and Martin Fischer 11. Managing and Settling Ethnic Conflict Asaf Siniver 12. Judicial and Semi-Judicial Approaches to Conflict Resolution Sheri Rosenberg 13. Post-Conflict Reconstruction in Ethnically Divided Societies Monika Heupel Part 3: Accommodation and Conciliation 14. Bridging the Gaps: The Role of Civil Society David Russell and Ian O’Flynn 15. Human Rights and Ethnopolitics Josef Marko 16. The Role of Treaties and Formal Post-Conflict Agreements Marc Weller 17. The Role of Cross-Border Cooperation Wolfgang Danspeckgruber 18. Multinational Frameworks for Conflict Eva Sobotka 19. Territorial Models of Accomodation John McGarry 20. Ethnic Accomodation in Unitary States Frans Schrijver 21. Cultural Autonomy David Smith 22. Power Sharing in Ethnically Divided Societies Karl Cordell and Stefan Wolff 23. Centripetalism in Ethnically Divided Societies Ben Reilly 24. Secessionism and Irredentist Movements Don Horowitz 25. USA, Partitions as a strategy of Conflict Resolution Brendan O’Leary 26. Playing the Ethnic Card Matteo Fumigalli March 2010: 246x189: 368pp Hb: 978-0-415-47625-6: £95.00

Consociationism, Identity and the Price of Peace

Michael J. Butler, Clark University, Worcester, USA This new textbook provides students with an accessible overview of the logic, evolution, application and outcomes of the five major approaches of the growing field of international conflict management:

Series: Routledge Studies in Peace and Conflict Resolution This book examines the notions of identity that have become central to the understanding of conflict and its resolution in the liberal state (‘liberal interventionism‘).

In this understanding political conflicts are merely a symptom of underlying confusions and conflicts of identity, usually conceived of in cultural, ethnic or communitarian terms, and the way to resolve such conflicts is consociationalism, pluralist federation, or some combination of the two depending on the degree to which the protagonists are territorially intermingled.

According to some, the result is the emergence of a new political configuration: the consociational protectorate.

The book’s central focus is the ideological underpinning of liberal interventionism, but this is approached through empirical examples. Ireland has been pivotal to the development of consociational theory, but the discussion will take in the influence of consociational thinking on liberal interventions in South Africa, Lebanon and the former Yugoslavia.

The problem with consociational arrangements is not simply that they institutionalise ethnic division and privilege particular identities or groups, but, more importantly, that they close down the space for other ways of being. The author calls this ‘ethnic absolutism‘ or normative ethnicity. By specifying identity categories, consociational regimes create a residual, sink category, designated ‘other‘. These ‘misfits‘ not only offer a challenge to prevailing ideas about identity but also stand in modest reproach to conventional wisdom regarding the management of conflict.

May 2010: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-49803-6: £70.00

• traditional peacekeeping • peace enforcement and support operations • negotiation and bargaining • mediation • adjudication.

The book aims to provide the student with a fuller understanding of the strengths and weaknesses of these five techniques within the dynamic context of the contemporary security environment, especially in relation to recent and ongoing case studies of inter-state and intra-state conflict. To demonstrate the changing nature of security in the post-Cold War world, the text contrasts this with competing visions of security during the Cold War and earlier periods, and provides numerous points of comparison with the dominant causes, types, strategy, and prosecution of warfare in other eras.

International Conflict Management will be essential reading for all students of conflict management, mediation, peacekeeping, peace and conflict studies, and international security in general.

April 2009: 246x174: 304pp Hb: 978-0-415-77229-7: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-77230-3: £21.99 eBook: 978-0-203-87915-3 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY

NEW

The Transformation of UN Conflict Management

Civil Wars

Nationalism & Ethnic Politics

Producing Images of Genocide from Rwanda to Darfur and Beyond

Civil Wars brings together academic pieces on all aspects of civil wars, including pieces on key topics such as why state building can degenerate into civil war, how ethnic conflict turns into civil war, the ethics of intervention and the resource implications of such conflicts but also welcomes historical work on conflicts such as the US, Spanish or Chinese civil wars.

Editor: William Safran, University of Colorado, USA

Touko Piiparinen, University of Helsinki, Finland

Volume 12, 2010, 4 issues per year Print ISSN: 1369-8249 Online ISSN: 1743-968X For further information or to request a sample copy of the journal please visit: www.tandf.co.uk/journals/civilwars

Nationalism & Ethnic Politics explores the varied political aspects of nationalism and ethnicity in order to develop more constructive inter-group relations. The journal publishes case studies and comparative and theoretical analyses. It deals with pluralism, ethno-nationalism, irredentism, separatism, and related phenomena, and examines processes and theories of ethnic identity formation, mobilization, conflict and accommodation in the context of political development and 'nation-building'. The journal compares and contrasts state and community claims, and deals with such factors as citizenship, race, religion, economic development, immigration, language, and the international environment.

Volume 16, 2010, 4 issues per year Print ISSN: 1353-7113 Online ISSN: 1557-2986 www.tandf.co.uk/journals/FNEP

Series: Routledge Research on International Organisations This book examines how the UN failed to prevent or halt the Rwandan genocide: the most efficient mass killing in history. It offers a new explanation, focussing on the structure of the UN and four mechanisms which were pertinent to UN conflict management at that time: early warning; bureaucratic rationalisation; organisational learning; and Western normalisation. The author sees the Rwandan case as a ‘child of its time’, or a focal point in which the dysfunctions of the ailing conflict management mechanisms of the 1990s combined with devastating consequences. The book proceeds to examine the transformation of these mechanisms from Rwanda to Darfur - a development which is regarded as indicative of a wider tendency – or direction – in UN conflict management over the past ten years and in the foreseeable future.

September 2009: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-54408-5: £70.00 eBook: 978-0-203-87067-9

E-mail: strategic_studies@routledge.com

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk

for more information

for e-mail updates in your field

eBooks are only available to order online

47

48

CONFLICT MANAGEMENT

FORTHCOMING TEXTBOOK

Conflict Management and Resolution An Introduction Ho-Won Jeong, George Mason University, USA Conflict Management and Resolution provides students with an overview of the main theories of conflict management and conflict resolution, and will equip them to respond to the complex phenomena of international conflict.

The book covers these four key concepts in detail:

Routledge Studies in Security and Conflict Management Series Editors: Fen Osler Hampson, Chester Crocker and Pamela Aall This series will publish the best work in the field of security studies and conflict management. In particular, it will promote leading-edge work that straddles the divides between conflict management and security studies, between academics and practitioners, and between disciplines.

• negotiation • mediation

FORTHCOMING

• facilitation

Theory and Practice of International Mediation

• reconciliation.

It examines how to prevent, manage and eventually resolve various types of conflict that originate from inter-state and inter-group competition, and expands the existing scope of conflict management and resolution theories by examining emerging theories on the identity, power and structural dimensions of adversarial relationships. The volume is designed to enhance our understanding of effective response strategies to conflict in multiple social settings as well as violent struggles, and utilizes numerous cases studies, both past and current. These include the Iranian and North Korean nuclear weapons programmes, the war in Lebanon, the Arab-Israeli conflict, civil wars in Africa, and ethnic conflicts in Europe and Asia.

This book will be essential reading for all students of conflict management and resolution, mediation, peacekeeping, peace and conflict studies and international relations in general.

RELATED JOURNAL

Selected Contents: Part 1: The Anatomy of Conflict and Conflict Resolution 1. Perspectives on Conflict Resolution 2. Managing Conflict Dynamics 3. Conflict Transformation Part 2: Dimensions of Conflict 4. Identity 5. Power 6. Structure Part 3: Settlement and Resolution Procedures 7. Comparative Context 8. Negotiation 9. Mediation 10. Facilitation 11. Reconciliation November 2009: 246x174: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-45040-9: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-45041-6: £21.99 eBook: 978-0-203-86497-5 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY

Selected Essays Jacob Bercovitch, University of Canterbury, New Zealand Series: Routledge Studies in Security and Conflict Management Jacob Bercovitch has been at the forefront of developments in international mediation for more than 25 years, and is generally recognized as one of the most important scholars in the field. His theoretical and empirical analyses have come to define the parameters in the study of mediation.

This volume brings together some of the most significant essays on international mediation by Jacob Bercovitch, and will help scholars and practitioners trace the history of the field, its position today, and its future.

The book will be of much interest to all students of mediation, negotiation, conflict management and International Relations in general.

January 2010: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-46958-6: £70.00

Medicine, Conflict and Survival Editors: Maria Kett, University College London, UK, Alan Ingram, University College London, UK and Simon Rushton, Aberystwyth University, UK Medicine, Conflict and Survival is an international journal for all those interested in health aspects of violence and human rights.

It covers: • The causes and consequences of war and group violence.

• The health and environmental effects of war and preparations for war, especially from nuclear, radiological, chemical and biological weapons of mass destruction.

Conflict Transformation and Peacebuilding Moving From Violence to Sustainable Peace Edited by Bruce W. Dayton and Louis Kriesberg, both at Syracuse University, USA Series: Routledge Studies in Security and Conflict Management This book seeks to examine the causes of escalation and de-escalation in intrastate conflicts.

Specifically, the volume seeks to map the processes and dynamics that lead groups challenging existing power structures to engage in violent struggle; the processes and dynamics that contribute to the de-escalation of violent struggle and the participation of challengers in peaceful political activities; and the processes and dynamics that sustain and nurture this transformation. By integrating the latest ideas with richly presented case studies, this volume fills a gap in our understanding of the forces that lead to moderation and constructive engagement in the context of violent, intrastate conflicts.

This volume will be of great interest to students of conflict management, peace studies, conflict resolution, ethnic conflict and security studies in general.

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction Bruce Dayton and Louis Kriesberg 2. Protagonist Strategies that Help End Violence Louis Kriesberg and Gearoid Millar 3. The Contributions of Leadership to the Movement from Violence to Incorporation Margaret Hermann and Catherine Gerard 4. Challenges to Conflict Transformation from the Streets Elham Atashi 5. Useful but Insufficient: Third Party Intermediaries in Peacebuilding Bruce W. Dayton 6. Rhetorical Arts of Praise and Blame in Political Transformation Bradford Vivian 7. From Violence to Political Engagement: Ending Violence, Expanding Political Incorporation Terrence Lyons 8. Insecurity and Opportunity in Conflict Settings Gavan Duffy 9. Globalization and the Transformation of Conflict Galia Golan and Adir Gal 10. Mozambique - Renamo Andrea Bartoli, Aldo Civico and Leone Gianturco 11. Revolution Deferred: From Armed Struggle to Liberal Democracy: The African National Congress in South Africa Tom Lodge 12. The Nepali Maoists: Successful Transformation or Compliance with a Strategic Plan?

Thania Paffenholz 13. Opportunity Lost: The Guatemalan National Revolutionary Unit (URNG) Michael Allison 14. Mainstreaming the Revolutionaries: National Liberating Action and the Shift from Resistance to Democracy in Brazil, 1964-Present Kenneth P. Serbin 15. Factors Influencing the Level of Violence in the Basque Country Juan Gutierrez 16. The Palestine Liberation Organization and the Oslo Process: Incorporation without Accommodation Nigel Parsons 17. Domesticating Tigers: The LTTE and Peacemaking in Sri Lanka Camilla Orjuela February 2009: 234x156: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-48084-0: £90.00 Pb: 978-0-415-48085-7: £22.99 eBook: 978-0-203-88104-0

• The influence of war and preparations for war on health and welfare services and the distribution of global resources.

• The abuse of human rights, its occurrence, causes and consequences.

• The ethical responsibility of health professionals in relation to war, social violence and human rights abuses.

• Non-violent methods of conflict resolution.

• Medical and humanitarian aid in conflict situations.

• Relationships between the environment, development and global security.

• The roles and responsibilities of governments and of international governance in reducing the risk of violent conflict Volume 26, 2010, 4 issues per year • Print ISSN: 1362-3699 • Online ISSN: 1743-9396 For further information or to request a sample copy of the journal please visit: www.tandf.co.uk/journals/mcs

ORDER NOW!

See Order Form at the back of this catalogue

+44 (0)1235 400524

Fax: +44 (0)20 7017 6699

www.routledge.com/strategicstudies

CONFLICT RESOLUTION

FORTHCOMING

FORTHCOMING

TEXTBOOK

TEXTBOOK

3RD EDITION

2ND EDITION

Understanding Northern Ireland

Unspeakable Truths

Colonialism, Control and Consociation

Facing the Challenge of Truth Commissions

Brendan O’Leary, University of Pennsylvania, USA and John McGarry, Queen’s University, Canada

Priscilla B. Hayner, International Center for Transitional Justice

The third edition of this classic textbook continues to provide the best introductory account of the politics of Northern Ireland.

Completely revised and updated, it contains three new chapters devoted to the enormous changes to Northern Ireland politics brought about by the peace process. A brand new introduction and an updated audit of the conflict have also been added.

Understanding Northern Ireland is essential reading for all students of Northern Ireland politics and peace and conflict studies.

Selected Contents: 1. Auditing the Antagonism 2. The Colonial Roots of Antagonism: Fateful Triangles in Ulster, Ireland and Britain, 1609-1620 3. Exercising Control: The Second Protestant Ascendancy, 1920-1962 4. Losing Control: The Collapse of the Unionist Regime, 1963-1972 5. Deadlock, 1972-85: The Limits to British Arbitration 6. The Anglo-Irish Agreement and its Impact 7. Transcending Antagonism?: The Birth of the Peace Process 8. Ceasefires and Beyond 9. The Good Friday Agreement 10. Resolving the Politics of Antagonism 11. The Future of Northern Ireland September 2010: 246x174: 320pp Hb: 978-0-415-34905-5: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-34906-2: £19.99 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY

Routledge Studies in Peace and Conflict Resolution

This book is a profound exploration of truth commissions around the world, and the anguish, injustice, and the legacy of hate they are meant to absolve.

Series Edited by: Tom Woodhouse and Oliver Ramsbotham, both at University of Bradford, UK The Routledge Studies in Peace and Conflict Resolution series aims to establish itself as a leading platform for innovative work at the point where peace and conflict research impacts on International Relations theory and processes.

July 2010: 234x156: 352pp Hb: 978-0-415-87202-7: £90.00 Pb: 978-0-415-80635-0: £19.97 eBook: 978-0-203-86782-2 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY

NEW

FORTHCOMING

Business, Conflict Resolution and Peacebuilding

Truth Commissions and Transitional Societies

Contributions from the Private Sector to Address Violent Conflict

The Impact on Human Rights and Democracy

Derek Sweetman, George Mason University, USA

Eric Wiebelhaus-Brahm, University of Colorado, USA

This book combines two approaches to provide a comprehensive look at the current state and future of business- based peacebuilding. It marries a detailed study of documented peacebuilding activities with a map of the possibilities for future business-related conflict work and pragmatic suggestions for business leaders, conflict resolution practitioners, and peacebuilding organizations.

The use of the label ‘business-based peacebuilding’ is new and signifies actions business can take beyond simple legal compliance or making changes to avoid creating a conflict. Although business-based peacebuilding is new, examples are included from around the world to illustrate that, working together, businesses have a strong contribution to make to the creation of peaceful societies.

The book advocates pragmatic peacebuilding, which is not overly concerned with cause-driven models of conflict.

Instead, pragmatic peacebuilding encourages an examination of what is needed in the conflict and what can be provided. This approach is free of some of the ideological baggage of traditional peacebuilding and allows for a much wider range of participants in the peacebuilding project.

Series: Security and Governance Despite the increasing frequency of truth commissions, there has been little agreement as to their long-term impact on a state’s political and social development.

This book uses a multi-method approach to examine the impact of truth commissions on subsequent human rights protection and democratic practice.

Providing the first cross-national analysis of the impact of truth commissions and presenting detailed analytical case studies on South Africa, El Salvador, Chile, and Uganda, author Eric Wiebelhaus-Brahm examines how truth commission investigations and their final reports have shaped the respective societies. The author demonstrates that in the longer term, truth commissions have often had appreciable effects on human rights, but more limited impact in terms of democratic development. The book concludes by considering how future research can build upon these findings to provide policymakers with strong recommendations on whether and how a truth commission is likely to help fragile post-conflict societies.

December 2009: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-55321-6: £80.00 Pb: 978-0-415-55322-3: £22.99 eBook: 978-0-203-86202-5

May 2009: 234x156: 160pp Hb: 978-0-415-48435-0: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-87570-4

FORTHCOMING

Memory and Conflict Resolution Rhys Kelly, University of Bradford, UK This is the first volume to examine current memory research in both the natural and social sciences for analysts of conflict and conflict resolution processes.

In the last decade, memory has become an increasingly popular topic in many areas of the social sciences and humanities, providing a focus for interdisciplinary study and enriching research on subjects like identity, subjectivity, trauma and the politics of culture. In this new book, Rhys Kelly: • provides an accessible introduction to key concepts and debates in memory studies • makes explicit the relevance of memory research for the field of conflict resolution • uses case-studies to explain issues in a more vivid and grounded way.

March 2010: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-41554-5: £70.00

E-mail: strategic_studies@routledge.com

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk

for more information

for e-mail updates in your field

eBooks are only available to order online

49

50

CONFLICT RESOLUTION

Routledge Studies in Peace and Conflict Resolution (continued) NEW

FORTHCOMING

Creativity and Conflict Resolution

Small Arms, Crime and Conflict

Alternative Pathways to Peace

Global Governance and the Threat of Armed Violence

Tatsushi Arai, School for International Training (SIT), World Learning, VT, USA This book explores how creative ways of resolving social conflicts emerge, evolve, and subsequently come to be accepted or rejected in inter-group relations.

Creativity and Conflict Resolution explores a subject with which political communities involved in social conflict have always grappled: creative ways of imagining and actualizing visions of conflict resolution.

This is an ambitious question, which concerns human communities at many different levels, from families, regional-independence movements, and national governments, to inter-state alliances. The author argues that unconventional viability lies at the heart of creativity for transcending seemingly intractable inter-communal conflicts. More specifically, conflict resolution creativity is a social and epistemological process, whereby actors involved in a given social conflict learn to formulate an unconventional resolution option or procedure.

July 2009: 234x156: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-47276-0: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-87318-2

FORTHCOMING

Gender, Nationalism and Conflict Transformation New Themes and Old Problems in Northern Ireland Fidelma Ashe, University of Ulster at Jordanstown, UK This book genders the process of conflict transformation in Northern Ireland and both documents and analyzes the effects of the restructuring of its politics on gender and sexual equality.

Selected Contents: Part 1: Ethno-Nationalist Conflict, Gender and Sexuality Part 2: Gender, Sexuality and Political Institutions Part 3: Gender and Conflict Transformation in Civil Society January 2010: 234x156: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-55816-7: £70.00 eBook: 978-0-203-86579-8

FORTHCOMING

Political Discourse and Conflict Resolution Edited by Katy Hayward, Queen’s University, Belfast and Catherine O’Donnell In applying discourse analysis to the study of the conflict and peace process in Northern Ireland, this book offers a new and pertinent way to understand and examine three core subjects: conflict studies, Irish politics and applied discourse analysis. As a product of collaboration and intellectual engagement between scholars from a variety of disciplines, institutions, countries and even generations, it analyses the close, yet still mystifying, relationship between political discourse and conflict resolution.

June 2010: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-56628-5: £70.00

Consociational Theory McGarry and O’Leary and the Northern Ireland Conflict Rupert Taylor, University of the Witwatersrand, Johannesburg, South Africa Series: Routledge Research in Comparative Politics Consociational theory explains how democratic stability is possible in culturally or ethnically segmented political systems. It is one of the most important theories in Comparative Politics and one of the most contested. This volume brings together the leading proponents and opponents of consociational theory and conflict resolution.

Edited by Owen Greene and Nic Marsh This book critically examines the nexus between arms availability and armed violence.

Selected Contents: Introduction Owen Greene and Nic Marsh 1. The Tools of Insurgency: A Review of the Role of Small Arms and Light Weapons in Warfare Nicholas Marsh 2. Small Arms and Light Weapons Spread and Conflict Mike Bourne 3. Lethal Instruments: Small Arms and Deaths in Armed Conflict Joakim Kreutz and Nicholas Marsh 4. Regaining State Control: Arms and Violence in Post-Conflict Countries Joakim Kreutz, Nicholas Marsh and Manuela Torre 5. Armed Violence within Societies Owen Greene 6. Causes and Costs of Gun Violence: A Critical Evaluation Thomas Jackson and Nicholas Marsh 7. SALW and Armed Violence in Urban Areas Valentina Bartolucci and Anna Kannewarff 8. Guns, Goons and Gold as Burdens of a Fragile State Governing Small Arms and Light Weapons Ariel Macaspac and Owen Greene 9. Governing Small Arms and Light Weapons Owen Greene 10. Restructuring the Production of Small Arms and Light Weapons Dimitar Dimitrov and Peter Hall 11. What do the Natives Know: Are there Societal Mechanisms for Controlling SALW and other Idle Questions Michael Ashkenazi 12. Post-Conflict Disarmament and Governance Owen Greene and Albert Boada 13. What do We Now Think We Know, and Priorities For Future Research Owen Greene and Nicholas Marsh January 2010: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-56700-8: £70.00

NEW

Transforming Violent Conflict Radical Disagreement, Dialogue and Peace Oliver Ramsbotham, University of Bradford, UK This book investigates intractable conflicts and their main verbal manifestation – radical disagreement – and explores what can be done when conflict resolution fails.

The book identifies agonistic dialogue - dialogue between enemies - as the key to linguistic intractability. It suggests how agonistic dialogue can best be studied, explored, understood and managed even in the most severe political conflicts when negotiation, mediation, problem solving, dialogue for mutual understanding, and discourse ethics are unsuccessful. This approach of viewing radical disagreement as the central topic of analysis and conflict management is a new innovation in this field, and also supplements and enhances existing communicative transformational techniques. It also has wider implications for cognate fields, such as applied ethics, democratic theory, cultural studies and the philosophy of difference.

September 2009: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-55207-3: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-55208-0: £22.99

Selected Contents: Introduction: The Promise of Consociational Theory Rupert Taylor Part 1: Argument 1. Power Shared after the Death of Thousands John McGarry and Brendan O’Leary Part 2: Commentaries 2. Recognition, Equality, Difference: Achieving Democracy in Northern Ireland Shane O’Neill 3. Consociationalism and the Wider Peace Process Adrian Guelke 4. Peace by Design?

Towards ’Complex Power Sharing’ Stefan Wolff 5. Implementing Consociation in Northern Ireland John Coakley 6. Ethnic Party Competition and the Dynamics of Power-Sharing in Northern Ireland Paul Mitchell and Geoffrey Evans 7. Consociationalism and the Creation of a Shared Future for Northern Ireland Stephen Farry 8. Consociational Government: Inside the Northern Ireland Executive Rick Wilford 9. In Search of the Consociational ’Spirit of Accommodation’ Jürg Steiner 10. A Culture of Power-Sharing Michael Kerr 11. From Consociationalism to Interculturalism Robin Wilson 12. Squaring some Vicious Circles: Transforming the Political in Northern Ireland John Cash 13. Sunningdale for Slow Learners? Towards a Complexity Paradigm Adrian Little 14. Progressive Integration (and Accommodation, too) Ian O’Flynn 15. Ways of Seeing?

Consociationalism and Constitutional Law Theory John Morison 16. Debating the Agreement: Beyond a Communalist Dynamic? Liam O’Dowd 17. The Injustice of a Consociational Solution to the Northern Ireland Problem Rupert Taylor Part 3: Response 18. Under Friendly and Less Friendly Fire John McGarry and Brendan O’Leary March 2009: 234x156: 416pp Hb: 978-0-415-42913-9: £80.00 eBook: 978-0-203-96256-5

FORTHCOMING

Conflict and Peacemaking in Israel-Palestine Theory and Application Sapir Handelman, Harvard University, USA Series: Routledge Studies in Middle Eastern Politics This book provides new analysis and theoretical approaches to peacemaking and more particularly to the Israeli-Palestinian conflict. It deals with the art of peacekeeping and the issue of intractable conflict, and takes an in-depth look into specific models for peacekeeping and applying them to the situation in Israel/Palestine.

Exploring the phenomenon of intractable conflict and offering a multifaceted approach to peacemaking, the argument centres around the idea that a multifaceted approach to peacemaking has the greatest potential to transform an intractable conflict into a mutually beneficial social order. The book encompasses theoretical background, comparative studies of conflict resolution processes in similar circumstances around the world and policy recommendations, looking at wider issues in the context of the Israeli-Palestinian conflict.

June 2010: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-49215-7: £70.00

ORDER NOW!

See Order Form at the back of this catalogue

+44 (0)1235 400524

Fax: +44 (0)20 7017 6699

www.routledge.com/strategicstudies

CONFLICT RESOLUTION

NEW

FORTHCOMING

FORTHCOMING

Consolidating Peace in the Aftermath of War

Dispossession and Resistance in India The River and the Rage

Paths Towards Ethnic Conflict Resolution

A Critical Assessment of International Peacebuilding from Cambodia to Afghanistan

Alf Gunvald Nilsen, University of Bergen, Norway

The Comparative Dimension

Series: Routledge Advances in South Asian Studies

Mats Berdal, King’s College London, UK

This book deals with the controversies on developmental aspects of large dams with a particular focus on the Narmada case in India. Based on extensive field data and research, the author’s substantial and innovative analysis shows how local demands for resettlement and rehabilitation were transformed into a radical anti-dam campaign linked to national and transnational movement networks.

Edited by John Coakley, University College Dublin, Ireland

Series: Adelphi series The widespread practice of external intervention aimed at building ‘sustainable peace’ within societies ravaged by war and violence has been a striking feature of the post-Cold War era. This book examines the record of such interventions, from Cambodia in the early 1990s to ongoing efforts in Afghanistan and the Democratic Republic of the Congo. It examines the variety of forms that these interventions have taken and identifies the sources of success and failure in individual cases.

Although the book draws on a wide range of case studies, its overall approach to the subject is thematic and covers three major areas.

The first of these is the nature of the modern ‘peacebuilding’ environment. The second focuses on the key tasks faced by outside forces in the early and critical ‘post-conflict’ phase: providing a secure environment; stabilising governing structures and ensuring the uninterrupted flow of basic services to local populations.

Here, the book devotes special attention to the use of military force in support of peacebuilding. The third area concerns the way in which governments and international organisations have responded to the challenges of modern peacebuilding. Here, the analysis moves beyond immediate post-conflict tasks to look at the relationship with longer-term policy objectives and priorities. This is done through a detailed assessment of the UN’s peacebuilding ‘architecture’. This assessment draws attention to the international political context within which peacebuilding takes place, the evolving attitudes of states towards peacebuilding, and peacebuilding’s future prospects.

September 2009: 234x156: 186pp Pb: 978-0-415-47436-8: £9.99

FORTHCOMING

The Northern Ireland Peace Process Choreography and Theatrical Politics Paul Dixon, University of Ulster, UK Series: Routledge Advances in European Politics This innovative volume presents a new framework that captures the complex and contradictory politics of peacemaking in Northern Ireland.

Engaging with key debates between nationalists and unionists, and consociationalists and civil society advocates of conflict resolution, this book uses a theatrical metaphor to illuminate the constraints and opportunities facing key political actors in their attempt to bridge the gap between nationalists and unionists to sign and then attempt to sustain the Good Friday Agreement. This new study also examines the range of political skills deployed by politicians involved in the Northern Ireland, South African and Middle East peace processes in their attempts to manipulate the public, front stage presentation of the peace process and maximize the support of diverse audiences for it.

January 2010: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-34860-7: £65.00 eBook: 978-0-203-64083-8

The book explains the Narmada conflict and shows how it is embedded in and shaped by a wider field of force of capitalist development at national and transnational scales. The analysis emphasizes how the Narmada dam project is related to national and global processes of capitalist development, and relates the Narmada Valley movement to contemporary popular struggles against dispossession in India and beyond.

January 2010: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-55864-8: £75.00

NEW

Zionist Israel and Apartheid South Africa Civil Society and Peace Building in EthnicNational States Amneh Badran, Al-Quds University, Palestine Series: Routledge Studies on the Arab-Israeli Conflict This book is a comparison of two ethnic-national ’apartheid’ states – South Africa and Israel – which have been in conflict, and how internal dissent has developed. In particular it examines the evolution of effective white protest in South Africa and explores the reasons why comparably powerful movements have not emerged in Israel.

The book reveals patterns of behaviour shared by groups in both cases. It argues that although the role played by protest groups in peace-building may be limited, a tipping point, or ‘magic point’, can become as significant as other major factors. It highlights the role played by intermediate variables that affect the pathways of protest groups: such as changes in the international system; the visions and strategies of resistance movements and their degree of success; the economic relationship between the dominant and dominated side; and the legitimacy of the ideology in power (apartheid or Zionism).

Although the politics and roles of protest groups in both cases share some similarities, differences remain. Whilst white protest groups moved towards an inclusive peace agenda that adopts the ANC vision of a united nonracial democratic South Africa, the Jewish Israeli protest groups are still, by majority, entrenched in their support for an exclusive Jewish state. And as such, they support separation between the two peoples and a limited division of mandatory Palestine / ‘Eretz Israel’. This timely book sheds light on a controversial and explosive political issue: Israel being compared to apartheid South Africa.

August 2009: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-48981-2: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-87250-5

This book breaks new ground by tracing conflict resolving strategies in a number of countries which are at varying stages along the path towards settling long-standing ethnic tensions.

This book was published as a special issue of Nationalism and Ethnic Politics.

Selected Contents: 1. The Comparative Dimension: Paths Towards Ethnic Conflict Resolution John Coakley 2. Belgium: The End of the ’Consensus’ Culture for Resolving Ethnic Conflict? Pierre Baudewyns and Lieven de Winter 3. Identity Boundaries in Spain: The Basque Case in Context Francisco J. Llera Ramo 4. Northern Ireland: A Multi-Phased History of Conflict, a Multi-Levelled Process of Settlement Jennifer Todd 5. Cyprus: A Path towards Accommodation? Joseph S Joseph 6. Intercommunal Conflicts and Conflict Resolution in Post-Civil War Lebanon Simon Haddad 7. Paths towards Ethnic Conflict Resolution: Sri Lanka SWR deA Samarasinghe 8. Regional or Ethnic?

Understanding Political Conflict in South Korea Youngmi Kim 9. Beyond Ethnicity? Patronage Politics and Conflict Resolution in Central Asia: The Cases of Kyrgyzstan and Tajikistan Matteo Fumagalli 10. The Long View on South Africa’s Transition Adrian Guelke 11. Conclusion: Dimensions of Ethnic Conflict Resolution John Coakley January 2010: 234x156: 128pp Hb: 978-0-415-55402-2: £75.00

FORTHCOMING

Kenya’s Uncertain Democracy The Electoral Crisis of 2008 Edited by Peter Kagwanja and Roger Southall, University of Witwatersrand, South Africa This book takes a re-look at the 2007 Kenyan election, the post-election crisis, the underlying interaction of ethnicity, class and political power; forced displacement, the role of international forces; and the country’s power-sharing arrangement. The study will draw upon the expertise of a variety of leading experts on Kenya, and will be edited by Peter Kagwanja and Roger Southall. The overall project was based on a workshop in Nairobi on 6-7 December 2008.

This book was published as a special issue of the Journal of Contemporary African Studies.

May 2010: 246x174: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-55042-0: £75.00

Free P&P Online Simple and secure online ordering, please visit www.routledge.com/strategicstudies and receive FREE P&P* for online orders over £20. *UK customers only

E-mail: strategic_studies@routledge.com

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk

for more information

for e-mail updates in your field

eBooks are only available to order online

51

52

PEACEKEEPING

FORTHCOMING

NEW

FORTHCOMING

TEXTBOOK

Handbook on Peace Education

Peacebuilding

Edited by Gavriel Salomon and Edward Cairns

Liberal Peacebuilding and Global Governance

From Concept to Commission

This Handbook encompasses a range of disciplines that underlie the field of peace education, plus contributions from experts in applying peace education in a range of settings, all complemented by chapters which deal with issues related to research and evaluation of peace education.

Robert Jenkins, Birkbeck, University of London, UK Series: Global Institutions The United Nations Peacebuilding Commission (PBC) was established in December 2005. Its emergence was the culmination of a long and contentious process, stretching back to at least the early 1990s.

Robert Jenkins traces the origins and evolution of peacebuilding as a concept, the creation and functioning of the UN Peacebuilding Commission as an institution, and the complicated relationship between these two processes.

Centred on two closely related questions, he examines: • how has continued contestation over what exactly peacebuilding is, and how its objectives can most effectively be achieved, influenced the institutional design and de facto functioning of the PBC? • to what extent has the work of the Commission, during its first two years in existence, helped to shape how various actors conceive of and seek to operationalize the notion of peacebuilding?

March 2010: 216x138: 176pp Hb: 978-0-415-77643-1: £65.00 Pb: 978-0-415-77644-8: £14.99 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY

NEW

Complex Peace Operations and Civil-Military Relations Winning the Peace Robert Egnell Series: Cass Military Studies This book explores the impact of different civil-military structures on operational effectiveness in complex peace operations. Recent operations in Iraq, Afghanistan and Somalia are examples of grand failures to enforce peace and to promote democracy and development through international interventions. A missing variable in analyses of these conflicts hitherto has been the nature of the civil-military interface and its impact.

The principal argument of this book is that the civil-military interface should ideally be integrated within the interagency arena as well as within the defence ministry. Such integration has the potential to provide joint civil-military planning and comprehensive approaches to operations.

It also creates mutual trust and understanding amongst officers and civil servants from different departments, agencies and units, and thereby, a co-operative interagency culture. For the civil-military interface to function effectively within the chain of command during operations, a cooperative culture of trust is essential. Crucially, structurally and culturally integrated civil-military structures are likely to provide a more balanced view of the functional imperative of the armed forces. The results are armed forces fit for whatever purpose the political leadership decides for them including complex peace support operations. Empirically, the book applies the theoretical framework to a comparative study of US and British patterns of civil-military relations, their strategic cultures and their operations in Iraq.

Selected Contents: Introduction E. Cairns and G. Salomon.

Peace Education: Setting the Scene G. Salomon and E. Cairns Part 1: The Context History and Peace Education I. Harris. Peace Education in Societies Involved in Intractable Conflicts: Goals, Conditions and Directions D. Bar-Tal, Y. Rosen and R. Nets-Zehngut. Educational Sciences and Peace Education W. Wintersteiner Part 2: The Contribution of Underlying Disciplines What does Peace Psychology have to Offer Peace Education? Five Psychologically Informed Propositions D.J. Christie and R.V. Wagner. The Social Psychology of Intergroup Relations N. Tausch, K. Schmid and M. Hewstone. Intergroup Contact: Implications for Peace Education E.W. Mania, S.L. Gaertner, B.M. Riek, J. F. Dovidio, M.J. Lamoreaux and S.A. Direso. Contribution of Developmental Psychology to Peace Education L. Oppenheimer. Peace Education and Political Science M.H. Ross. The Contribution of Communication and Media Studies to Peace Education D. Ellis and Y. Warshel. Peace and Morality: Two Children of the Same Parents F. Oser, C. Riegel and S. Steinmann. Philosophy of Peace Education in a Post-metaphysical Era: What is Wrong with Peace Education? I. Gur-Ze’ev Part 3: Approaches to Peace Education Teaching about Culture of Peace as an Approach to Peace Education J. de Rivera. Storytelling and Multiple Narratives in Conflict Situations: From the TRT Group in the German-Jewish Context to the Dual-Narrative Approach of PRIME D. Bar-On. The Contribution of History Teaching to Peace-Building A. McCully. Peace Education in the Classroom: Creating Effective Peace Education Programs D.W. Johnson and R.T. Johnson. Building a Shared Future from a Divided Past: Promoting Peace Through Education in Northern Ireland T. Gallagher. Unity-Based Peace Education: Education for Peace Program in Bosnia and Herzegovina: A Chronological Case Study H.B. Danesh. Healing in Rwanda E. Staub. Peace Education in Regions of Tranquility I. Hakvoort. Educating for Peace through Planned Encounters between Jews and Arabs in Israel: A Reappraisal of Effectiveness I. Maoz. Peace Education: Open-ended Questions G. Salomon and E. Cairns September 2009: 246x174: 368pp Hb: 978-0-8058-6252-2: £50.00

THE WIDGET ICON Books with the symbol are now available with Search Inside capability on www.routledge.com.

Simply click the link and view the book!

Beyond the Metropolis David Roberts, University of Ulster, UK Series: Routledge Studies in Peace and Conflict Resolution This book examines the limits to cosmopolitan liberal peacebuilding caused by its preoccupation with the values and assumptions of neoliberal global governance (global political and economic liberalization).

The limits to liberal peacebuilding appear in its prioritization of and emphasis upon a largely state-centric model of neoliberal economic government with associated disciplinary hardware, what has been called the ‘outside-in‘ approach. However, this is negative or ‘illiberal peace‘, and the author develops a model of statebuilding interventions that can initiate and structure positive peacebuilding processes based on biologically-essential human needs.

This reflects Richmond’s ‘fourth generation‘ approach to peacebuilding. The book concludes that liberal peace is limited peace for a limited minority. Multi-actor, positive peacebuilding practices at the statebuilding intervention stage, which prioritise essential needs provision, whilst tolerating illiberal pluralism (hybrid, indigenous elite responses to democratization), on the other hand, can establish and institutionalize a broader, deeper peace for a majority and contribute to indigenous political stability.

July 2010: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-49743-5: £70.00

NEW

The Liberal Peace and Post-War Reconstruction Myth or reality?

Edited by Roger Mac Ginty and Oliver Richmond, both at University of St Andrews, UK This critical and comparative book is comprised of arguments for and against the dominant western style of peace interventions and post-war reconstruction that has been applied around the world. It examines and assesses the nature of the peace that these have achieved or offer for the future.

Selected Contents: 1. Myth or Reality: Opposing Views on the Liberal Peace and Post-war Reconstruction Roger Mac Ginty and Oliver Richmond 2. For Better, for Worse: How America’s Foreign Policy became Wedded to Liberal Universalism Adam Quinn and Michael Cox 3. Hegemony, Modernisation and Post-war Reconstruction Tim Jacoby 4. Reconstruction: The Bringing of Peace and Plenty or Occult Imperialism? Andrew Williams 5. What Fit for the Liberal Peace in Africa? Ian Taylor 6. Two Ugandas and a ’Liberal Peace’? Lessons from Uganda about Conflict and Development at the Start of a New Century Timothy M. Shaw and Pamela K. Mbabazi 7. Justice as Peace? Liberal Peacebuilding and Strategies of Transitional Justice Chandra Lekha Sriram 8. EU Statebuilding: Securing the Liberal Peace through EU Enlargement David Chandler May 2009: 246x174: 136pp Hb: 978-0-415-48926-3: £75.00

May 2009: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-49023-8: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-87623-7

ORDER NOW!

See Order Form at the back of this catalogue

+44 (0)1235 400524

Fax: +44 (0)20 7017 6699

www.routledge.com/strategicstudies

Cass Series on Peacekeeping Series Edited by: Michael Pugh This series examines all aspects of peacekeeping, from the political, operational and legal dimensions to the developmental and humanitarian issues that must be dealt with by all those involved with peacekeeping in the world today.

FORTHCOMING

FORTHCOMING

Statebuilding and Justice Reform

UN Peace Operations and Post-Conflict Reconstruction

A Multidisciplinary Approach to Post-Conflict Reconstruction in Afghanistan

Learning Lessons From Haiti

Matteo Tondini

Eirin Mobekk, University of Bradford, UK

This book is the first to examine justice reform and statebuilding in Afghanistan, following the 2001 US intervention.

In an environment where the UN increasingly is seeking to conduct security sector reform within the context of integrated missions, this book will be a valuable contribution to the debate on intervention, UN peace operations and SSR. It seeks to establish the linkages between the different aims that UN peace operations often have in the field, highlighting what is disregarded and what needs to be further addressed. Critically, in these operations the issue of economic development, to ensure sustainability of both reform processes as well as democratisation efforts, has been neglected. What this book seeks to do is to carefully examine the key issues that the UN peace operations in Haiti have addressed and what they have not, and the effect that has had on the outcome of the operations, stability and conflict, identifying failures as well as successes. It will analyse the circumstances in which each issue were tackled and the relative strengths and weaknesses of how it was addressed. One of the key aims is to draw lessons from the multiple operations in Haiti for future UN operations and establish the linkages between the different factors that are essential for successful post-conflict reconstruction.

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: Justice System Reform in Afghanistan 2. Objectives and Methodology 3. Reforming Public Institutions in Countries Recovering from Conflict: A Brief Overview 4. Justice Sector Reform in Countries Recovering from Conflict 5. The System of Justice in Afghanistan before the US Military Intervention of 2001 6. Phase One – From Tokyo to London: The ‘Lead Nation Approach‘ 7. Phase Two – From London to Paris and Beyond: Implementing the Local Ownership Principle in Justice Sector Reform. Conclusion. Bibliography December 2009: 234x156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-55894-5: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-86578-1

The Military and Negotiation The Role of the Soldier-Diplomat Deborah Goodwin This new book presents a detailed analysis of the role of the military in current operations as negotiators and liaison workers in the field. It shows how very few in the academic world are writing on this specific role of the military and the nature of negotiation in this situation. This publication is a first in this context, and has a keen audience in light of the current world order.

January 2010: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-48086-4: £75.00

RELATED JOURNALS

PEACEKEEPING

International Peacekeeping Editor: Michael Pugh, University of Bradford, UK International Peacekeeping examines the theory and practice of peacekeeping and peace operations as instruments of policy at an international level. From a broader perspective the journal also reflects debates about peacebuilding and monitoring of agreements, preventive deployments, sanctions, international policing, protection of aid in internal disputes, and the relationship between peacekeepers, state authorities, rival factions, civilians and non-governmental organizations.

Volume 17, 2010, 5 issues per year Print ISSN: 1353-3312 Online ISSN: 1743-906X For further information or to request a sample copy of the journal please visit: www.tandf.co.uk/journals/ internationalpeacekeeping

Journal of Human Rights Editor: Richard P. Hiskes, University of Connecticut, USA The Journal of Human Rights serves as an arena for the public discussion and scholarly analysis of human rights, broadly conceived.

It seeks to broaden the study of human rights by fostering the critical re-examination of existing approaches to human rights, as well as to develop new perspectives on the theory and practice of human rights. The journal provides the opportunity for the critical examination of the human rights community and of the different visions of human rights and different practical strategies which exist within that community.

Volume 9, 2010, 4 issues per year Print ISSN: 1475-4835 Online ISSN: 1475-4843 www.tandf.co.uk/journals/CJHR

This study breaks new ground in analyzing the nature of military negotiation in relation to more generic forms of negotiation, and assessing the role of the modern soldier/diplomat in recent deployments around the world. The author is an academic working within the military environment, very few people have the same capacity and accessibility to firsthand evidence and observation. Whilst peacekeeping has grown in the last decade or so, no-one has successfully investigated the role of the military and their approach to non-violent conflict resolution on the ground as few have access to such work to make a viable detailed assessment of the nature of negotiation in a violent context, but Dr Goodwin is able to do so.

Peace Review Editor: Robert Elias, University of San Francisco USA Peace Review is a quarterly, multidisciplinary, transnational journal of research and analysis, focusing on the current issues and controversies that underlie the promotion of a more peaceful world. Peace research is very broadly defined to include peace, human rights, development, ecology, culture and related issues.

Volume 22, 2010, 4 issues per year Print ISSN: 1040-2659 Online ISSN: 1469-9982

2005: 234x156: 264pp Hb: 978-0-415-35094-5: £80.00 eBook: 978-0-203-01028-0

www.tandf.co.uk/journals/CPER

E-mail: strategic_studies@routledge.com

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk

for more information

for e-mail updates in your field

eBooks are only available to order online

53

54

TERRORISM STUDIES

FORTHCOMING

TEXTBOOK

FORTHCOMING

2ND EDITION

TEXTBOOK

Terrorism Studies A Reader

Global Terrorism Brenda J. Lutz and James M. Lutz, both at Indiana University-Purdue, USA

Edited by John Horgan, Pennsylvania State University, USA

Global Terrorism 2nd edition continues to provide students with the most comprehensive introduction to terrorism as a global phenomenon. It introduces students to history, politics, ideologies and strategies of both contemporary and older terrorist groups.

This book is a comprehensive Terrorism Studies reader that aims to introduce and guide students through the most important articles on the subject of terrorism and political violence.

Selected Contents: Studying Terrorism: An Introduction John Horgan. Section 1: Terrorism in Historical Context.

Section 2: Definitions. Section 3: Understanding and Explaining Terrorism. Section 4: Terrorist Movements.

Section 5: Terrorist Behaviour. Section 6: Fanaticism and Suicidal Terrorism. Section 7: Counterterrorism.

Section 8: Current Trends in Terrorism. Section 9: The Future of Terrorism. Conclusions June 2010: 246x174: 480pp Hb: 978-0-415-45504-6: £90.00 Pb: 978-0-415-45505-3: £24.99 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY

Written in a clear and accessible style, each chapter explains a different aspect of terrorism and illustrates this with a wide variety of detailed case studies from across the world. Although the focus is on the contemporary, the book also includes discussion of older terrorist groups.

Building on the strengths of the first edition, this edition includes new material on: • July 7 attacks in London

TEXTBOOK

• Bali bombings

Psychology of Terrorism

• domestic terrorism in Columbia

Classic and Contemporary Insights

• attacks in Iraq

Edited by Jeff Victoroff, University of Southern California, USA and Arie W. Kruglanski, University of Maryland, College Park, USA

• Al Qaeda, the Tamil Tigers, the IRA

Series: Key Readings in Social Psychology ‘Despite its obvious relevance, until recently psychology has had a relatively small footprint in the study of terrorism.

This large volume by two well-established researchers, Jeff Victoroff (a psychiatrist) and Arie Kruglanski (a psychologist), may go far in changing that. The editors have assembled 28 readings on the psychology of terrorism that explore all things psychological, from motivation and intent, to rational aspects of terrorism, to strategies for countering terrorists.

They strike a nice balance between classics and important recent contributions.‘ – Gary LaFree, University of Maryland, USA Psychology of Terrorism is a collection of the best classic and contemporary writings about the mind of the terrorist. Carefully selected by a panel of world-renowned authorities for value and readability, this collection provides the reader with deep knowledge and unique insights into the ideas, feelings, and social influences of modern terrorist groups. General readers who wish to understand this deadly phenomenon, students and scholars of human psychology or political science, and decision makers facing the challenge of designing effective counterterrorism policies will enjoy and profit from these essential readings and the inescapable conclusion they suggest: By ignoring the psychology of terrorism, Western nations have been making grave errors in the so-called war on terrorism. Understanding the deep roots of terrorist behaviors gives us tools that are absolutely vital to any effort in reducing this escalating threat.

March 2009: 512pp Hb: 978-1-84169-464-1: £56.95 Pb: 978-1-84169-465-8: £24.95

ORDER NOW!

See Order Form at the back of this catalogue

Understanding Contemporary Terrorism and the Global Response Paul Norman, University of Portsmouth, UK An accessible examination of the dynamic inter-relationship between the phenomena of terrorism and the contemporary response at the national, regional and global level.

This topical study is divided into two main sections. The first considers the contemporary study of terrorism, with new forms of terrorism (super-terrorism, cyber-terrorism and global networks) and examines these new threats in relation to previous challenges to state authority from extreme political violence. The second section of the book provides an initial overview of traditional and contemporary responses to terrorism, highlighting how qualitative changes have taken place in counter-terrorist strategies and practice (from criminal to military, from reactive to pre-emptive action, from multi-lateral to unilateral) within the new global security climate. The authors provide critical analyses of case studies within the EU’s regional response, the USA’s uniliberal response, as well as the UN’s unique multi-lateral role in monitoring and supporting increased state capacities.

Understanding Contemporary Terrorism and the Global Response will be of key interest to students and researchers in the fields of security studies, terrorism, political science and international relations.

• animal rights extremism.

The unique combination of a genuinely historical focus and truly global coverage makes this an ideal introductory textbook for anyone studying terrorism.

2008: 246x189: 360pp Hb: 978-0-415-77246-4: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-77247-1: £21.99 eBook: 978-0-203-89503-0 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY

December 2010: 234x156: 192pp Hb: 978-1-84472-143-6: £65.00 Pb: 978-1-84472-142-9: £19.99

FORTHCOMING

Handbook of Terrorism Research Research, Theories and Concepts Edited by Alex Schmid, United Nations, Terrorism Prevention Branch, Albert Jongman, Ministry of Defence, the Netherlands and Eric Price, International Atomic Energy Agency, Vienna, Austria

FORTHCOMING TEXTBOOK

Multilateral Counter-Terrorism The Global Politics of Cooperation and Contestation Peter Romaniuk, City University of New York, USA Series: Global Institutions Contemporary terrorism is a global phenomenon requiring a globalized response. In this book Peter Romaniuk aims to assess to what extent states seek multilateral responses to the threats they face from terrorists. Providing a concise history and a clear discussion of current patterns of counter-terrorist co-operation, this book: • analyses a wide spectrum of institutions from the United Nations and its various bodies to military, intelligence and law enforcement agencies • explains the full range of cooperative counter-terrorist activities and the patterns across them, from the use of intelligence and military force to criminal law measures, financial controls and diplomacy • examines under what conditions states cooperate to suppress terrorism • evaluates how existing international institutions have been affected by the US-led "global war on terror," launched after the 9/11 terrorist attacks.

This book is a new edition of the most comprehensive existing reference book on political terrorism, previously published to great acclaim in 1984. It is a monumental collection of definitions, conceptual frameworks, paradigmatic formulations, and bibliographic sources, which has been revised and updated as a resource for the expanding community of researchers on the subject of terrorism.

This Handbook surpasses the previous edition in both scope and importance.

Handbook of Terrorism Research will be essential reading for all students of terrorism, political science and security studies, as well as policy makers and professionals in the security field.

Selected Contents: Introduction 1. Terrorism and Related Concepts 2. Theories 3. Data and Databases on Domestic and International terrorism 4. Literature of Terrorism 5. Bibliography of Political Terrorism 6. World Directory of Terrorist Organizations 7. Glossary January 2010: 246x174: 512pp Hb: 978-0-415-41157-8: £95.00

February 2010: 216x138: 176pp Hb: 978-0-415-77647-9: £65.00 Pb: 978-0-415-77648-6: £16.99 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY

+44 (0)1235 400524

Fax: +44 (0)20 7017 6699

www.routledge.com/strategicstudies

TERRORISM STUDIES

Adelphi series Joining al-Qaeda Jihadist Recruitment in Europe Peter R. Neumann This book explains the processes whereby European Muslims are recruited into the Islamist militant movement.

It reveals that although overt recruitment has been driven underground, prisons and other ‘places of vulnerability’ are increasingly important alternatives. It explores the recruitment roles of radical imams, gateway organisations and activists, and highlights the kinds of message that facilitate the recruitment process.

It also shows how the Internet has come to play an increasingly significant role.

Neumann argues that there is little evidence of systematic, top-down jihadist recruitment in Europe.

Rather, the activist leaders of cells increasingly drive the process. The book explores possible options for European governments wishing to disrupt violent extremist networks, recognising that it will also be necessary to address some of the underlying risk factors that fuel jihadist recruitment. Ultimately, the major challenge for European states lies in constructing more inclusive societies in which the narratives of exclusion and grievance will not resonate to the benefit of recruiters to the extremist cause.

Cass Series on Political Violence

Leaving Terrorism Behind Individual and Collective Disengagement

Series Edited by: Paul Wilkinson, University of St. Andrews, UK and David Rapoport

Edited by Tore Bjørgo, Norwegian Institute of International Affairs (NUPI), Oslo, Norway and John Horgan, Pennsylvania State University, USA

This book series contains sober, thoughtful and authoritative academic accounts of terrorism and political violence. Its aim is to produce a useful taxonomy of terror and violence through comparative and historical analysis in both national and international spheres. Each book discusses origins, organisational dynamics and outcomes of particular forms and expressions of political violence.

’The conclusions drawn up

by Bjørgo and Horgan summarise the editors’ own considerations on the debate, based on the case studies employed by all of the contributors, and offer the reader some final concepts and questions upon which to reflect. This, along with the wealth of information offered by such a broad range of empirical data and case studies, make for a captivating read.’ – Natasha Kingston, University of Bath, UK

NEW

Walking Away from Terrorism Accounts of Disengagement from Radical and Extremist Movements John Horgan, Pennsylvania State University, USA This accessible new book looks at how and why individuals leave terrorist movements, and considers the lessons and implications that emerge from this process.

This new edited volume expands our understanding of the processes by which individuals and groups disengage from terrorism.

2008: 234x156: 328pp Hb: 978-0-415-77667-7: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-77668-4: £21.99 eBook: 978-0-203-88475-1

FORTHCOMING

Focusing on the tipping points for disengagement from groups such as Al Qaeda, the IRA and the UVF, this volume is informed by the dramatic and sometimes extraordinary accounts that the terrorists themselves offered to the author about why they left terrorism behind.

The Psychology of Counter-Terrorism

Ending Terrorism

The book examines three major issues:

Lessons for Defeating al-Qaeda

• what we currently know about de-radicalisation and disengagement

Selected Contents: Introduction Andrew Silke 1. Psychology, Terrorism and Counterterrorism Andrew Silke 2. Understanding Terrorist Psychology Randy Borum 3. The Psychology of Violent Radicalisation Brooke Rogers 4. Why People Support Terrorism: Psychological Issues in Understanding Attitudes towards Terrorism Reena Kumari 5. The Internet and Terrorism Lorraine Bowman-Grieve 6. The Psychology of Terrorist Disengagement Neil Ferguson 7. Terrorism Through the Lens of Evolutionary Psychology Rick O’Gorman 8. Deterring Terrorism: Target-hardening, Surveillance and the Prevention of Terrorism Peter Fussey 9. The Interrogation of Terrorist Suspects John Pearse 10. The Impact of the Media on Terrorism and Counterterrorism Deborah Browne and Andrew Silke 11. Countering the Psychological Impact of Terrorism: Challenges for Homeland Security Anthony Richards 12. Terrorists in Prison: Psychological Issues in Management and Reform Andrew Silke 13. Ethics, Psychology and Terrorism Michael Flynn 14. Applying Psychology to Counterterrorism: Critical Issues and Challenges Susan Brandon December 2009: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-55839-6: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-55840-2: £21.99

February 2009: 72pp Pb: 978-0-415-54731-4: £12.99

Audrey Kurth Cronin, Oxford University, UK Like all other terrorist movements, al-Qaeda will end.

While it has traits that exploit and reflect the current international context, it is not utterly without precedent: some aspects of al-Qaeda are unusual, but many are not. Terrorist groups end according to recognisable patterns that have persisted for centuries, and they reflect, among other factors, the counter-terrorist policies taken against them. It makes sense to formulate those policies with a specific image of an end in mind.

Understanding how terrorism ends is the best way to avoid being manipulated by the tactic. There is vast historical experience with the decline and ending of terrorist campaigns, yet few policymakers are familiar with it. This book first explains five typical strategies of terrorism and why Western thinkers fail to grasp them.

It then describes historical patterns in ending terrorism to suggest how insights from that history can lay a foundation for more effective counter-strategies. Finally, it extracts policy prescriptions specifically relevant to ending the campaign of al-Qaeda and its associates, moving towards a post-al-Qaeda world.

• how discussions with terrorists about their experiences of disengagement can show how exit routes come about, and how they then fare as ‘ex-terrorists’ away from the structures that protected them • what the implications of these findings are for lawenforcement officers, policy-makers and civil society on a global scale.

Concluding with a series of thought-provoking yet controversial suggestions for future efforts at controlling terrorist behaviour, Walking Away From Terrorism provides a comprehensive introduction to disengagement and de-radicalisation and offers policymakers a series of considerations for the development of counter-radicalization and deradicalisation processes.

This book will be essential reading for students of terrorism and political violence, war and conflict studies, security studies and political psychology.

Edited by Andrew Silke, University of East London, UK This edited book explores how psychology can be used to improve our understanding of terrorism and counterterrorism, and contains essays by some of the leading scholars in the field.

Selected Contents: Foreword. Preface: A Personal Reflection on Fieldwork 1. Qualities are Not Causes 2. How, When and Why Terrorism Ends 3. ’Prison was a good thing’ 4. ’I volunteered’ 5. ’There is no conscious decision’ 6. ’A step too far’ 7. ’They were once my people’ 8. ’I don’t believe in integration’ 9. Conclusions. Bibliography May 2009: 234x156: 216pp Hb: 978-0-415-43943-5: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-43944-2: £20.99 eBook: 978-0-203-87473-8

2008: 234x156: 86pp Pb: 978-0-415-45062-1: £16.99

E-mail: strategic_studies@routledge.com

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk

for more information

for e-mail updates in your field

eBooks are only available to order online

55

56

TERRORISM STUDIES

Cass Series on Political Violence (continued) FORTHCOMING

Understanding Violent Radicalisation Terrorist and Jihadist Movements in Europe Edited by Magnus Ranstorp, Center for Asymmetric Threat Studies, Swedish National Defence College, Stockholm This is the first book to address in depth the interplay between radicalisation and political violence in Europe, as well as the effectiveness of counter-measures.

Selected Contents: Introduction Magnus Ranstorp Part 1: Understanding Radicalization as a Process 1. Background Contributing Factors to Terrorism: Radicalisation and Recruitment Rem Kortweg, Sajjan Gohel, Francois Heisbourg, Magnus Ranstorp and Rob de Wijk 2. Where Does the Radicalisation Process Lead? Radical Community, Radical Networks and Radical Subcultures Peter Waldmann, Matenia Sirseloudi and Stefan Malthaner 3. The Physiology of Al-Qaeda: From Ideology to Participation Christina Hellmich 4. Joining Jihadi Terrorist Cells in Europe – Exploring Motivational Aspects of Recruitment and Radicalization Petter Nesser Part 2: Understanding Radicalization in Context 5. Radicalization and Recruitment in Europe: The UK Case Mark Huband 6. An Overview of Violent Jihad in the UK: Radicalisation and the State Response Lindsay Clutterbuck 7. Islamism, Radicalisation and Jihadism in the Netherlands: Main Developments and Counter Measures Edwin Bakker 8. The Jihadists and Anti-Terrorist Challenges in France: An Overview Jean-Luc Marret 9. Radicalization and Recruitment Among Jihadist Terrorists in Spain: Main Patterns and Subsequent Counterterrorist Measures Rogelio Alonso 10. Salafi-Jihadi Terrorism in Italy Carl Björkman November 2009: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-55629-3: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-55630-9: £21.99 eBook: 978-0-203-86574-3

FORTHCOMING

State Terrorism and Human Rights International Responses since the Cold War Paul Wilkinson, University of St. Andrews, UK This book aims to improve our understanding of the broad trends in the use of political violence by examining the use of state terror in world politics.

This book will analyse the major types of international response to state terror since the Cold War and their outcomes and wider implications for the future of international relations. The conclusion will attempt to develop proposals for more effective international responses to state terror in full capability with international law and the protection of human rights.

International Aviation and Terrorism

FORTHCOMING

Evolving Threats, Evolving Security

Terrorist Groups and the New Tribalism

John Harrison, S. Rajaratnam School of International Studies, Singapore

The Fifth Wave of Terrorism

This book examines terrorism’s impact on the international aviation security regime, with a focus on the role of the United States.

Tracing the historical development of the international civil aviation system, the volume examines how it has dealt with the evolving security environment caused by international terrorism. It begins by exploring the practical implications of the debates over the meaning of ’terrorism’ and how the international civil aviation community developed practical solutions to avoid the debilitating debates over the concept while crafting important, if weak, international conventions. The author examines US efforts to upgrade civil aviation security in the wake of 9/11 and the impacts of these developments on the international civil aviation system.

The detailed discussion of terrorism past and present places the threat in its proper context for both the international civil aviation community and its largest individual actor, the United States.

February 2009: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-48541-8: £70.00 eBook: 978-0-203-87871-2

Jeffrey Kaplan, University of Wisconsin, USA The central focus of this book is a small but vitally important group of movements that constitute a distinct ’fifth wave’ of modern terrorism, here called the ’New Tribalism’. The book critiques David Rapoport’s Four Waves theory, arguing that the theory does not account for movements which radicalize and turn inward, losing touch with, or interest in, their foreign compatriots. This is demonstrated by the Khmer Rouge, the group posited to be the precursor of the contemporary fifth wave.

Ultimately, this book aims to understand the factors and conditions which lead to the radicalization process that catalyzes fifth-wave terrorism, seen as the apex of terrorist violence. The fifth wave groups seek nothing less than the creation of new men and new women within a single generation, requiring the implementation of genocidal violence within a nation or tribal group.

Today, the primary cases of fifth wave terror are found in Africa, and thus the case studies which follow the Khmer Rouge are African. Case studies include the Lord’s Resistance Army in Uganda, the Interhamwe in Rwanda, and the Muslim Janjaweed in the Sudan.

January 2010: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-45338-7: £70.00

FORTHCOMING

Terrorism and the Olympics Major Event Security and Lessons for the Future Edited by Anthony Richards, Peter Fussey and Andrew Silke, all at University of East London, UK Drawing on contributions from leading academics and practitioners in the field, this book provides a review and analysis of major event security, major sporting event security and Olympic security.

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction Anthony Richards, Peter Fussey and Andrew Silke 2. The International Terrorist Threat and its Implications for the London Olympics of 2012 Afzal Ashraf and Andrew Silke 3. Responding to Suicide Terrorism Anthony Richards and Steve Swain 4. Securing the Transport System Steve Swain 5. Intelligence and Major Event Security, tbc 6. The Role of Technology Keith Weston and Peter Fussey 7. The Role of Surveillance Peter Fussey 8. Designing Stadia for Safer Events Jon Coaffee 9. The Challenge of Inter-Agency Coordination Keith Weston 10. The Role of the Private Security Industry Project Director - 2012, British Security Industry Association 11. European Perspectives on Major Event Security Frank Gregory 12. Olympic Case Studies: From Barcelona 1992 to Sydney 2000, tbc 13. Olympic Case Studies: From Athens 2004 to Beijing 2008, tbc 14. Conclusion and ways Forward April 2010: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-49939-2: £70.00

Unconventional Weapons and International Terrorism Challenges and New Approaches Edited by Magnus Ranstorp, Center for Asymmetric Threat Studies, Swedish National Defence College, Stockholm and Magnus Normark The focus of this volume is to explore new and innovative ways forward in better understanding and predicting the potential convergence between unconventional (CBRN) weapons and terrorism.

Selected Contents: Introduction Magnus Ranstorp and Magnus Normark Part 1: The Status of CBRN Terrorism Research 1. Defining Knowledge Gaps Within CBRN Terrorism Research Gary Ackerman Part 2: AQ Motivations/Incentives for CBRN-Terrorism? 2. WMD and the Four Dimensions of Al-Qa’ida Brian Fishman and James J.F. Forest 3. Al-Qaeda’s thinking on CBRN: A Case Study Anne Stenersen Part 3: CBRN, Capacity Building and Proliferation 4. Indicators of Chemical Terrorism Amy E. Smithson 5. Capacity-Building and Proliferation Biological Terrorism Gabriele Kraatz-Wadsack 6. Terrorism and Potential Biological Warfare Agents Walter Biederbick 7. Influence Diagram Analysis of Nuclear and Radiological Terrorism Charles D. Ferguson Part 4: CRBN and Terrorism: Dilemmas of Prediction? 8. Approaching Threat Convergence from an Intelligence Perspective Gregory F. Treverton 9. Terrifying Landscapes: Understanding Motivations of Non-State Actors to Acquire and/or Use Weapons of Mass Destruction Nancy K. Hayden 10. Conclusions Magnus Ranstorp and Magnus Normark January 2009: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-48439-8: £70.00 eBook: 978-0-203-88195-8

October 2010: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-47423-8: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-47424-5: £20.99

ORDER NOW!

See Order Form at the back of this catalogue

+44 (0)1235 400524

Fax: +44 (0)20 7017 6699

www.routledge.com/strategicstudies

TERRORISM STUDIES

FORTHCOMING

FORTHCOMING

Democracy and the War on Terror

Negotiating with Terrorists

Civil Liberties and the Fight Against Terrorism

Strategy, Tactics and Politics

Leonard Weinberg and William Eubank, both at University of Nevada, Reno, USA

Guy Olivier Faure, Sorbonne University, Paris, France and I. William Zartman, Johns Hopkins University, Washington DC, USA

This new volume focuses on the relationships between democratic government, open societies and political terrorism.

A cornerstone of current American foreign policy is the ‘War on Terrorism’. The Bush administration and its potential successors regard the defeat of international terrorist organizations to be its highest priority. How is success to be achieved? Beyond the use of force, American decision-makers have said repeatedly that the promotion of democracy and the spread of freedom to parts of the world lacking these qualities will undercut support for terrorism. But there is a paradox here worth contemplating: whilst foreign policy aims to spread democracy in order to inoculate countries against terrorism, at home the administration has proposed and the US Congress has usually supported, measures to enhance the ability of law enforcement agencies to maintain surveillance over the activities of private citizens. In other words, the achievement of greater ‘homeland security’ within the United States seems to require imposing restrictions on the very democratic values the administration seeks to promote abroad.

January 2010: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-77033-0: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-77034-7: £21.99

Contemporary Terrorism Studies

This edited volume addresses the important question of negotiating with terrorists, and offers recommendations for best practice and processes.

Selected Contents: Introduction Editors Part 1: Preventive Negotiation 1. Negotiation in Terrorism’s Life Cycle I: Growing Up I. William Zartman and Maha Khan 2. Terrorist Recruitment in London Robert Lambert 3. Change through Debate: Gama’a Islamiya Carolin Goerzig Part 2: Practical/Tactical 4. Handbook for Negotiators with Terrorists Laurent Combalbert 5. Quantitative and Qualitative Aspects of Kidnapping and Hostage Negotiation Alex Schmid and P. Flemming 6. Beslan and Beyond Adam Dolnik 7. Visible and Hidden Agendas Victor Kremenyuk 8. The Grand Swapóthe Khandahar Hostage Case P. Sahadevan Part 3: Strategic/Political 9. Negotiation in Terrorism’s Life Cycle II: Growing Down William Donohue 10. Reaching the Terrorist Camille Pecastaing 11. The Impact of Terrorist Negotiating Strategy in Lebanon Karen Feste 12. Making Policy toward Terrorist Organizations Stacie Pettyjohn 13. Tactics in Negotiations with Terrorists Kristine Höglund Part 4: Conclusions 14. Lessons for Practice (UN-MSU Handbook) Faure/Zartman 15. Lessons for Theory?

Zartman/Faure January 2010: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-56629-2: £70.00

NEW

Religion and Political Violence Sacred Protest in the Modern World Jennifer L. Jefferis, Regent University, VA, USA This book uses the theory of social movements and first-hand interviews to create a new analysis of religiously motivated political violence in the modern world.

September 2009: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-55038-3: £70.00 eBook: 978-0-203-86918-5

NEW

Targeting Terrorist Financing International Cooperation and New Regimes Arabinda Acharya, Nanyang Technological University, Singapore 'An invaluable contribution to our understanding of threat finance, Dr. Acharya has authored the definitive study on countering the financing of terrorism. A must read by practitioners and scholars.' – Professor Rohan Gunaratna This book examines the dynamics of terrorist financing, including a discussion about the importance of money from both the terrorist and the counter-terrorist perspective.

July 2009: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-49807-4: £70.00 eBook: 978-0-203-87371-7

Theory and Practice

Understanding Terrorism and Political Violence

Jarret M. Brachman, United States Military Academy, West Point, USA

The Life Cycle of Birth, Growth, Transformation, and Demise

NEW

’Jarret Brachman’s brilliant analysis of the ideology that inspires and sustains Al Qaeda and other violent jihadi movements will greatly enhance understanding of the threat they pose to peace and security. It is an invaluable aid for those engaged in combating the recruitment of future generations of jihadi suicide terrorists.’ – Paul Wilkinson , Emeritus Professor of International Relations, University of St. Andrews

Dipak K. Gupta, San Diego State University, USA

Managing Terrorism and Insurgency

Global Jihadism

Global Jihadism exposes the core doctrine and strategy of today’s global Jihadist movement.

The first half of the book explores the ideas upon which groups such as Al Qaeda are built, including the concepts of Jihad, al-Wala wal-Bara, Takfir and Tawhid. Jarret Brachman exposes a genre of Jihadist strategic scholarship that has been virtually ignored in the West and helps to situate it within the broader Salafist religious movement. The second half explores the thinking and activities of Al Qaeda’s propaganda machine, explaining its intricacies and idiosyncrasies. It includes case studies on the rise and fall of global Jihadist terrorism in Saudi Arabia post-9/11, and highlights the explosive results of bringing theory to bear on practice in the United Kingdom over the past twenty years. The book concludes by providing innovative strategies for combating the global Jihadist ideology.

2008: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-45241-0: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-45242-7: £21.99 eBook: 978-0-203-89505-4

57

‘Highly recommended.‘ – R.G. Mainuddin, Choice ‘Reading this book, it is clear that it is a labor of love. A combination of personal detail (a terrific opening section that will surprise many familiar with his previous work), literary observations, cross-disciplinary references that never feel clumsily juxtaposed, and examples drawn from across conceptual boundaries provide the reader with a richly potent stew of material to contemplate. What Gupta ultimately provides in his dynamic conceptual framework is a research agenda, rich for potential hypothesis testing.

Gupta rises to the challenge laid down by Walter Reich and others in terrorism studies by moving beyond the confines of individual disciplinary perspectives, and for that alone should be praised.

That he does so by providing a thoughtful, learned volume is even more reason to read this important and essential book.‘ – John Horgan, The Pennsylvanian State University, USA

Regeneration, Recruitment and Attrition Cameron I. Crouch, Allen Consulting Group, Braddon, Australia This book examines how governments can weaken the regenerative capabilities of terrorist and insurgent groups.

The exploration of this question takes the form of a two-tier examination of three insurgent actors whose capacity to regenerate weakened in the past: the Front de libération du Québec (FLQ) of Canada, the Movimiento de Liberación Nacional - Tupamaros (MLN-T) of Uruguay and the Provisional Irish Republican Army (PIRA) of Northern Ireland during the mid-1970s.

July 2009: 234x156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-48441-1: £70.00 eBook: 978-0-203-87158-4

This book explains the lifecycle of terrorist organizations from an innovative theoretical perspective, combining economics with social psychology. It offers a new approach to understanding human behaviour, and uses this to analyze the forces shaping the lifecycle of violent political movements.

2008: 234x156: 304pp Hb: 978-0-415-77164-1: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-77165-8: £22.99 eBook: 978-0-203-93027-4

E-mail: strategic_studies@routledge.com

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk

for more information

for e-mail updates in your field

eBooks are only available to order online

58

TERRORISM STUDIES

Contemporary Terrorism Studies (continued)

Routledge Critical Terrorism Studies NEW

Transforming Armed Islamist Movements

Theory and Practice

Omar Ashour, Exeter University, UK

Edited by Richard Jackson, University of Wales, Aberystwyth, UK, Eamon Murphy and Scott Poynting

’The book addresses a highly important yet little researched topic.... It offers conceptualization, theory and original research...’ – Ami Pedahzur, University of Texas at Austin, USA ‘The book offers a detailed and well-presented analysis of deradicalisation processes involving several of the most important Islamist insurgent/terrorist movements today… this manuscript will also be very useful in professional training for security/counterterrorism professionals as well as in graduate courses in Middle Eastern studies and graduate courses on international terrorism. The book is impressive.’ – Brynjar Lia, Norwegian Defence Research Establishment This book is the first detailed study of the causes of de-radicalization in armed Islamist movements. It is based on frontline research that includes interviews with Jihadist leaders, mid-ranking commanders, and young sympathizers, as well as former security and intelligence officers and state officials.

April 2009: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-48545-6: £70.00 eBook: 978-0-203-87709-8

Contemporary State Terrorism

This volume aims to ‘bring the state back into terrorism studies’ and fill the notable gap that currently exists in our understanding of the ways in which states employ terrorism as a political strategy of internal governance or foreign policy.

Selected Contents: 1. State Terrorism in the Social Sciences: Theories, Methods and Concepts Ruth Blakeley 2. Darfur’s Dread: Contemporary State Terrorism in the Sudan David Mickler 3. State Terrorism and the Military in Pakistan Eamon Murphy and Aazar Tamana 4. Israel’s Other Terrorism Challenge Sandra Nasr 5. ’We have no orders to save you’: State Terrorism, Politics and Communal Violence in the Indian state of Gujarat, 2002 Eamon Murphy 6. The Politics of Convenient Silence in Southern Africa: Relocating the Terrorism of the State Joan Wardrop 7. Revenge and Terror: The Destruction of the Palestinian Community in Kuwait Victoria Mason 8. Winning Hearts and Mines: The Bougainville Crisis, 1988-90 Kristian Lasslett 9. Paramilitarism and State Terror in Colombia Sam Raphael 10. ‘We are all in Guantanamo’: State Terror and the case of Mamdouh Habib Scott Poynting 11. From Garrison State to Garrison Planet: State Terror, the War on Terror and the Rise of a Global Carceral Complex Jude McCulloch 12. The Deterrence Logic of State Warfare: Israel and the Second Lebanon War, 2006 Karine Hamilton. Conclusion: Contemporary State Terrorism: Towards a New Research Agenda Richard Jackson September 2009: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-49801-2: £70.00 eBook: 978-0-203-86835-5

FORTHCOMING

The EU and Counter-Terrorism Politics, Polity and Policies after 9/11 Javier Argomaniz This book is a theoretically informed analysis of how coherently the European Union fights terrorism in the post-9/11 era.

Few studies have looked at how the European Union has transformed into a relevant international anti-terrorist actor.

Yet, as a reaction to the terrorist attacks in New York, Madrid and London, the European Union has become increasingly active in the field of counter-terrorism. It has acted to coordinate member states’ policies, to harmonise national legislation, and even to support operational work conducted by national authorities. The EU’s reaction to the threat of transnational terrorism has been complex and multidimensional, ranging from the exchange of information between police and intelligence agencies to judicial cooperation, and from infrastructure protection to the fight against terrorist recruitment and financing. This book offers a comprehensive empirical account of the polity, policy and politics of EU counter-terrorism, based on an analysis of academic literature, official documents, and about fifty interviews with policy-makers, experts and practitioners carried out at EU institutions (i.e. Commission, Council, Eurojust, Europol), Permanent Representations of the EU Member States and national capitals.

Critical Terrorism Studies A New Research Agenda Edited by Richard Jackson, Marie Breen Smyth and Jeroen Gunning, all at University of Wales, Aberystwyth, UK ’Starting from a caustic, but well-founded, assessment of the serious limits of mainstream approaches to terrorism, the many interesting contributions in this precious volume convincingly argue why and how critical thinking can contribute to the understanding of political violence.’ – Donatella Della Porta, European University Institute, Italy In direct response to the growth of a critical perspective on contemporary issues of terrorism, this edited volume brings together a number of leading scholars to debate the need for and the shape of the exciting new subfield of ‘critical terrorism studies’.

Selected Contents: Part 1: The Contemporary Study of Polictical Terrorism Part 2: Critical Approaches to the Study of Political Terrorism February 2009: 234x156: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-45507-7: £70.00 eBook: 978-0-203-88022-7

January 2010: 234x156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-56525-7: £70.00

Discourses and Practices of Terrorism Interrogating Terror

The De-Radicalization of Jihadists

’What Omar Ashour has produced is truly a pioneering work in an area of growing sociopolitical and geopolitical significance.’

– Saad Eddine Ibrahim, Harvard and American University in Cairo, Egypt

FORTHCOMING

Edited by Bob Brecher, Mark Devenney and Aaron Winter This book is an interdisciplinary attempt to theorise the notion of terror that underpins particular conceptions, and thus analyses, of ’terrorism’; and thereby to begin to build a theoretically and historically understanding of the phenomenon.

Selected Contents: Section 1: Discourses of Terror 1. Philosophy and ’Terrorism’ in a ’Time of Terror’ Bob Brecher 2. The Politics of ’Terror’ Mark Devenney 3. Fundamentalist Foundations of Terrorist Practice: The Political Logic of Life-Sacrifice Jeff Noonan 4. Feeling Persecuted? The Definitive Role of Paranoid Anxiety in the Constitution of ’War on Terror’ Television Hugh Ortega Breton Section 2: Material Realities of Terror and its Discourses 5. Torture and the Demise of the Justiciable Standard of the Enlightened and Civilized Government: A U.S. Perspective Don Wallace and Akis Kalaitzidis 6. The Iranian Regime and the Export of Terrorism Alison Assiter 7. Is There a Justifiable Shoot to Kill Policy? Shahrar Ali 8. The ’Refugee’, ‘Terror’ and the European ‘Security State’: The Politics of Fear Fran Cetti Section 3: Historicising Terror 9. Ireland and the Lesser Evil? Some Problems with the Lessons Learnt Mark McGovern 10. The Specific versus the Global: Algerian Politics and the ’War on Terror’ Martin Evans 11. The Role of Conventions in Opposing the Self-Defence Argument for Palestinian Terrorism Bettina Köthke 12. American Terror: Remembering the Birmingham and Oklahoma City Bombings in the Post-9/11 era Aaron Winter January 2010: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-48808-2: £75.00

NEW

Female Suicide Bombers Narratives of Violence V.G. Julie Rajan, Rutgers University, USA This book examines the phenomenon of female suicide bombings through postcolonial, Third World, feminist, and human-rights frameworks. Through those multiple contexts, the author reveals the highly complex subjectivities and social agencies of women suicide bombers in contemporary conflict situations internationally, such as Palestine, Sri Lanka, and Chechnya.

In the postcolonial era, many women have executed fatal suicide bombing missions globally. Since the 1980s, Sri Lankan women, known as the Black Tigers, have carried out one-third of the suicide attacks initiated by the LTTE (Liberation Tigers of Tamil Eelam) against the Sri Lankan government. In Chechnya, women known as the Black Widows have been involved in 81% of attacks against the Russian government since 2000.

Many of the books published on this phenomenon have revealed interesting ways to read women bombers’ subjectivities, but do not complicate adequately the phenomenon of women bombers both inside and outside of their militant activities, or against the patriarchal, Orientalist, and Western feminist cultural and theoretical frameworks that label female bombers primarily as victims of backward cultures. In contrast, this book offers a corrective lens to the existing discourse, and encourages a more balanced evaluation of women bombers by exploring them also through postcolonial, Third World feminist, and women’s and human rights cultural and theoretical frameworks. Through those multiple contexts, this book reveals the highly complex subjectivities and social agencies of women suicide bombers in contemporary conflict situations.

September 2009: 234x156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-55225-7: £70.00

ORDER NOW!

See Order Form at the back of this catalogue

+44 (0)1235 400524

Fax: +44 (0)20 7017 6699

www.routledge.com/strategicstudies

State Terrorism and Neoliberalism

NEW

The North in the South

State Violence and Genocide in Latin America

Ruth Blakeley, University of Kent, UK

The Cold War Years

This book explores the complicity of democratic states from the global North in state terrorism in the global South. It evaluates the relationship between the use of state terrorism by Northern liberal democracies and efforts by those states to further incorporate the South into the global political economy and to entrench neoliberalism.

Most scholarship on terrorism tends to ignore state terrorism by Northern democracies, focusing instead on terrorist threats to Northern interests from illiberal actors.

The book accounts for the absence of Northern state terrorism from terrorism studies, and provides a detailed conceptualisation of state terrorism in relation to other forms of state violence. The book explores state terrorism as used by European and early American imperialists to secure territory, to coerce slave and forced wage labour, and to defeat national liberation movements during the process of decolonisation. It examines the use of state terrorism by the US throughout the Cold War to defeat political movements that would threaten US elite interests. Finally, it assesses the practices of Northern liberal democratic states in the ’War on Terror’ and shows that many Northern liberal democracies have been active in state terrorism, including through extraordinary rendition.

March 2009: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-46240-2: £70.00 eBook: 978-0-203-87651-0

FORTHCOMING

The Making of Terrorism in Pakistan Historical and Social Roots of Extremism

Edited by Marcia Esparza, John Jay College of Criminal Justice, City University of New York, USA, Henry R. Huttenbach, New York City College, USA and Daniel Feierstein This edited volume explores political violence and genocide in South America during the Cold War, examining this in light of the United States’ hegemonic position on the continent.

Selected Contents: Introduction: Globalizing Latin American Studies of State Violence and Genocide Marcia Esparza Part 1: The Roots and Theoretical Underpinnings 1. U.S. Hemispheric Hegemony and the Descent into Genocidal Practices in Latin America Luis Roniger 2. Political Violence in Argentina and its Genocidal Characteristics Daniel Feierstein 3. Genocide in Chile: An Assessment Maureen S. Hiebert and Pablo Policzer 4. Understanding the 1982 Guatemalan Genocide Marc Drouin Part 2: The Mechanisms of Violence 5. ’Industrial Repression’ and Operation Condor in Latin America J. Patrice McSherry 6. The United States and Torture: Lessons from Latin America Jennifer K. Harbury 7. State Violence and Repression in Rosario during the Argentine Dictatorship, 1976-1983 Gabriela Aguila 8. U.S.-Colombian Relations in the 1980s: Political Violence and the Onset of the UP Genocide Andrei Gomez-Suarez Part 3: The Aftermath of State Violence and Genocide 9. Political Violence, Justice and Reconciliation in Latin America Ernesto Verdeja 10. Vicious Legacies? State Violence(s) in Argentina Guillermina S. Seri 11. Courageous Soldiers (Valientes Soldados): Politics of Concealment in the Aftermath of State Violence in Chile Marcia Esparza 12. Bringing Justice to Guatemala: The Need to Confront Genocide and Other Crimes Against Humanity Raúl Molina Mejía September 2009: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-49637-7: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-86790-7

Eamon Murphy, Curtin University of Technology, Australia Series: Routledge Critical Terrorism Studies

RELATED JOURNALS

TERRORISM STUDIES

Critical Studies on Terrorism Editors: Marie Breen Smyth, Jeroen Gunning and Richard Jackson, (Founding Editor), all at Aberystwyth University, UK, George Kassimeris, University of Wolverhampton, UK and Piers Robinson, The University of Manchester, UK Critical Studies on Terrorism is a new international, peer-reviewed, interdisciplinary journal. The journal seeks to publish quality research on all aspects of terrorism, counter-terrorism and state terror.

A key aim of the journal is to both create space for robust, innovative research on terrorism, and to encourage fruitful intellectual engagement between critical and orthodox accounts of terrorism.

Volume 3, 2010, 3 issues per year Print ISSN: 1753-9153 Online ISSN: 1753-9161 For further information or to request a sample copy of the journal please visit: www.tandf.co.uk/journals/rter

Studies in Conflict & Terrorism Editor: Bruce Hoffman, Georgetown University, USA Studies in Conflict & Terrorism aims to cast new light on the origins and implications of conflict in the 21st Century and to illuminate new approaches and solutions to countering the growth and escalation of contemporary sub-state violence.

The journal thus seeks to publish the best theoretical and empirical studies that contribute to a better understanding of the causes of these conflicts and the measures required to achieve their resolution.

Volume 33, 2010, 12 issues per year Print ISSN: 1057-610X Online ISSN: 1521-0731

This book aims to explain the rise of Pakistan as a centre of Islamic extremism by going back to the roots of the state and the nature of Islam in Pakistan. The broad aim therefore is to examine the social, and political and economic factors that have contributed to the rise of terrorism in Pakistan.

http://www.tandf.co.uk/journals/uter

Terrorism & Political Violence Editors: David C. Rapoport, University of California, Los Angeles, USA and Max Taylor, University of St. Andrews, UK

Three major themes emerge from this historical exploration of the roots of religious extremism and terrorism: the dominant role of the Pakistani military in politics, economics and society and the directly related near failure of democracy; the key role that the USA has played, particularly with its support for military dictatorships; and, finally, and perhaps most important, the malignant influence of Saudi Arabia and its promotion of the narrow extremist Wahhabi form of Islam. Each of these factors has been intertwined and interrelated, and have all contributed to the decline of democracy and the emergence of terrorism. The author explores the root causes of terrorism in Pakistan, going back to political developments during the 1930s and 1940s that led to the formation of Pakistan, and then the subsequent history of Pakistan to the present day.

In particular, it focuses on how the state itself created conditions that were conducive to the rise of terrorism.

In so doing, this approach will analyze the class nature of Pakistani society and the failure of democracy to take strong roots in that society.

Terrorism & Political Violence reflects the full range of current scholarly work from many disciplines and theoretical perspectives. It aims to give academic rigour to a field which hitherto has lacked it, and encourages comparative studies. In addition to focusing on the political meaning of terrorist activity, the journal publishes studies of various related forms of violence by rebels and by states, on the links between political violence and organized crime, protest, rebellion, revolution, and human rights.

Symposia are a regular feature covering such subjects as: terrorism and public policy; religion and violence; political parties and terrorism; technology and terrorism; and right-wing terrorism. A truly interdisciplinary journal, it is essential reading for all academics, decision makers and security specialists concerned with understanding political violence.

January 2012: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-56526-4: £70.00 eBook: 978-0-203-86169-1

Volume 22, 2010, 4 issues per year Print ISSN: 0954-6553 Online ISSN: 1556-1836 www.tandf.co.uk/journals/FTPV

E-mail: strategic_studies@routledge.com

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk

for more information

for e-mail updates in your field

eBooks are only available to order online

59

60

TERRORISM STUDIES

Media, War and Security Series Edited by: Andrew Hoskins, University of Warwick, UK and Oliver Boyd Barrett

NEW

Radicalisation and the Media Legitimising Violence in the New Media Edited by Andrew Hoskins, University of Warwick, UK, and Awan Akil and Ben O’Loughlin, both at Royal Holloway, University of London, UK The book examines the ‘new‘ environment of conflict in the post-9/11 age, in which there appear to be emerging threats to security and stability in the shape of individuals and groups holding or espousing ‘radical‘ views about religion, ideology, often represented in the media as oppositional to ‘Western values‘. This book asks what, if anything, is ‘new‘ about these ‘radicalising‘ discourses, how and why do these relate to ‘political‘ acts of violence and terror, and what is the role of the mass media in promoting or hindering them?

The book looks into the nature of radicalising discourses in Web 2.0 spaces and how these communications as well as acts of political violence broadcast on the web are supported and ‘legitimised‘. This includes exploring how the acts themselves and explanations for them on the web are ‘picked up‘ and represented in mainstream television news media or Big Media, through the journalistic and editorial uses of words, phrases, graphics, images, and videos. It analyses how interpretations of the term ‘radicalisation‘ are shaped by news representations through investigating audience responses, understandings and misunderstandings.

Transnational in scope, this book seeks to contribute to an understanding of the connectivities and relationships that make up the new media ecology, especially those that appear to transcend the local and the global, accelerate the dissemination of radicalising discourses, and amplify media/public fears of political violence.

September 2009: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-55035-2: £70.00

FORTHCOMING

Global Terrorism and New Media The Post Al-Qaeda Generation Philip Seib, University of Southern California, USA and Dana M. Janbek, University of Miami, USA The arsenal of terrorist groups includes not just Kalashnikovs and dynamite vests, but also high-tech media weapons that they use to recruit, train, fundraise, and proselytize.

New Media and Terrorism examines the content of terrorist websites and television channels, and includes images taken from these sources. It looks at terrorism 2.0, which relies on the interactive nature of new media to build virtual organizations. The book pays particular attention to the insidious terrorist media effort directed at children, which is evidence of the long-term strategy that some terrorist organizations have adopted, and the relationship between terrorists’ media presence and actual terrorist activity. The book also includes a provocative chapter offering advice about a strategy for fighting back by using the same media that terrorists rely on.

Contemporary Security Studies NEW

NEW

Terrorism and Counter-Terrorism in the post-9/11 Era

US Counter-Terrorism Strategy and al-Qaeda

Western and Non-Western Approaches

Signalling and the Terrorist World-View

Edited by Asaf Siniver, University of Birmingham, UK

Joshua A. Geltzer, Yale University

This edited book presents a collection of perspectives, both Western and non-Western, on the comparative dynamics of and responses to terrorism post-9/11.

This book examines the communicative aspects and implications of US counter-terrorist policies towards al-Qaeda.

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction Asaf Siniver 2. The Conflicting Strategies of the War on Terrorism in US Foreign Policy David Dunn 3. American Counterterrorism through the Rewards for Justice Program, 1984-2008 Steve Hewitt 4. The Response of the UK Intelligence Community to 9/11 Francis Richards 5. British Armed Forces and European Union Perspectives Graham Messervy-Whiting 6. Israel and the al-Aqsa Intifada: the ‘Conceptzia‘ of Terror Clive Jones 7. Security and ‘Terror‘ in the Middle East Gerd Nonneman 8. Violence in the Maghreb: Motives and Objectives George Joffe 9. Counter-Terrorism in South East Asia post 9/11 Andrew Tan 10. Australian Identity, Interventionism and the ‘War on Terror‘ Matt MacDonald and Jack Holland 11. India’s War on Terror Ted Svensson 12. Russia and Counter Terrorism: A Critical Appraisal Cerwyn Moore and David Wills. Bibliography September 2009: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-55230-1: £70.00

Recent US counter-terrorist strategy has been largely based upon projecting certain perceptions of America as an actor to those drawn to al-Qaeda, and this book investigates in what ways, and to what extent, US officials believed that the signals sent by what America did and said could influence the behaviour of the terrorist and would-be terrorist. The study then draws on a growing understanding of that audience to analyse how those drawn to al-Qaeda were and, indeed, still are likely to be influenced by the perceptions of America that Washington’s policies generated. The study’s central argument is that, given al-Qaeda’s unconventional strategy and the particularities of the world-view characterising those drawn to the group, America’s counter-terrorist signalling proved largely counter-productive to America’s objective of undermining al-Qaeda’s strategic narrative, instead serving in many ways to validate it.

Women and Political Violence

Firstly, this book seeks to reveal the significant and largely unexplored role that signalling has played in US counter-terrorist policy towards al-Qaeda. Second, it tries to capture the objectives, strategy, tactics, ideology, and other defining features of the world-view characterising those drawn to al-Qaeda. Third, it strives to combine those two lines of inquiry by applying the al-Qaeda world-view to a critical analysis of the signals sent by US policies. Finally, the book aims to offer broad policy implications that demonstrate how an informed understanding of the world-view of those drawn to al-Qaeda can be employed to revise and refine American counter-terrorist signalling.

Female Combatants in Ethno-National Conflict Miranda Alison, University of Warwick, UK This book directly challenges the stereotype that women are inherently peaceable by examining female combatants’ involvement in ethno-national conflicts.

Drawing upon empirical case studies of Sri Lanka and Northern Ireland, this study explores the ways in which women have traditionally been depicted. Whereas women have predominantly been seen as victims of conflict, this book acknowledges the reality of women as active combatants. Indeed, female soldiers/irregulars are features of most modern conflicts, and particularly in ethno-nationalist violence – until now largely ignored by mainstream scholarship.

September 2009: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-55232-5: £70.00 eBook: 978-0-203-87023-5

Original interview material from the author’s extensive fieldwork addresses why, and how, some women choose to become violently engaged in nationalist conflicts. It also highlights the personal/political costs and benefits incurred by such women. This book provides a valuable insight into female combatants, and is a significant contribution to the literature.

February 2009: 234x156: 304pp Hb: 978-0-415-36313-6: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-01345-8

December 2009: 234x156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-77961-6: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-77962-3: £21.99

ORDER NOW!

See Order Form at the back of this catalogue

+44 (0)1235 400524

Fax: +44 (0)20 7017 6699

www.routledge.com/strategicstudies

TERRORISM STUDIES

FORTHCOMING

FORTHCOMING

FORTHCOMING

Hamas and Suicide Terrorism

Complexity and Public Policy

Multi-Causal and Multi-level Approaches

A New Approach to 21st Century Politics, Policy And Society

Counterterrorism Policies in Central Asia

Rashmi Singh Series: LSE International Studies Series Using extensive fieldwork and on-the-ground interviews, the volume seeks to delve beneath the surface and understand why and how suicide operations were adopted as a sustained mechanism of engagement within the Israeli-Palestinian landscape of conflict. Challenging widespread arguments that tend to either emphasise the role of religion, particularly Islam, in propelling suicide terrorism or to trace its roots to the power struggles between Palestinian political players, this work locates the emergence and spread of this phenomenon in a complex network of interrelated factors.

In short, the main themes of this work counter approaches that juxtapose social and/or political motivations against religious ones in favour of studying suicide terrorism in the Palestinian territories from a combined socio-political cultural perspective which acknowledges the roles played by not only the organisation and the individual ‘martyr’ but also that of Palestinian society. This approach not only facilitates a much needed, multifaceted, holistic understanding of suicide bombings in this particular region but also yields policy-relevant lessons to address extreme political violence in other parts of the world. By adopting such a multi-level and multi-causal approach, this work fills a fundamental gap in contemporary terrorism literature.

April 2010: 234x156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-49804-3: £70.00

Robert Geyer, University of Lancaster, UK and Samir Rihani, University of Liverpool, UK Complexity and Public Policy challenges the predominantly orderly paradigm, concepts and tools of public policy with a new framework based on a complexity perspective, concepts and tools.

This book provides a clear, concise and readable introduction to complexity thinking, its application to the social sciences and public policy, and the relevance of some of its various tools to those fields of politics, health, the international realm, development, planning and terrorism. The authors argue that the foundation for many of the current crises in these areas can be traced to the attempt by social scientists and policy-makers to treat these systems and processes as fundamentally orderly, predictable and controllable. Adopting a complexity framework and using some its tools is a first step in moving towards a more realistic and humane politics, policy and society in the 21st century.

January 2010: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-55662-0: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-55663-7: £22.99

NEW

The Global Politics of Combating Nuclear Terrorism A Supply-Side Approach Edited by William C. Potter and Cristina Hansell, both at Monterey Institute of International Studies, USA This book examines the economic, political and strategic obstacles to international efforts to end the use of HEU for commercial and research purposes and recommends national and international measures that should be taken to further the elimination of HEU. Selected Contents: 1. Nuclear Terrorism and the Global Politics of Civilian HEU Elimination William C. Potter 2. Leveraging U.S. Policy for a Global Commitment to HEU Elimination Anya Loukianova and Cristina Hansell 3. Nuclear Medicine’s Double Hazard: Imperiled Treatment and the Risk of Terrorism Cristina Hansell 4. Phasing Out Civilian HEU in Russia: Opportunities and Challenges Elena K. Sokova 5. HEU Fuel Cycle Inventories and Progress on Global Minimization Ole Reistad and Styrkaar Hustveit 6. The Hard Cases: Eliminating Civilian HEU in Ukraine and Belarus William C. Potter and Robert Nurick 7. Practical Steps toward a World without Civilian HEU Cristina Hansell September 2009: 246x174: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-49484-7: £75.00

This book explores the extensive measures and counterterrorism policies adopted by Central Asian states against radical Islam, and the similarities in the policies of the different states.

Applying a comprehensive theoretical framework which integrates different mechanisms of international influences on state behavior, the author explains the Central Asian states’ perceptions of terrorist threat and their counterterrorism responses. By using the reference group theory - a type of social theory that explicates how various social units to which states belong affect their understandings of security threats, as well as their views on the legitimacy and effectiveness of solutions to security problems - the book applies this perspective for an in-depth analysis of counterterrorism policies of Kazakhstan and Kyrgyzstan, the two Central Asian states that have been least affected by terrorist violence and Islamism but chose to combat those threats vigorously. It also explores the counterterrorism policies of neighboring states – Uzbekistan, Tajikistan, and Russia, and regional security organizations – Commonwealth of Independent States (CIS), Collective Security Treaty Organization (CSTO) and Shanghai Cooperation Organizations (SCO).

July 2010: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-77981-4: £75.00

Muslims and the State in the Post-9/11 West Edited by Erik Bleich, Middlebury College, USA

NEW

Mairya Y. Omelicheva, University of Kansas, USA

This book assembles leading scholars to analyze the complicated relations between governments and Muslim minorities in Western Europe and the United States in the context of rising concerns about terrorism and security.

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: Muslims and the State in the Post-9/11 West Erik Bleich 2. State Responses to ‘Muslim’ Violence: A Comparison of Six West European Countries Erik Bleich 3. Boomerangs and Slingshots: Radical Islamism and Counter-Terrorism Strategy Shamit Saggar 4. British Counter-Terrorism After 7/7: Adapting Community-Policing to the Fight Against Domestic Terrorism Jytte Klausen 5. Muslims in the Netherlands: Social and Political Developments after 9/11 Frank J. Buijs 6. Recognizing Islam in France after 9/11 John R. Bowen 7. Limits of Integration Policy: Britain and her Muslims Christian Joppke 8. The American Mosque in Transition: Assimilation, Acculturation and Isolation Ihsan Bagby 9. Muslim Transnational Identity and State Responses in the UK after 9/11: Political Community, Ideology and Authority Peter Mandaville October 2009: 246x174: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-48895-2: £75.00

FORTHCOMING

Security and Everyday Life Edited by Vida Bajc, University of Pennsylvania, USA and Willem de Lint, University of Windsor, Canada Series: Routledge Advances in Criminology This volume examines how security has recently (re-)emerged as the dominant ordering principle of social life. The first part addresses how security is being conceived and reconceived in light of developments that have reconfigured the nation-state, privacy, mobilities, and the rules governing those who assert dangers and risks. The second part considers the application of new methods and practices and how these in turn help create a new environment that is increasingly uncertain for people. Through detailed case studies, the chapters trace various genealogies of security to understand the cultural logics through which the security imperative has come to dominate across spheres of social life worldwide. This volume will interest criminologists, sociologists, anthropologists, and those working within security studies.

December 2009: : 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-99768-3: £65.00

E-mail: strategic_studies@routledge.com

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk

for more information

for e-mail updates in your field

eBooks are only available to order online

61

62

STRATEGIC STUDIES

FORTHCOMING

FORTHCOMING

FORTHCOMING

TEXTBOOK

TEXTBOOK

TEXTBOOK

Understanding Contemporary Strategy

Understanding Modern Strategy

Understanding Counterinsurgency Warfare

Thomas M. Kane and David J. Lonsdale, both at University of Hull, UK This new co-authored textbook explains and describes the key intellectual debates around military strategy in the early twenty-first century. The book emphasizes the connections between military operations and broader issues of national policy, and focuses on how current issues such as terrorism, insurgency, nuclear proliferation, information technology and American superiority in conventional military power challenge – and reaffirm – assumptions about modern warfare established during the global conflicts of the twentieth century.

Although the book recounts numerous historical developments, the book as a whole will follow a thematic system of organisation. Each topic is introduced simply enough for newcomers to the field, and the book will provide a survey of other recent works in the field for further study. This book’s treatment of fundamental strategic concepts will also make it useful for students of military history, and for those interested in the more theoretical side of strategic studies. It will also include pedagogical features such as boxed summaries, summary points and further reading, to help students orient themselves without oversimplifying the main body of the text.

Selected Contents: 1. What is Strategy? An Introduction 2. Twentieth Century Land Warfare 3. Emerging Military Technology: Evolution or Revolution? 4. Insurgency 5. Once and Future Terrorism 6. Nuclear Weapons in the Twenty-First Century 7. War at Sea 8. Strategic Air Warfare 9. War in Space 10. The Intelligence Services 11. Why People Fight 12. Grand Strategy in the Twenty-First Century 13. Conclusion. Select Bibliography March 2011: 246x174: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-46166-5: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-46167-2: £21.99 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY

TEXTBOOK

Elinor Sloan, Carleton University, Ottawa, Canada and Querine Hanlon, National Defense University, Washington DC, USA The aim of this book is to provide a coherent, integrated introductory textbook on post-Cold War strategic theory for upper-level students seeking an initial understanding of strategic studies.

Dramatic changes and developments in the international security environment over the past decade and a half have created the need to examine the ideas of more contemporary strategic thinkers, and to revise the key textbooks of strategic thought. This book will examine modern strategic thought, with a focus on the postCold War period. Each chapter will cover a different theme, and the text will centre on the ideas of key strategic thinkers within this functional theme, as well as concepts within the functional theme that are not necessarily associated with a specific thinker.

In the post-Cold War and especially post-9/11 period there has been significant and growing interest among students about international security issues, but while works have been published that focus on a particular aspect of military strategy, there is no one volume that provides a comprehensive yet accessible overview and examination of strategic thought in the period since the end of the Cold War. This book aims to fill this key gap in the literature.

This book will be essential reading for students of strategic studies, war studies and military history, and highly recommended for students of security studies and IR in general.

Selected Contents: Introduction: Strategy and Strategic Thought 1. Sea Power 2. Land Power 3. Air Power 4. Joint Theory 5. Nuclear Power and Deterrence 6. Space 7. Irregular Warfare & Counterinsurgency 8. Asymmetric Warfare. Conclusion. Select Bibliography June 2010: 246x174: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-77770-4: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-77771-1: £21.99 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY

US Defense Politics The Origins of Security Policy Harvey Sapolsky, MIT, Cambridge, USA, Eugene Gholz, University of Texas, Austin, USA and Caitlin Talmadge, MIT, Cambridge, USA This new textbook seeks to explain how US defense and national security policy is formulated and conducted. The focus is on the role of the President, Congress, political partisans, defense industries, lobbies, science, the media, and interest groups, including the military itself, in shaping policies. It examines the following key themes: • US grand strategy • who joins America’s military • how and why weapons are bought • the management of defense • public attitudes toward the military and casualties

• the roles of the President and the Congress in controlling the military • the effects of 9/11 on security policy, homeland security, government reorganizations, and intra- and inter-service relations.

The book shows how political and organizational interests determine US defense policy, and warns against the introduction of centralising reforms. In emphasizing the process of defense policy-making, rather than just the outcomes of that process, this book signals a departure from the style of many existing textbooks.

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. America’s Security Strategy 3. Who Fights America’s Wars? 4. The Military and National Politics 5. The Political Economy of Defense 6. The Weapons Acquisition Process 7. Managing Defense 8. Service Politics 9. Congress, Special Interests, and the President 10. Homeland Security 11. Preparing for the Next War 2008: 246x174: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-77265-5: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-77266-2: £20.99 eBook: 978-0-203-89247-3 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY

ORDER NOW!

See Order Form at the back of this catalogue

+44 (0)1235 400524

Origins, Operations, Challenges Edited by Thomas Rid, American Academy, Berlin, Germany and Thomas A. Keaney, Johns Hopkins University, Washington DC, USA Series: Cass Military Studies This book is about counterinsurgency - how modern regular armed forces react, and should react, to irregular warfare.

What are the doctrinal origins of counterinsurgency warfare? What are today’s main operational issues? What are the future strategic challenges?

The market has produced many books on insurgency and some on aspects of counterinsurgency. Yet the book fills three gaps: First, there is no book that focuses principally on counter-insurgency and specifically discusses all the aspects of it in a complete, systematic and critical fashion (official military publications lack both a critical view and usually are focused on one particular army and its own historical experiences). Second, there is no book that captures today’s rather productive debate on small wars in such a comprehensive way. Third, so far the European perspective in the small wars debate has been neglected. This book, with authors from Britain, France and Germany, as well as the USA, attempts to change that.

In mid-2009 the next U.S. administration will have arrived firmly in office and most likely will refocus its attention on Iraq; it will also work with European nations to reevaluate NATO operations in Afghanistan. A book that looks at the 21st century’s dominant way of war in an encompassing way — written by some of America’s and Europe’s best experts — will be in demand.

This book will be of great interest to students of counterinsurgency, small wars, strategic studies and international security.

Selected Contents: Part 1: The Doctrinal Origins of Counter-Insurgency 1. France and Its Colonial Lessons Etienne de Durand 2. German Thinking on Small Wars Timo Noetzel 3. Britain’s Small Wars Doctrine Alex Alderson 4. American Counterinsurgency Doctrine Conrad Crane Part 2: Operational Aspects of Counter-Insurgency 5. Army Peter Mansoor 6. Marine Corps Frank Hoffman 7. Airpower Charles Dunlap Jr. 8. Naval Support Martin Murphy 9. Special Operations Kalev Sepp 10. Intelligence David Kilcullen 11. Indigenous Forces John Nagl 12. Government Reform Janine Davidson 13. Culture Montgomery McFate 14. Ethics Sarah Sewall Part 3: Strategic Challenges of Counter-Insurgency 15. Public Communication Andrew Exum 16. Jihad Brynjar Lia 17. Time Austin Long January 2010: 246x174: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-77764-3: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-77765-0: £22.99 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY

THE WIDGET ICON Books with the symbol are now available with Search Inside capability on www.routledge.com.

Simply click the link and view the book!

Fax: +44 (0)20 7017 6699

www.routledge.com/strategicstudies

STRATEGIC STUDIES

TEXTBOOK

Strategic Studies A Reader

Strategy and History Series Series Editors: Colin S. Gray and Williamson Murray

This new Reader brings together key essays on strategic theory by some of the leading contributors in the field. It guides students through both the theoretical and practical aspects of Strategic Studies, and includes both classic essays and works of contemporary scholarship.

Selected Contents: Part 1: The Uses of Strategic Theory Part 2: Interpretation of the Classics Part 3: Instruments of War: Land, Sea, and Air Power Part 4: Nuclear Strategy Part 5: Irregular Warfare and Small Wars Part 6: Future Warfare, Future Strategy 2008: 246x174: 464pp Hb: 978-0-415-77221-1: £90.00 Pb: 978-0-415-77222-8: £25.99 eBook: 978-0-203-92846-2 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY

BESTSELLER TEXTBOOK 3RD EDITION

Masters of War Classical Strategic Thought Michael I. Handel This is the first comprehensive study based on a detailed textual analysis of the classical works on war by Clausewitz, Sun Tzu, Mao Tse-tung, and to a lesser extent, Jomini and Machiavelli. Brushing stereotypes aside, the author takes a fresh look at what these strategic thinkers actually said— not what they are widely believed to have said. He finds that despite their apparent differences in terms of time, place, cultural background, and level of material/technological development, all had much more in common than previously supposed. In fact, the central conclusion of this book is that the logic of waging war and of strategic thinking is as universal and timeless as human nature itself.

This third, revised and expanded edition includes five new chapters and some new charts and diagrams.

2000: 234x156: 512pp Hb: 978-0-7146-5091-3: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-7146-8132-0: £25.99 eBook: 978-0-203-01774-6 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY

This series focuses on the theory and practice of strategy. Following Clausewitz, strategy has been understood to mean the use made of force, and the threat of the use of force, for the ends of policy. This series is as interested in ideas as in historical cases of grand strategy and military strategy in action. All historical periods, near and past, and even future, are of interest. In addition to original monographs, the series will from time to time publish edited reprints of neglected classics as well as collections of essays.

US Military Innovation since the Cold War

TEXTBOOK

War, Peace and International Relations

Creation Without Destruction Edited by Harvey Sapolsky, MIT, Cambridge, USA, Benjamin Friedman and Brendan Green

An Introduction to Strategic History Colin S. Gray, University of Reading, UK

This book explains how the US military reacted to the ’Revolution in Military Affairs’ (RMA), and failed to innovate its organization or doctrine to match the technological breakthroughs it brought about.

The book examines the internal politics of the armed services as well as civil/military relations to identify the external pressures on the services for significant change in their doctrine and weapons. Many have noted the failure of the services to innovate in what can be called the ’Second Inter-war Period’ (the years after the Cold War). This book offers explanations for this failure and arguments about the possible range and desirability of military innovation in the post-Cold war era.

This book will be of great interest to students of strategic studies, US defence politics, military studies, and US politics.

Selected Contents: 1. The Missing Transformation Harvey M. Sapolsky, Benjamin H. Friedman, and Brendan Rittenhouse Green 2. The Technology of The Revolution in Military Affairs David Burbach, Brendan Rittenhouse Green, and Benjamin H. Friedman 3. From Conservation to Revolutionary Intoxication: The US Army and the Second Interwar Period Colin Jackson 4. The Navy After the Cold War: Progress Without Revolution Benjamin H. Friedman 5. Evolution in the Post-Cold War Air Force: Technology, Doctrine and Bureaucratic Politics Sanford L. Weiner 6. The Marine Corps: Sticking to its Guns Austin Long 7. The Fifth Service: The Rise of Special Operations Command Austin Long and Colin Jackson 8. Defense Strategy in the 1990s: Old Wine, New Bottles Robert R. Tomes 9. The RMA and the Defense Industry Eugene Gholz 10. The RMA and the Second Interwar Period Harvey M. Sapolsky, Benjamin H. Friedman, and Brendan Rittenhouse Green April 2009: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-77791-9: £70.00 eBook: 978-0-203-87865-1

RELATED JOURNALS

Edited by Thomas Mahnken, Johns Hopkins University, Washington DC, USA and Joseph A. Maiolo, King’s College, University of London, UK

’The author’s discussions and clarity of thought and expression make this work ideal as a textbook for introducing civilian students and prospective military officers of the various military academies to the subject.’ – Parameters This new volume explores the theory and practice of war and peace in modern historical context.

Selected Contents: 1. Strategic History, 1800-2025: Themes and Contexts 2. Carl von Clausewitz and the Theory of War 3. From Limited War to National War: The French Revolution and the Napoleonic Way of War 4. The Nineteenth Century, I: A Strategic View 5. The Nineteenth Century, II: Technology, Warfare, and International Order 6. The Great War and the Invention of Modern Warfare, 1914-18 7. The Twenty-Year Armistice, 1919-1939 8. The Second World War in Europe, I: The Structure and Course of Total War 9. The Second World War in Europe, II: Understanding the War 10. The Second World War in Asia-Pacific, I: Politics 11. The Second World War in Asia-Pacific, II: Strategy 12. The Cold War, I: Politics and Ideology 13. The Cold War, II: The Nuclear Revolution 14. War and Peace After the Cold War: The Interwar Decade 15. 9/11 and the Age of Terror 2007: 246x174: 320pp Hb: 978-0-415-38638-8: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-38639-5: £24.99 eBook: 978-0-203-08899-9 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY

The Journal of Strategic Studies Ranked in Thomson Reuters, 2008 Journal Citation Reports®

Editors: Joe A. Maiolo, King's College London, UK, Thomas G. Mahnken, The Johns Hopkins University, USA Deputy Editor: Timothy D. Hoyt, United States Naval War College, USA Over the last twenty years, the reshaping of the world politics and the development of innovative military technologies has placed a huge question mark beside the efficacy of force in contemporary statecraft.

Consequently, the field of strategic studies has never been of greater significance than it is today. Since the appearance of the first issue in 1978, The Journal of Strategic Studies has taken a lead in promoting fresh thinking in the field among practitioners and academics alike.

Volume 33, 2010, 6 issues per year Print ISSN: 0140-2390 Online ISSN: 1743-937X For further information or to request a sample copy of the journal please visit: www.tandf.co.uk/journals/journalofstrategicstudies

E-mail: strategic_studies@routledge.com

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk

for more information

for e-mail updates in your field

eBooks are only available to order online

63

64

BESTSELLER

NEW

The Transformation of Strategic Affairs

2ND EDITION

Lawrence Freedman Series: Adelphi series This book analyzes the strategic implications of the shift in focus for the US Armed Forces from regular to irregular war.

Lawrence Freedman closely examines the difficulty the US Armed Forces face in shifting their focus from preparing for regular wars, in which combat is separated from civil society, to irregular wars, in which combat is integrated with civil society.

He argues that the political context of contemporary irregular wars requires that the purpose and practice of western forces be governed by liberal values, showing that this is also the case with regular wars, to the extent they occur, but it is the integration with civil society that makes the application of liberal values so challenging.

The Transformation of Strategic Affairs suggests that this challenge becomes easier to meet when military operations are understood to contribute to the development of a compelling narrative about the likely course and consequence of a conflict, in which these values are shown to be respected. At the same time, however, while it is vital that the employment of armed force remains sensitive at all times to the underlying political context, and sensitive to the role of narratives in shaping this context, the book shows that a key test of success will always be the defeat of the opposing forces. The ‘war on terror’ has highlighted these issues, and this book concludes with much-needed suggestions for a strategic response.

2006: 234x156: 144pp Pb: 978-0-415-40724-3: £16.99

NEW 109TH EDITION

Strategic Survey 2009 Edited by International Institute for Strategic Studies The Strategic Survey is a journal of records that includes all relevant names and titles, chronologies and dates.

But it is also much more: the hard facts are embossed in considered and nuanced analysis over 300 pages of text. The Strategic Survey opens with ’Perspectives’, an assessment of the effect of major events and trends on the strategic landscape. Next, particular strategic policy issues, such as terrorism and weapons of mass destruction, missile defence and the future of peacekeeping, are examined in separate chapters.

Another eighteen to twenty chapters of similar length, written along thematic rather than merely chronological lines, cover developments in particular regions or countries. The Strategic Survey concludes with ’Prospectives’, an essay setting forth strategic priorities for the coming year. Also included are thirty-two pages of maps depicting strategically important activity and political change - such as piracy and Russia’s new federal districts - globally, regionally and locally.

September 2009: 279x211: 400pp Pb: 978-1-85743-526-9: £109.00

A Dictionary of Modern Defence and Strategy David Robertson, St. Hugh’s College, University of Oxford, UK The second edition of this highly regarded reference source will be a welcome addition to any reference library, governmental department and development centre, as well as to journalists, students and researchers involved in the subject.

RELATED JOURNALS

STRATEGIC STUDIES

Defence and strategy is never far from international press interest. Whether the subject is nuclear armament, arms trading to developing nations or pre-emptive strikes, A Dictionary of Modern Defence and Strategy covers the background to the topic in full detail, and provides clear and concise definitions for complicated military terms.

Containing over 400 entries detailing all aspects of military defence and strategy, this title is an ideal starting point for anyone new to the subject. Entries are extensively cross-referenced. Also included is a list of abbreviations and acronyms, essential to the understanding of the topic.

October 2009: 234x156: 336pp Hb: 978-1-85743-358-6: £130.00

NEW

Defence Procurement and Industry Policy A Small Country Perspective Edited by Stefan Markowski and Peter Hall, both at Australian Defence Force Academy and Robert Wylie, University College of the University of New South Wales, Australian Defence Force Academy, Canberra ACT 2600, Australia Series: Routledge Studies in Defence and Peace Economics This volume presents a general framework for understanding smaller country defence procurement supported by country, industry and project studies.

Part I provides a general framework for analysing smaller country defence procurement, focusing on the formation of national defence capabilities. The framework is then used to analyse issues around the development of procurement demand, the characteristics of defence industry supply, contracts and relationships between buyers and sellers, and government policy for defence procurement and industry development. Part II focuses on defence procurement in seven smaller industrial nations with widely varying historical and political settings (Australia, Canada, Israel, Singapore, Spain, Sweden and the Netherlands). Part III consists of two Australian case studies of the procurement issues raised in, respectively, the naval shipbuilding industry and in a major, complex defence project.

The book addresses the needs of public and private sector managers, military planners, procurement specialists, industry policy-makers, and defence procurement and industry educators. It presents general principles in an accessible manner and points to realworld experience to illustrate the principles at work.

International Interactions Editor: Paul F. Diehl, University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign, USA International Interactions is a leading interdisciplinary journal that publishes original empirical, analytic, and theoretical studies of conflict and political economy. The journal has a particular interest in research that focuses upon the broad range of relations and interactions among the actors in the global system. Relevant topics include ethnic and religious conflict, interstate and intrastate conflict, conflict resolution, conflict management, economic development, regional integration, trade relations, institutions, globalization, terrorism, and geopolitical analyses.

Volume 36, 2010, 4 issues per year Print ISSN: 0305-0629 Online ISSN: 1547-7444 www.tandf.co.uk/journals/GINI

Strategic Analysis Published in association with the Institute for Defence Studies and Analyses (IDSA) Editor: Narendra Sisodia (Director), Institute for Defence Studies and Analyses, India Strategic Analysis is the flagship of IDSA publications. It provides a forum for independent research, commentaries, analysis and debate on global and regional security issues. An internationally refereed journal, Strategic Analysis reflects a whole range of views from within the Indian strategic studies and International Relations community. It seeks to promote a better understanding of Indian thinking on contemporary national and international themes. The coverage and scope is global, reflecting India's growing global interests and role.

Volume 34, 2010, 6 issues per year Print ISSN: 0970-0161 Online ISSN: 1754-0054 For further information or to request a sample copy of the journal please visit: www.tandf.co.uk/journals/rsan

Comparative Strategy Editor: Keith B. Payne, National Institute for Public Policy, USA The collapse of the Soviet Union and the rise of new, potentially hostile regional powers have totally transformed the strategic landscape, forcing a rethinking of the basic assumptions behind Western foreign and defense policy. Drawing on historical perspectives and insights from leading international analysts, Comparative Strategy provides a contextual framework for considering the critical security issues of today and tomorrow.

Volume 29, 2010, 5 issues per year Print ISSN: 0149-5933 Online ISSN: 1521-0448 www.tandf.co.uk/journals/UCST

July 2009: 234x156: 416pp Hb: 978-0-415-36288-7: £75.00

ORDER NOW!

See Order Form at the back of this catalogue

+44 (0)1235 400524

Fax: +44 (0)20 7017 6699

www.routledge.com/strategicstudies

INTELLIGENCE STUDIES

FORTHCOMING

TEXTBOOK

TEXTBOOK

Secret Intelligence

Intelligence and Politics

A Reader

An Introduction

Edited by Christopher Andrew, Corpus Christi College, University of Cambridge, UK, Richard J. Aldrich, University of Warwick, UK and Wesley K. Wark, University of Toronto, Canada

The 9/11 attacks, the public furores over intelligence following the invasion of Iraq in 2003, and a succession of highly publicized inquiries on both sides of the Atlantic, have served to amplify a rapidly growing interest in Intelligence Studies. Subsequent terrorist attacks in Britain, Spain and Indonesia, and emerging international tensions over nuclear proliferation and the so-called ‘war on terror’ drive a continued and ever growing interest in the subject.

This book is the first introduction to the key concepts and issues in intelligence for students. It covers general ideas, methods, problems and debates in the field, and takes a global perspective, using examples from a range of national intelligence systems. The book is divided into three key areas: intelligence itself, the role of intelligence in government, and political issues and debates surrounding intelligence.

It will be essential reading for students of intelligence studies, and recommended reading for students of US politics, security/strategic studies and foreign policy.

Selected Contents: Introduction. Introduction for Course Convenors 1. What is Intelligence? The Elements of Intelligence 2. Collection: Sources and Methods 3. Counter-Intelligence: Protecting Intelligence 4. Covert Action: War by Other Means 5. Analysis and Estimates: Putting the Pieces Together 6. Requirements and Priorities: The Need to Know Intelligence in Government 7. Intelligence and Policy: The Producer-Consumer Interface 8. The Intelligence Community: Coordination and Integration 9. Causes of Intelligence Failure: Why it Goes Wrong 10. Defence Support: Information for Combat 11. Police Intelligence: Information for Law Enforcement Intelligence and Politics 12. Ethics and Intelligence 13. Intelligence and Democracy I: Surveillance and Civil Liberties 14. Intelligence and Democracy II: Accountability and Oversight 15. Intelligence and Democracy III: Proportionality and the Law 16. Intelligence in Non-Democratic States: Espionage and Regime Security October 2010: 246x174: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-42869-9: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-42868-2: £21.99 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY

Handbook of Intelligence Studies

This Reader in the field of intelligence studies focuses on policy, blending classic works on concepts and approaches with more recent essays dealing with current issues and the ongoing debate about the future of intelligence.

Selected Contents: Preface and Acknowledgements. Introduction: What is intelligence? 1. Wanted: A Definition of ’Intelligence’ Michael Warner 2. Ideas of Intelligence: Divergent Concepts and National Philip Davies Part 1: The Intelligence Cycle Summary: The Collection of Intelligence 3. It’s a Cultural Thing: Thoughts on a Troubled CIA Garrett Jones 4. All Glory Is Fleeting: Sigint and the Fight against International Terrorism Matthew Aid 5. A Venerable Source in a New Era: Sailing the Sea of OSINT in the Information Age Stephen Mercado The Analysis of Intelligence 6. Surprise Despite Warning: Why Sudden Attacks Succeed Richard Betts 7. What To Do When Traditional Models Fail Carmen Medina Intelligence at the Top: Producer-Consumer Linkage 8. American Presidents and their Intelligence Communities C.M. Andrew 9. Squaring the Circle: Dealing with Intelligence-Policy Breakdowns K.L. Gardiner Liaison: Intelligence Co-operation 10. International Intelligence Co-operation: An Inside Perspective Stephen Lander Part 2: Intelligence, Counter-Terrorism and Security Summary: Intelligence and 9/11 11. Strategic Surprise and the September 11 Attacks Daniel Byman 12. Deja Vu? Comparing Pearl Harbor and September 11 James J. Wirtz Intelligence and WMD 13. Reports, Politics, and Intelligence Failures: The Case of Iraq Robert Jervis 14. Intelligence and Iraq: The UK’s Four Enquiries Richard J. Aldrich Security Intelligence and Counter-terrorism 15. Intelligence and Strategy in the War on Islamist Terrorism John R. Schindler 16. Intelligence in Northern Ireland B. Bamford Counter-Intelligence 17. Counterintelligence: The Broken Triad Frederick L Wettering Part 3: Ethics, Accountability and Control Introduction. The Problems of Oversight and Accountability 18. Partisanship and the Decline of Intelligence Oversight M.C. Ott 19. The British experience with intelligence accountability Mark Phythian The Problem of Surveillance and Civil Liberties 20. Domestic Intelligence and Civil Liberties Kate Martin 21. High Policing in the Security Control Society James Sheptycki Intelligence and Ethics 22. Ethics and Intelligence after September 2001 Michael Herman 23. Ethical Guidelines in Using Secret Intelligence for Public Security Sir David Omand Torture and Assassination 24. Can the Torture of Terrorist Suspects be Justified? Maureen Ramsay Part 4: Intelligence and the New Warfare Summary. Covert Action 25. Covert action and the Pentagon Jennifer D. Kibbe Intelligence, Deception and Military Operations 26. Towards a Revolution in Military Intelligence? John Ferris Intelligence and Counter-Insurgency 27. Securing the Globe Peter Gill Intelligence for Peacekeeping and Peacemaking 28. Intelligence and UN Peacekeeping Hugh Smith 29. Intelligence and the International Security Assistance Force in Afghanistan (ISAF) Joop van Reijn Conclusion 30. Learning to Live with Intelligence Welsey K. Wark 2008: 246x174: 576pp Hb: 978-0-415-42023-5: £90.00 Pb: 978-0-415-42024-2: £26.99 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY

Edited by Loch K. Johnson, University of Georgia, Athens, USA Available for the first time in Paperback, this topical volume offers a comprehensive review of secret intelligence organizations and activities.

Selected Contents: Introduction Loch K. Johnson Part 1: The Study of Intelligence 1. Sources and Methods for the Study of Intelligence Michael Warner 2. The American Approach to Intelligence Studies James J. Wirtz 3. The Historiography of the FBI Rhodri Jeffreys-Jones 4. Intelligence Ethics: Laying a Foundation for the Second Oldest Profession Michael Andregg Part 2: The Evolution of Modern Intelligence 5. The Accountability of Security and Intelligence Agencies Ian Leigh 6. ’Knowing the Self, Knowing the Other’: The Comparative Analysis of Security Intelligence Peter Gill 7. U.S. Patronage of German Postwar Intelligence Wolfgang Krieger Part 3: The Intelligence Cycle Collection and Processing 8. The Technical Collection of Intelligence Jeffrey Richelson 9. Human Source Intelligence Frederick P. Hitz 10. Open Source Intelligence Robert David Steele 11. Adapting Intelligence to Changing Issues Paul R. Pillar 12. The Challenges of Economic Intelligence Minh A. Luong Part 4: The Intelligence Cycle and the Crafting of Intelligence Reports: Analysis and Dissemination 13. Strategic Warning: Intelligence Support in a World of Uncertainty and Surprise Jack Davis 14. Achieving All-Source Fusion in the Intelligence Community Richard L. Russell 15. Adding Value to the Intelligence Product Steven Marrin 16. Analysis for Strategic Intelligence John Hollister Hedley Part 5: Counterintelligence and Covert Action 17. Cold War Intelligence Defectors Nigel West 18. Counterintelligence Failures in the United States Stan A. Taylor 19. Émigré Intelligence Reporting: Sifting Fact from Fiction Mark Stout 20. Linus Pauling: A Case Study in Counterintelligence Run Amok Kathryn S. Olmsted 21. The Role of Covert Action William J. Daugherty 22. The Future of Covert Action John Prados Part 6: Intelligence Accountability 23. Intelligence Oversight in the UK: The Case of Iraq Mark Phythian 24. Intelligence Accountability: Challenges for Parliaments and Intelligence Services Hans Born and Thorsten Wetzling 25. Intelligence and the Rise of Judicial Intervention Fred F. Manget 26. A Shock Theory of Congressional Accountability for Intelligence Loch K. Johnson. Appendixes A: The US Intelligence Community, 2006. Appendix B: Leadership of the US Intelligence Community, 2006 Appendix C: The Intelligence Cycle 2006: 246x174: 388pp Hb: 978-0-415-77050-7: £100.00 Pb: 978-0-415-77783-4: £24.99

RELATED JOURNALS

Philip Davies, Brunel University, UK

NEW IN PAPERBACK

Intelligence and National Security Editors: Loch K. Johnson, University of Georgia, USA and Peter Jackson, Aberystwyth University, UK Intelligence and National Security is the world's leading academic journal on the role of intelligence in international relations. It examines this issue from a wide range of disciplinary approaches deployed by authors from around the world.

Volume 25, 2010, 6 issues per year Print ISSN: 0268-4527 Online ISSN: 1743-9019 For further information or to request a sample copy of the journal please visit: www.tandf.co.uk/journals/ins

E-mail: strategic_studies@routledge.com

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk

for more information

for e-mail updates in your field

eBooks are only available to order online

65

66

INTELLIGENCE STUDIES

Series Edited by: Richard Aldrich, University of Warwick, UK and Christopher Andrew, Corpus Christi College, University of Cambridge, UK This series is the leading forum for the academic study of intelligence.

NEW

East German Foreign Intelligence Myth, Reality and Controversy Edited by Kristie Macrakis, Harvard University, Cambridge, USA, Thomas Wegener Friis, Southern Denmark University, Odense, Denmark and Helmut Müller-Enbergs This edited book examines the East German foreign intelligence service (Hauptverwaltung Aufklärung, or HVA) as a historical problem, covering politics, scientific-technical and military intelligence and counterintelligence.

Selected Contents: Acknowledgments. Introduction Part 1: Intelligence and Counterintelligence 1. Counterintelligence in Postwar Europe, 1945-65 Nigel West 2. Western Espionage and Stasi Counterespionage, 1953-61 Paul Maddrell 3. The Rise and Fall of West German Intelligence Operations against East Germany Erich Schmidt-Eenboom 4. Deaf, Dumb and Blind: The CIA and East Germany Benjamin Fischer 5. Rosenholz: Mischa’s Files, CIA’s Booty Robert Gerald Livingston Part 2: Political Intelligence 6. Political Espionage: Foci and Sources Helmut Müller-Enbergs 7. Active Measures and Disinformation as Part of East Germany’s Propaganda War, 1953-1972 Michael Scholz 8. Foreign Intelligence under the Roof of a Ministry for State Security Bernd Lippmann 9. East German Espionage in Denmark Thomas W. Friis 10. How the MfS’s Worldview Affected the Intelligence Cycle: A Study Based on Operations against the Netherlands Beatrice de Graaf Part 3: Scientific-Technical and Military Intelligence 11. The Crown Jewels and the Importance of Scientific-Technical Intelligence Kristie Macrakis 12. The Professionalization of Soviet Military Espionage under Khruschev, 1953- 64 Matthias Uhl 13. BND Military Espionage in East Germany Armin Wagner July 2009: 234x156: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-48442-8: £70.00 eBook: 978-0-203-87302-1

FORTHCOMING

Intelligence, Command and Military Operations The Eighth Army Campaign in Italy, 1943-45 Kevin Jones This new book explores the relationship between intelligence and command at the operational level of war, and the extent to which it nourished operational performance on the battlefield.

It does so through the medium of a fresh case study of the British Eighth Army’s performance, under three different commanders, at several key points during the campaign in Italy. These comprise operations Husky and Baytown (the invasion of Sicily and Italy respectively), under Montgomery; the Eighth Army’s part in the fourth battle of Cassino and the Gothic Line offensive, under Oliver Leese; and the final offensive in Italy, under Richard McCreery.

May 2010: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-38636-4: £70.00

NEW

NEW

Intelligence Cooperation and the War on Terror

The New Media of Surveillance

Anglo-American Security Relations after 9/11 Adam D.M. Svendsen This book provides an in-depth analysis of UK-US intelligence cooperation in the post-9/11 world.

Seeking to connect an analysis of intelligence liaison with the wider realm of Anglo-American Relations, the book draws on a wide range of interviews and consultations with key actors in both countries. The book is centred around two critical and empirical case studies, focusing on the interactions on the key issues of counterterrorism and weapons of mass destruction (WMD) counter-proliferation. These case studies provide substantive insights into a range of interactions such as 9/11, the 7/7 London bombings, the A.Q. Khan nuclear network, the prelude to the 2003 Iraq War, extraordinary rendition and special forces deployments. Drawing on over 60 interviews conducted in the UK and US with prominent decision-makers and practitioners, these issues are examined in the contemporary historical context, with the main focus being on the years 2000-05.

October 2009: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-55040-6: £70.00 eBook: 978-0-203-86588-0

FORTHCOMING

The South African Intelligence Services From Apartheid to Democracy, 1960-2005 Kevin A. O’Brien, Public Security & Intelligence, UK This book is the first-ever history of South African intelligence and provides a detailed examination of the various stages in the evolution of South Africa’s intelligence organizations and structures. It covers: • the apartheid period of 1960-90 • the transition from apartheid to democracy of 1990-94 • the post-apartheid period of new intelligence dispensation from 1994-2005.

Edited by Shoshana Magnet and Kelly Gates, University of California at San Diego, USA This book examines the multiple connections between critical communication theory and surveillance studies by highlighting some major new contributions from communication scholars to our understanding of surveillance as a set of cultural and institutional practices, and especially as an instrument of social control.

Selected Contents: 1. Communication Research and the Study of Surveillance Kelly Gates and Shoshana Magnet 2. Surveillance in the Digital Enclosure Mark Andrejevic 3. Of Ziploc Bags and Black Holes: The Aesthetics of Transparency in the War on Terror Rachel Hall 4. Monstrous Play in Negative Spaces: Illegible Bodies and the Cultural Construction of Biometric Technology Heather Murray 5. ’War Rooms’ of the Street: Surveillance Practices in Transportation Control Centers Torin Monahan 6. Getting Carded: Border Control and the Politics of Canada’s Permanent Resident Card Simone Browne 7. Therapeutics of the Self: Surveillance in the Service of the Therapeutic Rachel E. Dubrofsky 8. Afterword: The Socioalgorithmics of Race: Sorting it Out in Jihad Worlds Lisa Nakamura May 2009: 234x156: 178pp Hb: 978-0-415-48077-2: £70.00

RELATED JOURNALS

Studies in Intelligence

Editor: Richard R. Valcourt, American Military University, USA Dedicated to the advancement of the academic discipline of intelligence studies, the International Journal of Intelligence and CounterIntelligence publishes articles and book reviews focusing on a broad range of national security matters. As an independent, non-partisan forum, the journal presents the informed and diverse findings of its contributing authors, and does not advocate positions of its own.

Volume 23, 2010, 4 issues per year Print ISSN: 0885-0607 Online ISSN: 1521-0561

In the first period, it examines not only the apartheid government’s intelligence dispensation and operations, but also those of the African National Congress, and its partner, the South African Communist Party (ANC/SACP) – as well as those of other liberation movements and the ‘independent homelands’ under the apartheid system.

Examining the civilian, military and police intelligence structures and operations in all periods, as well as the extraordinarily complicated apartheid government’s security bureaucracy (or ’securocracy’) and its structures and units, the book discusses how South Africa’s Cold War ‘position’ influenced its relationships with various other world powers, especially where intelligence cooperation came to bear. It outlines South Africa’s regional relationships and concerns – the foremost being its activities in South-West Africa (Namibia) and its relationship with Rhodesia through 1980.

International Journal of Intelligence and CounterIntelligence

www.tandf.co.uk/journals/UJIC

Free P&P Online Simple and secure online ordering, please visit www.routledge.com/strategicstudies and receive FREE P&P* for online orders over £20. *UK customers only

Finally, it examines the various legislative and other governance bases for the existence and operations of South Africa’s intelligence structures – in all periods – and the influences that such activities as the Rivonia Trial (at one end of the history) or the Truth and Reconciliation Commission (at the other end) had on the evolution of these intelligence questions throughout South Africa’s modern history.

January 2010: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-43397-6: £75.00

ORDER NOW!

See Order Form at the back of this catalogue

+44 (0)1235 400524

Fax: +44 (0)20 7017 6699

www.routledge.com/strategicstudies

MILITARY STUDIES

2ND EDITION

Virtuous War

NEW

Cass Military Studies

American Soldiers in Iraq

Mapping the Military-Industrial-Media-Entertainment-Network

FORTHCOMING

James Der Derian, Brown University, USA

A European Army

'From Borges to Baudrillard and beyond, James Der Derian chronicles our ongoing obsession with war technology and our increasing disconnection with the reality of war.

Eisenhower coined the phrase ‘the military-industrial complex.’ Der Derian has his own phrase, also powerful, thoughtful, and descriptive: ‘the military-industrial-media entertainment network.’ A frightening thought, but also a central and illuminating thought for our times.' – Errol Morris, filmmaker

Security Strategy and Defence Integration in Europe

'There’s a marvellous unmasking here of the modern military-media-entertainment fantasy, a disease that pretends to be the cure… This is a book that brings theory and theorists to life, a book that horrifies and delights on virtually every page.' – Christopher Lydon, Open Source

This book assesses:

'The expanded, brilliantly realized 2nd edition of Virtuous War makes indispensable reading. The world is catching up to Der Derian’s vision of where we are and what we must do about these lethal linkages of war, media, entertainment.'

– Richard Falk, University of California, Santa Barbara Virtuous War is the first book to map the emergence and judge the consequences of a new military-industrial-media-entertainment network.

James Der Derian takes the reader from a family history of war and genocide to new virtual battlespaces in the Mojave Desert, Silicon Valley, Hollywood and American universities. He tracks the convergence of cyborg technologies, video games, media spectacles, war movies, and do-good ideologies that produced a chimera of high-tech, low-risk ‘virtuous wars’.

In this newly updated edition, he reveals how a misguided faith in virtuous war to right the wrongs of the world instead paved the way for a flawed response to 9/11 and a disastrous war in Iraq. Blinded by virtue, emboldened by technological superiority, seized by a mimetic terror, the US blundered from one foreign fiasco to the next.

Taking the long view as well as getting up close to the war machine, Virtuous War provides a compelling alternative to the partisan politics, instant analysis and technical fixes that currently bedevil US national security policy.

February 2009: 198x129: 368pp Hb: 978-0-415-77238-9: £65.00 Pb: 978-0-415-77239-6: £19.99 eBook: 978-0-203-88153-8

McSoldiers or Innovative Professionals?

Morten G. Ender, United States Military Academy, West Point, USA American Soldiers in Iraq offers a unique snapshot of American soldiers in Iraq, analyzing their collective narratives in relation to the military sociology tradition.

Sven Biscop, Royal Institute for International Relations, Brussels, Belgium In the European Security and Defence Policy (ESDP), the EU has acquired an operational military dimension, which has two objectives: (1) equipping the EU with the institutions and procedures to plan for, decide on and implement military (and civilian) operations abroad; and (2) enhancing the quality and quantity of deployable military capabilities at the disposal of the EU. Great progress has been achieved on the institutional side, but the capabilities side is lagging behind as the bottom-up nature of the capability-building process has made for slow progress.

• how the bottom-up nature of the capability dimension of the ESDP and the resulting persisting national focus of EU Member States (each striving for full capacity at the national level) impede the generation of deployable capabilities for the EU (and therefore for NATO as well) • whether a reorientation towards capacity at the aggregate EU-level and the introduction of top-down coordination is achievable • how such reorientation, via pooling of national assets into multinational frameworks and reduction of intra-EU duplication, could generate more deployable capabilities within the existing and expected budgetary context.

This book adds flesh to the bone structure of the idea of far-reaching military integration by elaborating a possible size and composition of a ‘European army’ and assessing in more detail how it can be achieved. It then puts that firmly in the context of conceptual thinking about the nature of the EU as an international actor.

This book will be of interest to students of military studies, European Politics and Strategic Studies.

December 2010: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-46625-7: £70.00

Grounded in a century-long tradition of sociology offering a window into the world of American soldiers, this volume serves as a voice for their experience. It provides the reader with both a generalized and a deep view into a major social institution in American society and its relative constituents – the military and soldiers – during a war. In so doing, the book gives a backstage insight into the U.S. military and into the experiences and attitudes of soldiers during their most extreme undertaking – a forward deployment in Iraq while hostilities are intense.

The author triangulates qualitative and quantitative field data collected while residing with soldiers in Iraq, comparing and contrasting various groups from officers to enlisted soldiers, as well as topics such as boredom, morale, preparation for war, day-to-day life in Iraq, attitudes, women soldiers, communication with the home-front, ’McDonaldization’ of the force, civil-military fusion, the long-term impact of war, and, finally, the socio-demographics of fatalities. The heart of American Soldiers in Iraq captures the experiences of American soldiers deployed to Operation Iraqi Freedom at the height of the conflict in a way unprecedented in the literature to date.

This book will be essential reading for students of military studies, sociology, American politics and the Iraq War, as well as being of much interest to informed general readers.

May 2009: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-77788-9: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-77789-6: £21.99 eBook: 978-0-203-87937-5

European Military Crisis Management Connecting Ambition and Reality Bastian Giegerich Series: Adelphi series This book analyses what the EU wants to be able to do militarily – its level of ambition – and contrasts this aspiration with the current reality. To explain the gap between the two, the book examines national ambitions and performance across the EU and analyses their domestic determinants using the examples of Austria, Germany and the United Kingdom.

The book concludes by suggesting that the EU might need to strike a new balance between the inclusiveness and the effectiveness of its activities in this area if it wants to increase its military crisis-management performance and live up to its declared ambitions.

2008: 234x156: 99pp Pb: 978-0-415-49419-9: £15.99

E-mail: strategic_studies@routledge.com

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk

for more information

for e-mail updates in your field

eBooks are only available to order online

67

68

MILITARY STUDIES

Cass Military Studies (continued) FORTHCOMING

Citizenship and War Edited by Yoav Peled, Noah Lewin-Epstein and Guy Mundlak This edited volume explores the theoretical and practical implications of war and terror situations for citizenship in democratic states.

Selected Contents: Part 1: Citizenship and War: The View From Political Theory Part 2: Citizenship and War: An Historical Perspective Part 3: Citizenship, War and the Rights of Women and Ethnic Minorities Part 4: Social and Economic Citizenship in Wartime May 2010: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-55224-0: £70.00 eBook: 978-0-203-86982-6

FORTHCOMING

Managing Military Organisations Theory and Practice Edited by Joseph Soeters, Paul C. van Fenema, the Netherlands Defense Academy and Robert Beeres, the Netherlands Defense Academy This up-to-date book examines the challenges and issues policy-makers and commanders have to deal with while conducting military operations and preparing their units for deployment.

Selected Contents: 1. Introducing Military Organizations Part 1: Context and External Coordination 2. Setting the Scene at the Beginning of the 21st Century: About Ideologies and Technologies Julian Lindley French and Frans Osinga 3. The External Control of Military Organizations Jan van der Meulen, Rene Moelker and Manon Andres 4. Internationalization of the Military Anthony King 5. Research, Development and Innovation in the Military Ivar Kappert and Daniel Uiterwijk Part 2: Internal Coordination and Getting Ready 6. Heterogeneous Value Creation during Military Operations Paul van Fenema and Joseph Soeters 7. Designing and Preparing Military Organizations for Expeditionary and Network Performance Erik de Waard and Myriame Bollen 8. Efficient Boundaries of Military Organizations: The Profits and Limits of Outsourcing Military Activities Kuldeep Kulmar and Paul van Fenema 9. Planning, Logistics and Intelligence for Operations Sebastiaan Rietjens, Walther Ploos van Amstel and Tim Grant Part 3: Leadership and Action 10. Leadership during Operations Ad Vogelaar and Thom Kolditz 11. Sense-making during Operations and Incidents Eric Hans Kramer, Roos de la Haij en Bart van Bezooijen 12. Military Ethics in Operations Desire Verweij, Lambert Rooijackers and Marten Meijer 13. Trust and Control in the Military Marjon Boogers, Jacqueline Heeren-Bogers and Andrea van Dijk Part 4: Monitoring and Effectivenes 14. Commanding and Controlling Operations Chris Davids and Robert Beeres 15. Determining Operations’ Effectiveness Brian Gifford, Bryan Hallmark and Jeffrey Peterson 16. Learning Military Organizations and Organizational Change Tom Bijlsma and Peter van Baalen 17. Epilogue: The Future of Military Operations January 2010: 234x156: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-48406-0: £70.00

ORDER NOW!

See Order Form at the back of this catalogue

FORTHCOMING

The Military Balance 2009

The New Citizen Armies

Edited by International Institute for Strategic Studies

Israel’s Armed Forces in Comparative Perspective Edited by Stuart Cohen, Bar-Ilan University, Israel Series: BESA Studies in International Security This volume is a comparative international analysis of the transformations that are currently affecting the composition of the Israel Defense Forces (IDF).

Selected Contents: Introduction Part 1: Continuities and their Manifestations 1. The Enduring Citizen-Soldier Tradition in the United States Ronald Krebs 2. Recruiting the All-Volunteer Force: Continuity and Change in the British Army, 1963-2008 Christopher Dandeker 3. The Royal Netherlands Army, 1814-2008: The Rise and Decline of a Citizen Army? Jan Hoffenaar 4. Reversing the Tide of Jewish History: Culture and the Creation of Israel’s ‘People’s Army‘ Stuart Cohen Part 2: Change: Causes and Constraints 5. Operational and Technological Incentives and Disincentives for Force Transformation Avi Kober 6. Strategic and Political Factors Preventing the Shift from ‘Citizen Armies‘ to Professional Militaries Gabi Sheffer 7. Gender Issues in the Transformation to an All-Volunteer Force: A Transnational Perspective Michelle Sandhoff, Mady Wechsler Segal, and David R. Segal 8. Conscription versus Recruitment Through Markets: Economic Considerations Yaacov Lifshitz 9. The Officer Corps in the All-Volunteer Army: The American Experiment Continues Leonard Wong 10. Up from the Ashes: The Re-Professionalization of the Canadian Forces After the ‘Somalia‘ Affair David Bercuson Part 3: Israeli Dilemmas and Experiences 11. Where Will the Women Be? Gendered Implications of the Decline of Israel’s Citizen Army Orna Sasson-Levy 12. From the ‘Citizen Army‘ to the ‘Market Army‘: Israel as a Case Study Yagil Levy 13. The Interface between the Military and the Academic Worlds in Israel: A Personal View Gabriel Ben-Dor 14. Teaching Citizens to be Professional Soldiers: IDF Responses and Their Implications Tamir Libel November 2009: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-56546-2: £70.00

The Military Balance is The International Institute for Strategic Studies’ annual assessment of the military capabilities and defence economics of 170 countries worldwide. It is an essential resource for those involved in security policymaking, analysis and research.

The book is a region-by-region analysis of the major military and economic developments affecting defence and security policies, and the trade in weapons and other military equipment. Comprehensive tables detail major military training activities, UN and non-UN deployments, and give data on key equipment holdings and defence-expenditure trends over a ten year period.

Key Features: • Region-by-region analysis: major military issues affecting each region, changes in defence economics, weapons and other military equipment holdings and the trade in weapons and military equipment.

• Comprehensive tables: key data on weapons and defence economics, such as comparisons of international defence expenditure and military manpower.

• Analysis: significant military and economic developments.

• Wallchart: detailed world map that shows current areas of conflict, with explanatory tables.

This new edition of The Military Balance provides a unique compilation of data and information enabling the reader to access all required information from one single publication.

January 2009: 246x189: 488pp Pb: 978-0-415-49846-3: £234.00

FORTHCOMING

Economic Development and Military Security The Case of South Asia Somnath Sen, University of Birmingham, UK Series: Routledge Studies in Defence and Peace Economics The challenges of economic development become harder to achieve if poor countries also face military threats, either from external sources (such as the arms race between India and Pakistan) or from internal sources (conflicts and civil wars in Kashmir, Nepal and Sri Lanka).

This book examines the relationship between economic and military security in developing countries. Set in the context of South Asia, focusing on India and Pakistan: two of only a dozen or so countries which have the capability to produce nuclear weapons, it is the product of detailed analytical research.

February 2010: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-39513-7: £65.00

+44 (0)1235 400524

Fax: +44 (0)20 7017 6699

www.routledge.com/strategicstudies

MILITARY HISTORY

Government Official History Series The Government Official History series began in 1919 with wartime histories, and the peacetime series was inaugurated in 1966 by Harold Wilson. The aim of the series is to produce major histories in their own right, compiled by historians eminent in the field, who are afforded free access to all relevant material in the official archives. The Histories also provide a trusted secondary source for other historians and researchers while the official records are not in the public domain. The main criteria for selection of topics are that the histories should record important episodes or themes of British history while the official records can still be supplemented by the recollections of key players; and that they should be of general interest, and, preferably, involve the records of more than one government department.

NEW IN PAPERBACK

Churchill’s Man of Mystery Desmond Morton and the World of Intelligence Gill Bennett, Cabinet Office, Histories, Openness and Records Unit, London, UK ‘Desmond Morton is a movie character. Indiana Jones? A Pirate of the Caribbean? The Third Man? George Smiley?

All of the above?‘ – Warren Kimball, Rutgers University, USA ‘A first-class biography, which much extends our understanding of how the country was really governed between 1920 and 1945.‘ – M.R.D. Foot, The Spectator ‘Despite Desmond Morton’s best efforts to remain a very private man, Gill Bennett has produced a fine account that he would probably have admired.‘ – Hayden Peake, The Intelligence Officer’s Bookshelf, CIA ‘Gill Bennett brilliantly solves the main remaining problem of Churchill’s career and sheds important new light on the history of British intelligence.

Essential and enjoyable reading for all those interested in these fascinating topics.‘ – Christopher Andrew, University of Cambridge This unique book, first published in 2006 in the Government Official History Series, exposes the mysterious life and career of Sir Desmond Morton: Secret Intelligence Service officer, Director of the Industrial Intelligence Centre, and Winston Churchill‘s intelligence adviser throughout the Second World War. Written with full access to official records including closed Intelligence archives, it tells not just Morton’s story but the story of the British Intelligence community during the first half of the twentieth century. Its publication in paperback in March 2009 is especially appropriate in the centenary year of the UK’s two principal Intelligence Agencies, MI6 (SIS) and MI5, with whom Morton’s career was closely involved.

NEW

NEW IN PAPERBACK

Secrecy and the Media

The Guy Liddell Diaries

The Official History of the United Kingdom’s D-Notice System

Volume I: 1939-1942 Volume II: 1942-1945

Nicholas John Wilkinson, Press Complaints Commissioner from 2005 to 2008, and Cabinet Office Historian

MI5’s Director of Counter-Espionage in World War II

’An important and absorbing book, surprisingly amusing at times for an official history... The D-Notice system is much misunderstood, even by journalists: this book will dispel many myths and provide an indispensable reference point for future debates.’ – Donald Trelford, former Editor of The Observer, Emeritus Professor in Journalism Studies at Sheffield University ’This book is a ‘must’-read for all journalists, espionage writers and other aficionados of the intelligence scene, historians and citizens who cherish the right to know, within the bounds of reasonable security, what is being secretly perpetrated in their name.’ – H. Chapman Pincher, journalist, author ‘Thoroughly researched…surprisingly readable and packed with intriguing snippets’ – James Delingpole, The Mail on Sunday. 4 out of 5 Stars Secrecy and the Media is the first book to examine the development of the D-Notice system, which regulates the UK media’s publication of British national security secrets. It is based on official documents, many of which have not previously been available to a general audience, as well as on media sources.

From Victorian times, British governments have consistently seen the need, in the public interest, to prevent the media publishing secret information which would endanger national security. The UK media have meanwhile continuously resisted official attempts to impose any form of censorship, arguing that a free press is in the public interest. Both sides have normally seen the pitfalls of attempting to resolve this sometimes acrimonious conflict of interests by litigation, and have together evolved a system of editorial self-regulation, assisted by day-to-day independent expert advice, known colloquially as the D-Notice System.

The book traces the development of this system from nineteenth-century colonial campaigns, through two world wars, to modern operations and counter-terrorism in the post-Cold War era, up to the beginning of the Labour government in 1997. Examples are drawn from media, political and official sources (some not yet open), and cover not only defence issues (including Special Forces), but also the activities of the secret intelligence services MI5, MI6 and GCHQ. These cases relate principally to the UK, but also to American and other allies’ interests.

The story of how this sometimes controversial institution now operates in the modern world will be essential reading for those in the media and government departments, and for academics and students in the fields of security, defence and intelligence, as well as being an accessible exposé for the general reader.

Nigel West

’This book is a goldmine of once highly secret intelligence material ... no intelligence buff can be without this volume and anyone interested in British twentieth century history needs it too.’

– M.R.D The Spectator ’Regarded by historians as the most important military intelligence documents from the whole of the second world war.’ – Irish Independent ’[A] unique insight into the espionage secrets of the Second World War. Its historical importance is enhanced by the editing of Nigel West who, apart from decoding several obscure references to the secret war, persuaded the Security Service to break their rule of maintaining an agent’s anonymity.’

– BBC History Magazine ‘The Liddell diaries are a superb addition of primary sources to the literature of intelligence.’

– Hayden Peake ‘Definitely one of the most important Second World War intelligence documents to have been declassified in recent years.’ - Andrew Roberts ‘These staggering revelations about wartime intelligence will decisively change historians’ perceptions of MI5 and the conduct of the Second World War.’ – Tom Bower This is the first volume of Nigel West’s acclaimed presentation of these fascinating diaries from the heart of Britain’s Second World War intelligence operations.

Guy Liddell, MI5’s Director of Counter-Espionage, kept a daily diary of events throughout the Second World War, which provide a unique insight into the work of the Security Service. Available in paperback for the first time, this book provides an unparalleled insight into one of the most reclusive and remarkable men of his generation, and a legend within his own organization.

Volume I 2005: 234x156: 352pp Hb: 978-0-415-35213-0: £31.50 Pb: 978-0-415-54798-7: £18.99 Volume II 2005: 234x156: 336pp Hb: 978-0-415-35215-4: £31.50 Pb: 978-0-415-55011-6: £18.99

May 2009: 234x156: 656pp Hb: 978-0-415-45375-2: £49.95 eBook: 978-0-203-87645-9

2006: 234x156: 432pp Hb: 978-0-415-39430-7: £49.95 Pb: 978-0-415-48168-7: £19.99

E-mail: strategic_studies@routledge.com

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk

for more information

for e-mail updates in your field

eBooks are only available to order online

69

70

MILITARY HISTORY

NEW

Whitehall Histories

Cass Military Studies

2ND EDITION

The Routledge Atlas of the Second World War Martin Gilbert ‘This really is a brilliantly useful book … All in all, this is an outstanding reference work that can also be enjoyed as an unusual graphic history of the Second World War and its many political, economic and military dimensions.’ – Military Illustrated ’Sir Martin Gilbert’s Atlas of the Second World War is a work of extraordinary scholarship... No university, library, historian – or anyone interested in World War II – will want to be without it.’

– Henry Kissinger In The Routledge Atlas of the Second World War, Martin Gilbert graphically charts the war’s political, military, economic and social history through 257 illuminating maps. The atlas covers all the major events from the German invasion of Poland in September 1939 to the defeat of Japan in August 1945.

Series Edited by: Keith Hamilton and Patrick Salmon, both at Foreign and Commonwealth Office, Information Management Group, London, UK

NEW

German Unification 1989-90 Documents on British Policy Overseas, Series III, Volume VII Edited by Patrick Salmon, Keith Hamilton and Stephen Robert Twigge, all at Foreign and Commonwealth Office, Information Management Group, London, UK This volume is comprised of a collection of diplomatic documents covering British reactions to, and policy towards, the collapse of the German Democratic Republic and the unification of Germany in 1989-90.

Focusing on the human – and inhuman – aspects of the war, The Routledge Atlas of the Second World War includes examination of: • military, naval and air campaigns on all the war fronts • the war on land, at sea and in the air • the economic and social aspects of the war • the global nature of the war, in armed combat and in suffering • the impact of the war on civilians, both under occupation, and as deportees and refugees • the aftermath of the war: post-war political and national boundaries; war graves; and the human cost of the war on every continent.

This new paperback edition includes several updates to existing maps, as well as ten new maps, specially drawn for this edition. The new maps include examinations of Japanese- American and African- American soldiers serving with the United States Army, British women special agents, Belgium at War, and the German occupation of the Channel Islands.

August 2009: 246x174: 328pp Pb: 978-0-415-55289-9: £16.99

FORTHCOMING

US Nuclear Non-Proliferation Policy Maria Teresa Oxenstierna, Raytheon Company, Lexington, USA Series: Contemporary Security Studies This major new book explores the key question ‘why and how did US nuclear non-proliferation export policy change in the aftermath of the Cold War,’ by tracing the historical roots of the nuclear suppliers regime to discovering UNSCOM violations in Iraq.

The peaceful unification of Germany in 1989-90 brought a dramatic end to the Cold War. This volume documents official British reactions to the collapse of East Germany and the fall of the Berlin Wall, and the evolution of British policy during the ‘Two plus Four’ negotiations that provided the international framework for the merger of the two German states. All of the documents fall within the UK’s 30-year rule and have therefore not previously been in the public domain.

Most are drawn from the archives of the Foreign and Commonwealth Office, but there are also a large number of Prime Ministerial files from the Cabinet Office archives. These are of particular interest for the light they throw on the views of Margaret Thatcher.

Taken together, the documents show that despite Mrs Thatcher’s well-known reservations about German unity, the United Kingdom played a vital and constructive role in the negotiations that helped to bring it about.

This volume will be of great interest to students of International History, British Political History, and European Politics and International Relations in general.

September 2009: 234x156: 592pp Hb: 978-0-415-55002-4: £90.00 eBook: 978-0-203-86663-4

ORDER NOW!

See Order Form at the back of this catalogue

Steven T. Ross, US Naval War College, Newport, USA At the end of World War I the British Empire reached its largest extent in terms of territory and population. The government was reluctant to devote large resources to defense and to contemplate sending large forces to Europe in case of a new war. British forces were constantly involved in dealing with threats to imperial interests. The advent of aggressive powers - Germany Italy and Japan - forced the government to contemplate and prepare for a new World War. This book examines the government’s war plans in detail.

April 2010: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-35849-1: £70.00 eBook: 978-0-203-00471-5

FORTHCOMING

Yugoslav Military Industry Past and Present Amadeo Watkins, UK Defence Academy, UK This book provides a historic overview of military industrial development in the territories of the Former Yugoslavia.

Within a period of six decades it will see this specialist and highly demanding sector advance from a rudimentary manufacturing base to an advanced producer of modern weapons and equipment.

The war that lasted almost a decade abruptly ended this success story and fed the conflicting sides with ample supplies of arms and ammunition, thus helping prolong the destruction and suffering. The book does not take a deep look at this period, but rather provides a more detailed account of the current situation in what remains of the military industry among the newly independent states. It aims to provide not only a factual representation, but critical analysis and policy options for the decision makers and observers.

January 2010: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-7146-5626-7: £75.00

NEW

Strategy in the American War of Independence Edited by Donald Stoker, Kenneth J. Hagan and Michael T. McMaster, all at Naval War College, Monterey, California, USA

Berlin in the Cold War, 1948-1990

December 2010: 216x138: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-34975-8: £70.00 eBook: 978-0-203-34999-1

Britain’s War Plans 1919–1939

A Global Approach

Also see: See page 73

FORTHCOMING

This book examines the strategies pursued by the Colonies and the other combatants in the American War for Independence, placing the conflict in its proper global context.

Selected Contents: Preface. Introduction Eric Grove 1. Colonial Military Strategy Donald Stoker and Michael Jones 2. The Birth of American Naval Strategy Kenneth J. Hagan 3. British Military Strategy Jeremy Black 4. British Naval Strategy: War on a Global Scale John Reeve 5. The King’s Friends: Loyalists in British Strategy Ricardo A. Herrera 6. Ambivalent Allies: Strategy and the Native Americans Karim M. Tiro 7. French Strategy and the American Revolution: A Reappraisal James Pritchard 8. Spanish Policy and Strategy Thomas E. Chávez 9. Dutch Maritime Strategy Victor Enthoven 10. The League of Armed Neutrality, 1780-83 Leos Müller October 2009: 234x156: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-36734-9: £70.00 eBook: 978-0-203-01970-2

+44 (0)1235 400524

Fax: +44 (0)20 7017 6699

www.routledge.com/strategicstudies

MILITARY HISTORY

Geopolitical Theory Series Edited by: Geoffrey Sloan, Britannia Royal Naval College, Dartmouth, UK and Leonard Hochberg, Louisiana State University, Baton Rouge, USA

FORTHCOMING

Geopolitics and Strategic History 1871-2050

Routledge Studies in the Modern History of Asia This series presents in-depth research on the economic, political and social history of nineteenth and twentieth century Asia, as well as more broad-reaching analyses of regional issues.

FORTHCOMING

NEW

Atrocity and American Military Justice in Southeast Asia

Provincial Life and the Military in Imperial Japan

Trial by Army

The Phantom Samurai

Geoffrey Sloan, University of Reading, UK

Louise Barnett, Rutgers University, USA

A new explanation of the course of international politics from the rebirth of the German Empire to the rise of China. This volume contributes to empirically based geopolitical theory and uses that theory to improve our understanding of the major events in the international strategic history of a 150-year period.

This book is an examination of American army legal proceedings that resulted from a series of moments when soldiers in a war zone crossed a line between performing their legitimate functions and committing crimes against civilians, or atrocities.

Stewart Lone, University of New South Wales, Australia

Seven key historical chapters cover all the major areas: • End of the Columbian Era? 1871-1914 • Continental Hegemony and the Road-Test of War, I: 1914-1918 • The Myth of Benign Transformation, I: New World Order, 1919-1939?

• Continental Hegemony and the Road-Test of War, II: 1939-1945 • Continental Hegemony and the Road -Test of (Cold) War, III: 1945-1989 • The Myth of Benign Transformation, II: (Another) New World Order, 1990-2000 • Benign Transformation Postponed (Again): Geopolitics as Usual, 2001-2021.

In addition to these historical chapters, this essential text presents clear sections on geopolitical ideas, on possible patterns in strategic history, as well as an extensive ‘critique and response‘ concerning the integrity of geopolitical approaches to world politics.

January 2010: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-7146-5348-8: £70.00 eBook: 978-0-203-48948-2

FORTHCOMING

Geopolitics for the 21st Century Addressing National Insecurities Edited by Leonard Hochberg and James D. Hardy Jr., both at Louisiana State University, Baton Rouge, USA This edited volume assesses the geopolitical configuration of forces in the international arena at the beginning of the twenty-first century.

Selected Contents: Introduction Leonard Hochberg and James D. Hardy, Jr. 1. The Enduring Significance of Classical Geopolitical Thought Leonard Hochberg, James D. Hardy, Jr. and Geoff Sloan 2. Geopolitics and Strategic Cultures: A Comparison of the Arab, Chinese, and Western Ways of War Laurent Murawiec 3. The Geopolitics of Terror: How Home Grown Jihadists are Recruited in the West Steven Emerson 4. The Geopolitics of Strategic Goods Ewan Anderson 5. Classical Geopolitics in the Space Age: The Strategy of Transformation Everett Carl Dolman 6. Toward a Second Cold War Era? 2000-2025: A Geopolitical Net Assessment of Current Trajectories and Future Developments Ioannis Loucas. Conclusion March 2010: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-43392-1: £70.00

Using individual judicial proceedings held within wartime Southeast Asia, Louise Barnett analyses how the American military legal system handled crimes against civilians and determines what these cases reveal about the way that war produces atrocity against civilians.

Presenting these atrocities and subsequent trials in a way that considers both the personal and the institutional the author considers how and why atrocity happens, the terrain of justification, and the degree to which the army and American society have been willing to take military crimes against civilians seriously.

December 2009: 234x156: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-55640-8: £75.00

FORTHCOMING

Post-War Repatriation to Defeated Japan

In contrast to the enduring stereotype of a ‘nation of samurai’, this book uses provincial newspapers and local records to hear the voices of ordinary people living in imperial Japan through several decades of war and peace. These voices reveal the authentic experiences, opinions and emotions of men, women and children.

They show that the impression of a uniquely disciplined, regimented, militaristic society, which took root in the Western imagination from the 1890s and which helped bring about the Pacific war of 1941-5, is a gross illusion.

Stewart Lone challenges the long-standing view of prewar Japan as a ‘militaristic’ society. Instead of relying on the usual accounts about senior commanders and politics at the heart of government, he shows the realities of provincial society’s relations with the military in Japan at ground level. Working from the perspective of civil society and both rural and urban life in the provinces, Lone investigates broader civil contacts with the military including schools, local businesses, leisure and entertainment, civic ceremonies and monuments, as well as public attitudes towards the military and its values.

September 2009: 234x156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-49751-0: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-87235-2

Beatrice Trefalt This book examines the repatriation of more than six million Japanese from overseas territories in the period after the Second World War. Based on primary sources in Japanese, English and French, including government records, documents from the Red Cross, contemporary newspapers and magazines, individual memoirs and biographies, as well as secondary sources this book makes a major contribution to the history of early postwar Japan, and examines Japan’s post-war experience with the repatriation history of other nations.

Selected Contents: Introduction 1. From Within the Japanese Empire to Outside of it: Defeat and Beyond 2. Early Repatriation (1945-1947) 3. Repatriates and Politics (1947-1951) 4. Delayed Repatriations and the Cold War 5. Nostalgia for the Empire: Negotiating Identity and Fighting for Compensation 6. Japanese Repatriates as ‘Disaster Victims of Decolonisation‘? Conclusion August 2010: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-55248-6: £75.00

E-mail: strategic_studies@routledge.com

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk

for more information

for e-mail updates in your field

eBooks are only available to order online

71

72

Hegemonic Peace and Empire The Pax Romana, Britannica and Americana

The Third Chinese Revolutionary Civil War, 1945-49

Ali Parchami, Royal Military Academy Sandhurst, UK

An Analysis of Communist Strategy and Leadership

Series: War, History and Politics

Christopher R. Lew, 29th Infantry Division, US Army

This book examines the language and the ideology of the Pax Romana, the Pax Britannica and the Pax Americana within the broader contexts of ’hegemony’ and ’empire’. It addresses three main themes: a conceptual examination of the way in which hegemony has been justified; a linguistic study of how the notion of pax (usually translated as peace) has been used in ancient and modern times; and a study of the international orders created by Rome and Britain.

Series: Asian States and Empires

Using an historiographical approach, the book draws upon texts from Greco-Roman antiquity, and sources from the nineteenth, twentieth and twenty-first centuries to show how the pax ideology has served as a justification for hegemonic foreign policy, and as an intellectual exercise in power projection. From Tacitus’ condemnation of what he described as ’creating a wilderness and calling it peace’, to debates about the establishment of a Pax Americana in post-Saddam Hussein’s Iraq, the book shows not only how the governing elite in each of the three hegemonic orders prescribed to a loose interpretation of the pax ideology, but also how their internal disagreements and different conceptualisations of pax have affected the process of ’empire-building’.

February 2009: 234x156: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-49254-6: £70.00 eBook: 978-0-203-87929-0

NEW

Crisis in the Caucasus: Russia, Georgia and the West Edited by Paul B. Rich This is a timely and provocative book discussing the international implications of the Russian invasion of Georgia in August 2008. The book is a valuable addition to studies on the resurgence of Russian power in global politics.

This book was published as a special issue of Small Wars and Insurgencies.

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: The Global Significance of a Small War Paul B. Rich 2. The Roots of Russian Conduct Peter Shearman and Matthew Sussex 3. Russia as a Great Power Paul B. Rich 4. From Controlling Military Information to Controlling Society: The Political Interests Involved in the Transformation of the Military Media under Putin Elisabeth Sieca-Kozlowski 5. Use of Force and Civil–Military Relations in Russia: An Automated Content Analysis Brandon M. Stewart and Yuri M. Zhukov 6. Pipeline Politics: Georgia and Energy Security Tracey C. German 7. The Fatal Flaw: The Media and the Russian Invasion of Georgia Margarita Akhvlediani 8. National Narratives and New Politics of Memory in Georgia Zaza Shatirishvili 9. Russia’s War in Georgia: Lessons and Consequences Carolina Vendil Pallin and Fredrik Westerlund 10. America and the Russo-Georgian War Stephen Blank 11. The Bear Came Through the Tunnel: An Analysis of Georgian Planning and Operations in the Russo-Georgian War and Implications for U.S. Policy Robert Hamilton October 2009: 234x156: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-54429-0: £75.00

This book examines the Third Chinese Revolutionary Civil War of 1945-1949, which resulted in the victory of the Chinese Communist Party (CCP) over Chiang Kaishek and the Guomindang (GMD) and the founding of the People’s Republic of China in 1949. It provides a military and strategic history of how the CCP waged and ultimately won the war, the transformation of its armed forces and how the Communist leadership interacted with each other.

RELATED JOURNALS

MILITARY HISTORY

April 2009: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-77730-8: £80.00 eBook: 978-0-203-88068-5

First World War Studies Journal of the International Society for First World War Studies Editor: Steven Sabol, University of North Carolina-Charlotte, USA First World War Studies is a peer-reviewed, scholarly journal that approaches the subject of the First World War without chronological, geographic, or topical constraints. It embraces not merely the period associated with the years between 1914 and 1918, but seeks to include the diplomatic, political, social, cultural, and military complexities evident before, during, and most certainly after the cessation of hostilities.

Volume 1, 2010, 2 issues per year Print ISSN: 1947-5020 Online ISSN: 1947-5039 www.tandf.co.uk/journals/rfww

Whereas most explanations of the CCP’s eventual victory focus on the Sino-Japanese War of 1937-45, when the revolution was supposedly won as a result of the communists’ invention of ’peasant nationalism’, this book shows that the outcome of the revolution was not a foregone conclusion in 1945. It explains how the eventual victory of the communists resulted from important strategic decisions taken on both sides, in particular the remarkable transformation of the communist army from an insurgent/guerrilla force into a conventional army. The book also explores how the hierarchy of the People’s Republic of China developed during the war. It shows how Mao’s power was based as much on his military acumen as his political thought, above all his role in formulating and implementing a successful military strategy in the war of 1945-49.

It also describes how other important figures, such as Lin Biao, Deng Xiaoping, Nie Rongzhen, Liu Shaoqi and Chen Yi, made their reputations during the conflict; and reveals the inner workings of the first political-military elite of the PRC. Overall, this book is an important resource for anyone seeking to understand the origins and early history of the People’s Republic of China, the Chinese Communist Party and the People’s Liberation Army.

NEW FOR 2010

Diplomacy & Statecraft Editor: BJC McKercher, Royal Military College of Canada Diplomacy & Statecraft is an international journal which should be read by all those who have a professional or general concern with international history and the contemporary conduct of international affairs. It offers regular articles on diplomatic history, together with 'professional interest' items, such as reviews of recently declassified documents. Former diplomats and other practitioners contribute invaluable reflections on their experiences.

Volume 21, 2010, 4 issues per year Print ISSN: 0959-2296 Online ISSN: 1557-301X www.tandf.co.uk/journals/FDPS

THE WIDGET ICON Books with the symbol are now available with Search Inside capability on www.routledge.com.

Simply click the link and view the book!

Free P&P Online Simple and secure online ordering, please visit www.routledge.com/strategicstudies and receive FREE P&P* for online orders over £20. *UK customers only

ORDER NOW!

See Order Form at the back of this catalogue

+44 (0)1235 400524

Fax: +44 (0)20 7017 6699

www.routledge.com/strategicstudies

COLD WAR STUDIES

Whitehall Histories

73

FORTHCOMING

Cold War History

The Globalisation of the Cold War Berlin in the Cold War, 1948-1990 Documents on British Policy Overseas, Series III, Vol. VI Edited by Keith Hamilton, Patrick Salmon and Stephen Robert Twigge, all at Foreign and Commonwealth Office, Information Management Group, London, UK This volume consists of a book and fully searchable DVD containing a facsimile collection of diplomatic documents covering British reactions to critical developments regarding Berlin, its quadripartite administration, and role in the Cold War during the crises of 1948-49, 1959-61 and 1988-90.

These events were each set within very different international contexts, but four interrelated themes are nevertheless common to each of the three chapters of the volume: the British Government’s insistence, in conjunction with the Americans and the French, on upholding and safeguarding the rights of the four occupying powers in Berlin; British concerns with broader matters of military security in Western Europe as a whole and Germany in particular; the interaction of the four occupying powers with one another; and the questions raised by demographic change, especially population movements from east to west. All of the documents dealing with the events of 1989-90 fall within the UK’s 30-year rule and are therefore not yet in the public domain.

January 2009: 234x156: 128pp Hb: 978-0-415-44870-3: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-87188-1

Series Edited by: Odd Arne Westad, London School of Economics, London, UK and Michael Cox This series concentrates on publishing expositions of key historical issues and critical surveys of newly available sources.

NEW

Cold War in Southern Africa White Power, Black Liberation Edited by Sue Onslow, London School of Economics, UK This edited volume highlights the complexities of the Cold War in Southern Africa.

Selected Contents: Introduction Sue Onslow 1. The Cold War in Southern Africa: White Power, Black Nationalism and External Intervention Sue Onslow 2. Racism, the Cold War and South Africa’s Regional Security Strategies 1948-90 John Daniel 3. The USA and Apartheid South Africa’s Nuclear Aspirations, 1949-1980 Martha van Wyk 4. The Impact of Anti-Communism on White Rhodesian Political Culture, ca.1920s-1980 Donal Lowry 5. The South African Factor in Zimbabwe’s Transition to Independence Sue Onslow 6. Non-Alignment on the Racial Frontier: Zambia and the USA, 1964–68 Andy DeRoche 7. Unsung Heroes: The Soviet Military and the Liberation of Southern Africa Vladimir Shubin 8. Terrorists or Freedom Fighters? Jimmy Carter and Rhodesia Nancy Mitchell 9. From Cassinga to New York: Cuba and the Struggle for the Independence of Namibia Piero Gleijeses 10. The Angola/Namibia crisis of 1988 and its Resolution Chris Saunders. Conclusion Sue Onslow July 2009: 234x156: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-47420-7: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-87424-0

FORTHCOMING

Also see: German Unification 1989-1990 See page 70

FORTHCOMING

Eastern Christianity and the Cold War, 1945-91 Edited by Lucian Leustean, Aston University, UK Series: Routledge Studies in the History of Russia and Eastern Europe This book provides a comprehensive overview of the dynamics between Eastern Christianity and politics from the end of the Second World War to the fall of communism, covering 40 Orthodox churches including diasporic churches in Africa, Asia, America and Australia.

December 2009: 234x156: 400pp Hb: 978-0-415-47197-8: £85.00 eBook: 978-0-203-86594-1

Edited by Max Guderzo and Bruna Bagnato, both at University of Florence, Italy This book focuses on the globalisation of the Cold War in the years 1975-85, highlighting the transformation from bipolar US-Soviet competition to global confrontation.

Selected Contents: Introduction Bruna Bagnato and Max Guderzo Part 1: The Latin American Arena 1. Carter’s New Look: US Foreign Policy in Latin America, 1977-80 Max Guderzo 2. Operation Urgent Fury: The Shift from Rhetorical to Military Offensive in Reagan’s Global Rollback of Communism Stefano Luconi Part 2: African Challenges 3. Libya, the United States and the Soviet Union: From the Rise of Qadhafi to Ronald Reagan’s Policy of Pressure Massimiliano Cricco 4. Human Rights versus Cold War: The Horn of Africa, Southwest Asia and the Emergence of the Carter Doctrine Barbara Zanchetta 5. Carter and the African Morass: US Policy and the Failure of the State-Building Process in Angola and the Congo Maria Stella Rognoni 6. East-South Relations in the 1970s and the GDR Involvement in Africa: Between Bloc Loyalty and Self-Interest Sara Lorenzini Part 3: War and Peace in Asia 7. The United States and the Iran-Iraq War: The Limits of American Influence Malcolm Byrne 8. The United States and the Third World in the Carter Years: The Case of India Mariele Merlati 9. The Sino-American Entente of 1978-9 and Its ‘Baptism of Fire’ in Indochina Enrico Fardella Part 4: A Different World 10. The International System after the End of the Cold War Ennio Di Nolfo December 2009: 234x156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-55226-4: £75.00

FORTHCOMING

Yugoslavia and the Soviet Union in the Early Cold War Reconciliation, Comradeship, Confrontation, 1953-57 Svetozar Rajak, London School of Economics and Political Science, University of London, UK

International History of the Vietnam War Ang Cheng Guan, Nanyang Technical University, Singapore This book attempts to complete the groundbreaking and seminal study of the Vietnam War from an international perspective began by the late-Ralph B. Smith in the 1980s, of which only three volumes of a projected five was completed.

The most recent volume was published more than a decade ago in 1991 and it brought the story of the Vietnam War up till 1966. This book takes up the story where it stopped – The Manila Conference and the Decisions of November 1966 through to the end of the conflict in April 1975. It adopts the same ‘formula/methodology’ as the earlier volumes by: • following a tight chronology • examining the decisions of both sides of the war simultaneously • when appropriate relate the war to the regional and global perspective at every stage in the evolution of the conflict.

The author makes use of a far greater body of communist and non-communist sources which were not available in the pre-Cold War period when Professor Smith began his study.

July 2010: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-35095-2: £70.00 eBook: 978-0-203-69672-9

From Helsinki to Gorbachev, 1975-85

This is the first comprehensive insight into one of the most spectacular episodes of the Cold War – the reconciliation between Yugoslavia and the Soviet Union between 1953 and 1955.

At the time, this process had shocked the World as much as the violent break-up of their relations did in 1948. This new book provides an explanation for the collapse of the process of normalization of YugoslavSoviet that occurred at the end of 1956 and the renewal of their ideological confrontation. It also explain the motives that guided the two main protagonists, Josip Broz Tito of Yugoslavia and the Soviet leader Nikita Sergeevich Khrushchev.

This book establishes several pioneering theses. Firstly, that the significance of the Yugoslav-Soviet reconciliation went beyond their bilateral relationship. It had ramifications for relations in the Eastern Bloc, the global Communist movement, and on the dynamics of the Cold War world at its crucial juncture. Secondly, that the Yugoslav-Soviet reconciliation brought forward the process of de-Stalinization in the USSR and in the Peoples’ Democracies. Thirdly, that it enabled Khrushchev to win the post-Stalin leadership contest.

Lastly, the book argues that the process of YugoslavSoviet reconciliation permitted Tito to embark, together with Nehru of India and Nasser of Egypt upon creating the new entity in the bi-polar Cold War world – the Non-aligned movement.

March 2010: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-38074-4: £75.00

E-mail: strategic_studies@routledge.com

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk

for more information

for e-mail updates in your field

eBooks are only available to order online

74

COLD WAR STUDIES

FORTHCOMING

The Cold War and National Assertion in Southeast Asia Britain, the United States and Burma, 1948–1962 Matthew Foley, Overseas Development Institute, UK Series: Routledge Studies in the Modern History of Asia This book charts British and American approaches to Burma between the country’s independence from the United Kingdom in 1948 and the military coup that ended civilian government in 1962. It analyses the fundamental drivers of Anglo-American policy-making during this crucial period – assumptions, expectations and apprehensions that would, eventually, lead America into the disaster of Vietnam. The book suggests the key to understanding British and American approaches to Southeast Asia is to see them in terms of a search for order and stability in an increasingly chaotic and dangerous world. Such order had previously been provided by the colonial regimes of the European powers.

With those regimes gone or going, British and American planners faced a region beset with new uncertainties, led by a set of nationalist politicians driven by very different, and often competing, goals and aspirations.

A detailed case study of post-colonial transition in Asia in the context of the emerging Cold War, this book focuses on the retraction of European colonial power in Southeast Asia, the concomitant expansion of US engagement in the region and the broad processes underpinning these changes. It draws on unique, previously unpublished British and American archival material relating to the Burmese case and fills an important gap in historical understanding of Western engagement in Southeast Asia.

RELATED JOURNALS

December 2009: 234x156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-55476-3: £80.00 eBook: 978-0-203-86408-1

Cold War History Listed in the Thomson Reuters Arts & Humanities Citation Index Editors: Michael Cox, London School of Economics and Political Science(LSE), UK; Saki Dockrill, King's College, London, UK; Jussi M. Hanhimäki, Graduate Institute of International Studies, Switzerland; Beatrice Heuser, University of Reading, UK; Ann Lane, King's College London at the Joint Services Command and Staff College, UK; N. Piers Ludlow, LSE, UK; Christian F. Ostermann, Woodrow Wilson Center, USA; Svetozar Rajak, LSE, UK; Odd Arne Westad, LSE, UK; Natalia I. Yegorova, Russian Academy of Sciences, Russia Cold War History is based in the Cold War Studies Centre at the London School of Economics. It aims to make available to the general public the results of recent research on the origins and development of the Cold War and its impact on nations, alliances and regions at various levels of statecraft, as well as in areas such as the military and intelligence, the economy, and social and intellectual developments.

NAVAL STUDIES

Cass Series: Naval Policy and History Series Edited by: Geoffrey Till, Joint Services Command and Staff College / Defence Studies, Kings College London, UK

TEXTBOOK 2ND EDITION

Seapower A Guide for the Twenty-First Century Geoffrey Till, Joint Services Command and Staff College / Defence Studies, Kings College London, UK Praise for the First Edition:

This series consists primarily of original manuscripts by research scholars in the general area of naval policy and history, without national or chronological limitations. It will from time to time also include collections of important articles as well as reprints of classic works.

’A landmark work.

Seapower: A Guide for the Twenty-First Century delivers gloriously what it promises in its sub-title. ... Till’s excellent book will dominate maritime reading lists for years to come.’ – Colin S. Gray, RUSI Journal

FORTHCOMING

Naval Power and Expeditionary Wars Peripheral Campaigns and New Theatres of Naval Warfare Edited by Bruce Elleman and Sarah Paine This volume examines the contribution of naval power to strategic victory by focusing on the decision to open a new theater in an ongoing war, and the contribution of such ‘peripheral‘ expeditions to strategic victory, from the 19th century to Iraq.

Selected Contents: Foreword John B. Hattendorf.

Introduction Bruce A. Elleman and S.C.M. Paine 1. Legal Issues of Peripheral Campaigns Eric T. Jensen 2. The Royal Navy and the Peninsular War 1808-13 Michael Duffy 3. Arctic Campaign during the Crimean War Andrew Lambert 4. The Gallipoli Debacle Robin Prior 5. The Mesopotamian Campaign during World War I Paul G. Halpern 6. Japan’s Peripheral Operation to Defeat Chiang Kai-shek: The Attacks on Pearl Harbor, Malaya, and the Philippines S.C.M. Paine 7. The U.S. War in the Pacific: The Guadalcanal Campaign Bradford Lee 8. The New Guinea Campaign during World War II David Stevens 9. Peripheral Campaigns in the Korean War Edward J. Marolda 10. The Malay Archipelago during the Emergency and Confrontation, 1948-66 Jeffrey Grey 11. China and the ‘Boat People‘ Offensive in the 1979 Sino-Vietnamese War Bruce A. Elleman 12. Always Expect the Unexpected: The Falklands/Malvinas Maritime Conflict 1982 Eric Grove 13. The Maritime Campaign in Iraq Peter Jones 14. Conclusions: The War on Terror during the 21st Century John Reeve. Epilogue Bruce A. Elleman and S.C.M. Paine October 2010: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-54608-9: £70.00

FORTHCOMING

Piracy, Terrorism and Irregular Warfare at Sea Navies Confront the 21st Century Martin N. Murphy This book is the first detailed study of irregular warfare at sea, covering such contemporary and growing issues as piracy, insurgency and terrorism.

This book will attempt to ask searching questions about the role and capabilities of navies in the twenty-first century, and will be of great interest to students of naval power, strategic studies, terrorism and international security generally, as well as naval professionals.

’A powerful combination of plain English and an innate ability to break down the component parts of a complex subject into a readily digestible form before leading the reader gently through the ensuing maze.’ – The Naval Review ’A tour de force, a milestone work and essential professional reading.’ – Ship’s Telegraph (Ministry of Defence) ’In all, Seapower is very probably the best single work on sea power and maritime strategy to have been published for many years.’ – Journal of the Australian Naval Institute Seapower is the essential guide to maritime strategy and naval history. Written by Geoffrey Till, one of the world’s leading authorities on seapower, this expanded new edition has two new chapters: Good Order at Sea and The Asia-Pacific Region: A Case Study. Fully illustrated with maps and diagrams, this book will be essential reading for students and and anyone interested in the changing and crucial role of seapower in the 21st century March 2009: 246x174: 432pp Hb: 978-0-415-48088-8: £90.00 Pb: 978-0-415-48089-5: £25.99 eBook: 978-0-203-88048-7 • AVAILABLE AS AN INSPECTION COPY

Indian Naval Strategy in the Twenty-first Century James R. Holmes, Andrew C. Winner and Toshi Yoshihara, all at Naval War College, USA This is the first academic study of India’s emerging maritime strategy, and offers a systematic analysis of the interplay between Western military thought and Indian maritime traditions.

This book probes how India looks at the sea, what kind of strategy and seagoing forces New Delhi may craft in the coming years, and how Indian leaders may use these forces. It examines the material dimension, but its major premise is that navies represent a physical expression of a society’s history, philosophical traditions, and culture. This book, then, ventures a comprehensive appraisal of Indian maritime strategy.

March 2009: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-45420-9: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-87802-6

July 2010: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-55039-0: £70.00

Volume 10, 2010, 4 issues per year Print ISSN: 1468-2745 Online ISSN: 1743-7962 www.tandf.co.uk/journals/fcwh

ORDER NOW!

See Order Form at the back of this catalogue

+44 (0)1235 400524

Fax: +44 (0)20 7017 6699

www.routledge.com/strategicstudies

NAVAL STUDIES

SPACE POWER

FORTHCOMING

Space and Defense Policy

FORTHCOMING

Southeast Asia and the Rise of Chinese and Indian Naval Power

Edited by Damon Coletta and Frances T. Pilch, both at United States Air Force Academy, Colorado, USA

Theory of Space Power

Series: Space Power and Politics

John Sheldon, School of Advanced Air Power Studies, Maxwell AFB, AB, USA

Sam Bateman and Joshua Ho, both at Nanyang Technological University, Singapore Series: Routledge Security in Asia Pacific Series This book examines the emerging maritime security scene in Southeast Asia. It considers highly topical implications for the region of possible strategic competition between China and India - the rising naval powers of Asia - with a possible naval ‘arms race‘ emerging between these countries both with naval force development and operations. This book identifies possible cooperative and confidence-building measures that may contribute to enhanced relations between these two major powers and dampen down the risks associated with their strategic competition.

March 2010: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-55955-3: £75.00

NEW

Maritime Security International Law and Policy Perspectives from Australia and New Zealand Edited by Natalie Klein, Joanna Mossop and Donald R. Rothwell, Australian National University This volume identifies those issues that affect Australia and New Zealand’s maritime security, evaluating the issues from legal and political perspectives, as well as examining the issues within the broad framework of international law and politics. The book also addresses considerations in the Pacific, Asian and Antarctic regions.

Selected Contents: 1. Australia, New Zealand and Maritime Security Natalie Klein, Joanna Mossop and Donald R. Rothwell 2. Maritime Security and the Law of the Sea Donald R. Rothwell and Natalie Klein 3. Australia’s Traditional Maritime Security Concerns and Post 9/11 Perspectives Donald R. Rothwell and Cameron Moore 4. Maritime Security in New Zealand Joanna Mossop 5.Whose Security is it and How Much of it do We Want? The US Influence on the International Law against Maritime Terrorism Shirley V. Scott 6. New Zealand and Australia’s Role in Improving Maritime Security in the Pacific Region Sam Bateman and Joanna Mossop 7. Maritime Security and Shipping Safety in the Southern Ocean Karen N. Scott 8. Counter-Terrorism and the Security of Shipping in Southeast Asia Caroline Foster 9. Maritime Security and Oceans Policy Peter Cozens 10. Act of State Doctrine in the Antipodes: The Intersection of National and International Law in Naval Constabulary Operations Cameron Moore 11. The Protection of Platforms, Pipelines and Submarine Cables under Australian and New Zealand Law Stuart Kaye 12. Maritime Domain Awareness in Australia and New Zealand Chris Rahman 13. Intelligence Gathering and Information Sharing for Maritime Security Purposes under International Law Natalie Klein 14. Maritime Security in the Twenty-First Century: Contemporary and Anticipated Challenges for Australia and New Zealand Donald R. Rothwell October 2009: 234x156: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-48426-8: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-86747-1

This edited volume introduces the reader to the role of space in military and defense strategy, and outlines some of the major foreign and domestic actors in the space arena, as well as constraints of law and treaties on activities in space. It also addresses science and technology as they relate to space policy.

Selected Contents: Introduction Damon Coletta 1. Space and Grand Strategy Jim Wirtz 2. Space, Science, and Technology Tim Lawrence, Ken Siegenthaler, and Tom Ward 3. Space and the Economy Bruce Linster 4. Understanding Space Law: Legal Framework for Space Jonty Kasku-Jackson and Elizabeth Waldrop 5. Cooperation in Space: International Institutions Tom Graham and Darren Huskisson 6. The Policy Process Eligar Sadeh and Brenda Vallance 7. Space and the Military Pete Hays 8. Space and Intelligence: A Case Study David Christopher Arnold 9. The Acquisition Process: Acquiring Technology for Space and Defense Steve Green, Kurt Heppard, and Robert Tremaine 10. The Civil Sector John Logsdon and Mick Gleason 11. Russia and China: Strategic Choices Concerning Space Clay Moltz 12. The European Space Perspective Xavier Pasco 13. The Impact of Foreign Space Policies on U.S. Defense Policy James Vedda and David Turner. Conclusion Roger Harrison. Appendix: Landmarks in U.S. Space Policy Preston Arnold January 2009: 234x156: 368pp Hb: 978-0-415-77732-2: £75.00

FORTHCOMING

The US Military and Outer Space Perspectives, Plans and Programs

The Perils of Strategic Analogy

Series: Space Power and Politics The book will provide a coherent strategic theory for space power, and explain why previous attempts at theorizing about space power have failed. The book argues that the main reason for this failure is the tendency of theorists to rely on strategic analogies when framing a theory of space power. A strategic analogy is a conceptual tool that finds similarities between two or more strategic environments (land, sea, air, space and cyberspace) and then extrapolates other points of similarity between those strategic environments. The book will look at how theorists extrapolate similarities from the sea and air strategic environments to the space strategic environment, using a rigorous methodology that compares and contrasts strategic analogies through the prism of strategic dimensions such as geography and technology.

The use of this methodology helps elucidate the true character of space power as it really is, not as many theorists wish it to be. Furthermore, this process then provides the foundational elements of a theory of space power, and provides a more rigorous basis from which strategic theorists can leave behind the unsound method of reasoning by strategic analogy and start the process of inductive creativity in theory making for space power.

The book will be the first rigorous attempt at providing a plausible theory of space power, and will be of much interest to students of space power, strategic studies and air power, as well as international security.

January 2010: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-47715-4: £75.00

Peter L. Hays, National Defense University, Washington DC Series: Space Power and Politics

FORTHCOMING

This new book clearly explains the evolution of US military perspectives, plans, and programmes for the use of space from the 1950s to the present.

Sovereignty, Jurisdiction, and Exploitation of the Seas, Polar Regions, Airspace and Outer Space

It shows how and why the military’s use of space has moved from the highest strategic levels down to the tactical level, enabling a new American way of war that substitutes precision for mass. It also explores the role of key individuals and organizations in shaping the military’s use of space and evaluates the utility of the evolution of airpower doctrine and organizations as an analogy for the development of space power. The book would also cover recent events such as the use of space for precision bombing and network-centric warfare in Kosovo, Afghanistan, and Iraq, as well as recent political and bureaucratic developments such as implementing the recommendations of the Rumsfeld Space Commission.

December 2009: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-36654-0: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-01924-5

Legal Criteria for Spatial Delimitation Gbenga Oduntan, University of Kent, UK Series: Routledge Research in International Law This book will focus primarily on the issues of sovereignty jurisdiction and control in airspace and outer space, but will also look at related issues pertaining to the Seas and Antarctica. As well as considering the matters in public international law the book will also explore aspects of private international law that are central to the understanding of sovereignty and jurisdiction over territories. Commercial exploitation, resource control and the international regime regulating contractual obligations in relation to transportation of goods and services over all forms of territory will be examined to the extent that they are necessary to explain jurisdictional rights and duties over territory.

The book goes on to consider the distinction between airspace and outer space and puts forward legal criteria which would allow for the resolution of the spatial delimitation dispute. These criteria would determine where in spatial terms the exclusive sovereignty of airspace ends and where outer space - the province of all mankind begins, and contribute to the jurisprudence of territorial sovereignty and jurisdiction.

October 2010: 234x156: 384pp Hb: 978-0-415-56212-6: £75.00

E-mail: strategic_studies@routledge.com

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk

for more information

for e-mail updates in your field

eBooks are only available to order online

75

76

SPACE POWER

Securing Outer Space International Relations Theory and the Politics of Space Edited by Natalie Bormann, Northeastern University, Boston, USA and Michael Sheehan, University of Wales, Swansea, UK Series: Routledge Critical Security Studies This edited volume analyses a number of controversial policies and strategies relating to Space activities, and to place these in a broader theoretical perspective. The book reveals the relationship between activities in Outer Space and terrestrial international relations.

RELATED JOURNALS

Selected Contents: Introduction Natalie Bormann and Michael Sheehan 1. Unbundling Sovereignty, Territory and the State in Outer Space: Two Approaches Jill Stuart 2. Space Weapons – Dream, Nightmare or Reality? Dave Webb 3. Critical Astropolitics: The Geopolitics of Space Control and the Transformation of State Sovereignty Raymond Duvall and Jonathan Havercroft 4. The Spaces Between Us: The Gendered Politics of Outer Space Penny Griffin 5. The Lost Dimension: A Spatial Reading of US Weaponisation of Space Natalie Bormann 6. Haunted dreams: Critical Theory, Technology and the Militarization of Space Columba Peoples 7. The (Power) Politics of Space: The US Astropolitical Discourse on Global Dominance in the War on Terror David Grondin 8. Between Blind Faith and Deep Scepticism January 2009: 234x156: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-46056-9: £70.00 eBook: 978-0-203-88202-3

Astropolitics Editor: Dr Eligar Sadeh, Astroconsulting International, USA Astropolitics: The International Journal of Space Politics and Policy is a peer-reviewed academic journal. The journal is dedicated to policy relevant and interdisciplinary analysis of civil, commercial, military, and intelligence space activities. Committed to the highest editorial standards, Astropolitics is the international journal of choice for the academic, policy-maker and professional in the space community.

Volume Number: 7, 3 issues per year Print ISSN: 1477-7622 Online ISSN: 1557-2943 www.tandf.co.uk/journals/FAST

THE WIDGET ICON Books with the symbol are now available with Search Inside capability on www.routledge.com.

Simply click the link and view the book!

ORDER NOW!

See Order Form at the back of this catalogue

+44 (0)1235 400524

Fax: +44 (0)20 7017 6699

www.routledge.com/strategicstudies

ROUTLEDGE PAPERBACKS DIRECT

Routledge Paperbacks Direct A NEW WAY TO EXPAND YOUR PERSONAL LIBRARY! A growing selection of our Security, Military and Strategic hardback monographs are now available for individual purchase, in paperback format from just £20.00. These books are only available directly from Routledge and can be ordered in one of three easy ways: Online: www.routledgepaperbacksdirect.com

Telephone Hotline: +44 (0)1235 400524

Title

Post: Use catalogue order form (centre pages)

Author/Editor

ISBN

Price

Asian Security Reconstructing Post-Saddam Iraq

Sultan Barakat

978-0-415-46424-6

£22.50

Bush and Asia

Edited by Mark Beeson

978-0-415-44408-8

£22.00

The Caspian

Edited by Shirin Akiner

978-0-415-40574-4

£22.00

Ending the Vietnam War

Ang Cheng Guan

978-0-415-40619-2

£20.00

Japanese Army Stragglers and Memories of the War in Japan, 1950-75

Beatrice Trefalt

978-0-415-40628-4

£20.00

Perception, Politics and Security in South Asia

P. R. Chari et al.

978-0-415-40603-1

£22.00

China-India Relations

Amardeep Athwal

978-0-415-54473-3

£22.00

China-US Relations Transformed

Edited by Suisheng Zhao

978-0-415-49580-6

£20.00

Globalization and Religious Nationalism in India

Catarina Kinnvall

978-0-415-54450-4

£22.00

India's Nuclear Bomb and National Security

Karsten Frey

978-0-415-54448-1

£22.00

Securing Southeast Asia

Mark Beeson and Alex Bellamy

978-0-415-49174-7

£22.00

The Balance of Power in Asia-Pacific Security

Liselotte Odgaard

978-0-415-54702-4

£22.00

US-China Relations in the 21st Century

Zhiqun Zhu

978-0-415-49734-3

£20.00

Japan's Security Relations with China since 1989

Reinhard Drifte

978-0-415-40593-5

£22.00

The Ethics of War in Asian Civilizations

Edited by Torkel Brekke

978-0-415-54437-5

£22.00

Korea in the New Asia

Edited by Francoise Nicolas

978-0-415-54706-2

£22.00

Military Control in Pakistan

Mazhar Aziz

978-0-415-54474-0

£22.00

Madrasas in South Asia

Edited by Jamal Malik

978-0-415-54480-1

£22.00

India - From Regional to World Power

Ashok Kapur

978-0-415-44802-4

£20.00

Security and Sustainable Development in Myanmar

Helen James

978-0-415-54574-7

£20.00

Chinese Military Strategy in the Third Indochina War

Edward C. O'Dowd

978-0-415-54528-0

£22.00

Soviet-Vietnam Relations and the Role of China 1949-64

Mari Olsen

978-0-415-54492-4

£22.00

Political Islam and Violence in Indonesia

Zachary Abuza

978-0-415-46106-1

£22.00

Taiwan's Security

Bernard Cole

978-0-415-46082-8

£22.00

China and International Institutions

Marc Lanteigne

978-0-415-45956-3

£22.00

Chinese Civil-Military Relations

Edited by Nan Li

978-0-415-40786-1

£22.00

If China Attacks Taiwan

Edited by Steve Tsang

978-0-415-40785-4

£22.00

Interpreting China's Military Power

Ka Po Ng

978-0-415-40772-4

£22.00

Chinese Strategic Culture and Foreign Policy Decision-Making

Huiyun Feng

978-0-415-54520-4

£22.50

The Rise of China and International Security

Edited by Kevin J. Cooney and Yoichiro Sato

978-0-415-55876-1

£22.50

Bosnia and Herzegovina in the Second World War

Enver Redzic

978-0-7146-8510-6

£24.99

Asia-Pacific Security

Edited by William Tow et al.

978-0-415-49088-7

£20.00

Conflict Management, Security and Intervention in East Asia

Edited by Jacob Bercovitch et al.

978-0-415-55878-5

£22.50

Religion and Conflict in South and Southeast Asia

Edited by Linell E. Cady and Sheldon W. Simon

978-0-415-45953-2

£22.00

Intelligence Studies Twenty-First Century Intelligence

Edited by Wesley K. Wark

978-0-415-46380-5

£22.00

Intelligence Activities in Ancient Rome

Rose Mary Sheldon

978-0-415-45271-7

£22.00

Peacekeeping Intelligence

Edited by David Carment and Martin Rudner

978-0-415-54497-9

£22.00

Intelligence, Crises and Security

Edited by Len Scott and R. Gerald Hughes

978-0-415-46430-7

£22.50

Military Intelligence and the Arab Revolt

Polly A. Mohs

978-0-415-49331-4

£20.00

Intelligence Theory

Edited by Peter Gill et al.

978-0-415-55337-7

£22.00

Cultural Diversity in the Armed Forces

Edited by Joseph L. Soeters and Jan Van der Meulen

978-0-415-54510-5

£22.00

Social Sciences and the Military

Edited by Giuseppe Caforio

978-0-415-54508-2

£22.00

Corporate Soldiers and International Security

Christopher Kinsey

978-0-415-45776-7

£22.00

Gender and the Military

Helena Carreiras

978-0-415-47208-1

£22.00

Military Forces in 21st Century Peace Operations

James V. Arbuckle

978-0-415-54498-6

£20.00

Nuclear Weapons Proliferation in the Next Decade

Edited by Peter Lavoy

978-0-415-49522-6

£20.00

Chinese Naval Strategy in the 21st Century

James R. Holmes and Toshi Yoshihara

978-0-415-54534-1

£22.50

China's Rising Sea Power

Peter Howarth

978-0-415-49516-5

£20.00

Military and Naval Studies

Military History The Impact of the Russo-Japanese War

Edited by Rotem Kowner

978-0-415-54582-2

£20.00

China and Africa

Ian Taylor

978-0-415-54552-5

£20.00

E-mail: strategic_studies@routledge.com

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk

for more information

for e-mail updates in your field

eBooks are only available to order online

77

78

ROUTLEDGE PAPERBACKS DIRECT

Title

Author/Editor

ISBN

Japanese-American Civilian Prisoner Exchanges and Detention Camps, 1941-45

Bruce Elleman

978-0-415-46192-4

Price £20.00

Anglo-Iranian Relations since 1800

Edited by Vanessa Martin

978-0-415-54439-9

£22.00

Disability and/in Prose

Edited by Brenda Jo Brueggemann and Marian E. Lupo

978-0-415-49152-5

£20.00

America, War and Power

Edited by Lawrence Sondhaus and A. James Fuller

978-0-415-54533-4

£20.00

American Extremism

Darren Mulloy

978-0-415-48380-3

£22.00

Britain in Vietnam

Peter Neville

978-0-415-48747-4

£22.00

The Normandy Campaign 1944

Edited by John Buckley

978-0-415-44942-7

£22.00

Big Wars and Small Wars

Edited by Hew Strachan

978-0-415-54504-4

£22.00

Leaders in War

Edited by Frederick W. Kagan and Christian Kubik

978-0-415-40784-7

£22.00

Military Leadership in the British Civil Wars, 1642-1651

Stanley D.M. Carpenter

978-0-415-40790-8

£22.00

Global Geostrategy

Edited by Brian Blouet

978-0-7146-8575-5

£22.99

SOE in France

M.R.D. Foot

978-0-415-40800-4

£22.00

Alfred Von Schlieffen's Military Writings

Edited by Robert Foley

978-0-415-40862-2

£22.00

British Armour in the Normandy Campaign

John Buckley

978-0-415-40773-1

£22.00

Post-war Counterinsurgency and the SAS, 1945-1952

Tim Jones

978-0-415-44929-8

£22.00

The Red Army, 1918-1941

Earl F. Ziemke

978-0-415-40865-3

£22.00

Cossacks in the German Army 1941-1945

Samuel J. Newland

978-0-7146-8199-3

£24.99

Military Deception and Strategic Surprise!

Edited by John Gooch

978-0-415-44933-5

£22.00

Military Honour and the Conduct of War

Paul Robinson

978-0-415-54509-9

£22.00

Strategic Culture and Ways of War

Lawrence Sondhaus

978-0-415-54506-8

£20.00

Changing Direction

Julian Lewis

978-0-415-49171-6

£20.00

The Third Indochina War

Edited by Odd Arne Westad and Sophie Quinn-Judge

978-0-415-54505-1

£20.00

The German 1918 Offensives

David T. Zabecki

978-0-415-55879-2

£22.50

The Cold War in the Middle East

Edited by Nigel J. Ashton

978-0-415-54527-3

£22.00

The Emergence of Détente in Europe

Arne Hofmann

978-0-415-54522-8

£22.50

The Israeli Military and the Origins of the 1967 War

Ami Gluska

978-0-415-54511-2

£22.00

Dreadnought Gunnery and the Battle of Jutland

John Brooks

978-0-415-40788-5

£22.00

Peace & Conflict Studies Chechnya - Russia's 'War on Terror'

John Russell

978-0-415-49177-8

£22.00

Russian Business Power

Edited by Andreas Wenger et al.

978-0-415-54569-3

£20.00

Colonialism and Genocide

Edited by Dirk Moses and Dan Stone

978-0-415-46415-4

£22.50

Identity Politics in the Age of Genocide

David B. MacDonald

978-0-415-54352-1

£20.00

Kosovo between War and Peace

Edited by Tonny Brems Knudsen and Carsten Bagge Laustsen

978-0-415-45958-7

£22.00

From Nation-Building to State-Building

Edited by Mark T. Berger

978-0-415-49521-9

£20.00

NATO and Peace Support Operations, 1991-1999

Henning A. Frantzen

978-0-415-40789-2

£22.00

Conflict Prevention and Peace-building in Post-War Societies

Edited by T. David Mason and James D. Meernik

978-0-415-54495-5

£20.00

Negotiation and Conflict Management

I. William Zartman

978-0-415-54529-7

£20.00

Peace and Security in the Postmodern World

Dennis J.D. Sandole

978-0-415-44883-3

£22.00

Peacebuilding

Elisabeth Porter

978-0-415-47973-8

£22.00

Territorial Conflicts in World Society

Edited by Stephan Stetter

978-0-415-54360-6

£20.00

The EU and Conflict Resolution

Nathalie Tocci

978-0-415-47976-9

£22.00

The Balkans in the New Millennium

Tom Gallagher

978-0-415-46001-9

£22.00

Peace Operations and Human Rights

Edited by Ray Murphy and Katarina Mansson

978-0-415-49575-2

£20.00

Autonomy, Self Governance and Conflict Resolution

Edited by Marc Weller and Stefan Wolff

978-0-415-47959-2

£22.00

Geopolitics and the Great Powers in the 21st Century

C. Dale Walton

978-0-415-54519-8

£22.50

The Politics of Cyberconflict

Athina Karatzogianni

978-0-415-47980-6

£22.00

Transatlantic Homeland Security

Anja Dalgaard-Nielsen and Daniel Hamilton

978-0-415-54355-2

£20.00

European Union Peacebuilding and Policing

Michael Merlingen and Rasa Ostrauskaite

978-0-415-47964-6

£22.00

Governance in Post-Conflict Societies

Edited by Derick W. Brinkerhoff

978-0-415-46324-9

£22.00

Peace without Politics? Ten Years of State-Building in Bosnia

Edited by David Chandler

978-0-415-46382-9

£22.50

Security and Development

Edited by Robert Picciotto and Rachel Weaving

978-0-415-46362-1

£22.50

The Politics of Protection

Edited by Jef Huysmans et al.

978-0-415-49916-3

£20.00

Nordic Approaches to Peace Operations

Peter Viggo Jakobsen

978-0-415-54491-7

£22.50

Propaganda and Information Warfare in the Twenty-First Century

Scot Macdonald

978-0-415-54500-6

£22.00

War and Media Operations

Thomas Rid

978-0-415-47209-8

£22.00

The Political Economy of Peacebuilding in Post-Dayton Bosnia

Tim Donais

978-0-415-40792-2

£22.00

Religion in World Conflict

Edited by Jonathan Fox and Shmeul Sandler

978-0-415-46434-5

£22.50

The Long War - Insurgency, Counterinsurgency and Collapsing States

Edited by Mark T. Berger and Douglas A. Borer

978-0-415-49570-7

£20.00

War as Risk Management

Yee-Kuang Heng

978-0-415-54499-3

£20.00

Confronting Past Human Rights Violations

Chandra Lekha Sriram

978-0-415-40758-8

£22.00

Clinton, Peacekeeping and Humanitarian Interventionism

Leonie Murray

978-0-415-54532-7

£22.00

The Military and Negotiation

Deborah Goodwin

978-0-415-37900-7

£24.99

Israeli Politics and the First Palestinian Intifada

Eitan Alimi

978-0-415-55885-3

£22.50

Transnational Islam and Regional Security

Edited by Frederic Volpi

978-0-415-49526-4

£20.00

NATO-Russia Relations in the Twenty-First Century

Edited by Aurel Braun

978-0-415-54637-9

£20.00

Security Studies

ORDER NOW!

See Order Form at the back of this catalogue

+44 (0)1235 400524

Fax: +44 (0)20 7017 6699

www.routledge.com/strategicstudies

ROUTLEDGE PAPERBACKS DIRECT

Title

Author/Editor

ISBN

Cinema and Popular Geo-politics

Edited by Marcus Power

978-0-415-46377-5

Price £22.50

Where is NATO Going?

Edited by Martin Smith

978-0-415-46363-8

£22.50

Nuclear Proliferation and International Security

Edited by Sverre Lodgaard and Bremer Maerli

978-0-415-54515-0

£22.50

Civil-Military Relations in Europe

Edited by Hans Born et al.

978-0-415-54501-3

£22.00

European Union and Strategy

Edited by Kjell Engelbrekt and Jan Hallenberg

978-0-415-54531-0

£22.50

The EU and the European Security Strategy

Edited by Sven Biscop and Jan Joel Andersson

978-0-415-47977-6

£22.00

European Security in the Twenty-First Century

Adrian Hyde-Price

978-0-415-54507-5

£20.00

A Human Security Doctrine for Europe

Edited by Marlies Glasius and Mary Kaldor

978-0-415-47954-7

£22.00

Iraq's Armed Forces

Ibrahim Al-Marashi and Sammy Salama

978-0-415-56023-8

£22.50

Radical Islam and International Security

Edited by Efraim Inbar and Hillel Frisch

978-0-415-54530-3

£20.00

Nasser and the Missile Age in the Middle East

Owen L. Sirrs

978-0-415-40798-4

£22.00

The Political Road to War with Iraq

Nick Ritchie and Paul Rogers

978-0-415-45950-1

£22.00

Changing Transatlantic Security Relations

Edited by Jan Hallenberg and Håkan Karlsson

978-0-415-54496-2

£20.00

Striving for Military Stability in Europe

Jane M.O. Sharp

978-0-415-40795-3

£22.00

International Law and International Relations

Edited by Thomas J. Biersteker et al.

978-0-415-45959-4

£22.00

International Law and the Use of Armed Force

Joel Westra

978-0-415-49515-8

£20.00

War Crimes Tribunals and Transitional Justice

Madoka Futamura

978-0-415-49514-1

£20.00

Military Nanotechnology

Jürgen Altmann

978-0-415-40799-1

£22.00

NATO and Weapons of Mass Destruction

Eric Terzuolo

978-0-415-40797-7

£22.00

Mediating International Crises

Victor Asal et al.

978-0-415-40677-2

£22.00

America, the EU and Strategic Culture

Asle Toje

978-0-415-49033-7

£20.00

Missile Defence

Edited by Sten Rynning and Bertel Heurlin

978-0-415-40783-0

£22.00

War, Image and Legitimacy

James Gow and Milena Michalski

978-0-415-48177-9

£22.00

Propaganda, the Press and Conflict

David R. Willcox

978-0-415-40791-5

£22.00

Weapons Proliferation and War in the Greater Middle East

Richard L. Russell

978-0-415-40793-9

£22.00

The Political Economy of Global Security

Heikki Patomäki

978-0-415-47979-0

£22.00

Russia and NATO since 1991

Martin Smith

978-0-415-49893-7

£20.00

Understanding Victory and Defeat in Contemporary War

Edited by Jan Angstrom and Isabelle Duyvesteyn

978-0-415-48164-9

£22.00

War Plans and Alliances in the Cold War

Edited by Vojtech Mastny et al.

978-0-415-39564-9

£22.99

Europeanization of National Security Identity

Pernille Rieker

978-0-415-54494-8

£22.00

Small Arms and Security

Denise Garcia

978-0-415-49485-4

£20.00

Old Europe, New Europe and the Transatlantic Security Agenda

Edited by Kerry Longhurst and Marcin Zaborowski

978-0-415-46375-1

£22.50

Global Insurgency and the Future of Armed Conflict

Edited by Regina Karp et al.

978-0-415-77837-4

£20.00

The Iraq War

Edited by Jan Hallenberg and Håkan Karlsson

978-0-415-40779-3

£22.00

Information Warfare in Business

Iain Munro

978-0-415-43990-9

£22.50

Space Warfare

John J. Klein

978-0-415-40796-0

£22.00

US Intervention Policy and Army Innovation

Richard Lock-Pullan

978-0-415-40787-8

£22.00

Theoretical Roots of US Foreign Policy

Thomas M. Kane

978-0-415-54503-7

£22.00

Pure Strategy

Everett Dolman

978-0-7146-8498-7

£23.99

Science, Strategy and War

Frans P.B. Osinga

978-0-415-45952-5

£22.00

Special Operations and Strategy

James D. Kiras

978-0-415-45949-5

£22.00

Warfighting and Disruptive Technologies

Terry Pierce

978-0-415-70189-1

£25.99

Alexander the Great: Lessons in Strategy

David J. Lonsdale

978-0-415-54525-9

£22.50

Information Strategy and Warfare

Edited by John Arquilla and Douglas A. Borer

978-0-415-54514-3

£22.50

War in Iraq

Edited by Thomas G. Mahnken and Thomas A. Keaney

978-0-415-54524-2

£22.50

The Economic Analysis of Terrorism

Edited by Tilman Brück

978-0-415-49402-1

£20.00

Media, War and Terrorism

Edited by Shoma Munshi and Peter van der Veer

978-0-415-40594-2

£22.00

Between Terrorism and Civil War

Edited by Clive Jones and Ami Pedahzur

978-0-415-43453-9

£22.50

Fighting Terrorism and Drugs

Jörg Friedrichs

978-0-415-54351-4

£20.00

China's War on Terrorism

Martin I. Wayne

978-0-415-54518-1

£22.50

Terrorism Studies

Terror, Insecurity and Liberty

Edited by Didier Bigo and Anastassia Tsoukala

978-0-415-49068-9

£22.00

Female Terrorism and Militancy

Edited by Cindy D. Ness

978-0-415-48427-5

£20.00

The Strategy of Terrorism

Peter R. Neumann and M.L.R. Smith

978-0-415-54526-6

£22.00

Understanding Terrorist Innovation

Adam Dolnik

978-0-415-54516-7

£22.50

Mapping Terrorism Research

Edited by Magnus Ranstorp

978-0-415-45778-1

£22.00

Terrorism and Human Rights

Edited by Magnus Ranstorp and Paul Wilkinson

978-0-415-49524-0

£20.00

E-mail: strategic_studies@routledge.com

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk

for more information

for e-mail updates in your field

eBooks are only available to order online

79

80

INDEX

A Abolishing Nuclear Weapons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11 Acharya, Amitav . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23 Acharya, Arabinda . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57 Acton, James . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11 Adams, Gordon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19 Adelphi series . . . . . .10, 11, 23, 31, 51, 55, 64, 67 African Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 Aggression, Crime and International Security . . . .11 Akil, Awan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60 Aldrich, Richard J. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65 Alison, Miranda . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60 Allum, Felia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15 Alvarez, Alex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37 America, the UN and Decolonisation . . . . . . . . . .20 American Foreign Policy and Postwar Reconstruction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18 American Foreign Policy and The Politics of Fear .20 American Foreign Policy Interests . . . . . . . . . . . . .22 American Intellectuals and US Strategy . . . . . . . .18 American Sanctions in the Asia-Pacific . . . . . . . . .25 American Soldiers in Iraq . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .67 America’s Grand Strategy and World Politics . . . .17 America’s ‘Special Relationships’ . . . . . . . . . . . . .18 Andrew, Christopher . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65 Ang, Cheng Guan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28 Annan, Kofi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30 Aoi, Chiyuki . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11 Arab-Israeli Conflict . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41 Aradau, Claudia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 Arai, Tatsushi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50 Argomaniz, Javier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .58 Art, Robert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17 ASEAN Regionalism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25 Ashe, Fidelma . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50 Ashour, Omar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .58 Asian Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .27 Asian Security Studies (series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24 Asian States and Empires (series) . . . . . . . . . . . . .72 Asia’s Nuclear Futures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25 Astropolitics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .76 Atrocity and American Military Justice in Southeast Asia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .71 Aydinli, Ersel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .45

B Babu, D. Shyam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41 Badran, Amneh . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .51 Bagnato, Bruna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .73 Bagshaw, Dale . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24 Bajc, Vida . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .61 Baker, Gideon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14 Balint, Jennifer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39 Balzacq, Thierry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6 Barnett, Louise . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .71 Barnett, Michael N. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .44 Bartelson, Jens . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 Bartrop, Paul R. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .36 BASEES/Routledge Series on Russian and East European Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33 Bateman, Sam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75 Bayley, Paul . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .43 Beeres, Robert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .68 Bellamy, Alex J. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10, 41 Bello, Valeria . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30 Ben-Dor, Gabriel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16 Bengtsson, Rikard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .29 Bennett, Gill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .69 Bercovitch, Jacob . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .48 Berdal, Mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .46, 51 Bergman-Rosamond, Annika . . . . . . . . . . . . .14, 42 Berlin in the Cold War, 1948-1990 . . . . . . . . . . .73 Bernaz, Nadia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10 BESA Studies in International Security (series) . . .68 Beswick, Danielle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40 Beyond Anti-Americanism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18 Biopolitics of Security in the 21st Century . . . . . . .5 Biscop, Sven . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .67 Bjola, Corneliu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12 Bjorgo, Tore . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55 Black, David R. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38 Blakeley, Ruth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .59 Bleich, Erik . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .61 Bormann, Natalie . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .76 Brachman, Jarret M. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57 Bräuchler, Birgit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28 Brawley, Mark R. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13 Breau, Susan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30 Brecher, Bob . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .58 Bregman, Ahron . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40 Bridoux, Jeff . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18 Britain’s War Plans 1919-1939 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70 Brown, David . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12 Browning, Christopher . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 Bulley, Dan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19 Burgess, J. Peter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4, 5

ORDER NOW!

See Order Form at the back of this catalogue

Bush’s Foreign and Security Policy . . . . . . . . . . . .21 Business, Conflict Resolution and Peacebuilding . .49 Butler, Michael J. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .47 Buying National Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19 Buzan, Barry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9

C Caballero-Anthony, Mely . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .26 Cairns, Edward . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52 Campbell, Kirsten . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .46 Caplan, Jane . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37 Carey, Sabine C. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .45 Carlton-Ford, Steven . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40 Carment, David . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .44 Carmola, Kateri . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12 Cass Military Studies (series) . . . .52, 62, 67, 68, 70 Cass Series on Peacekeeping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .53 Cass Series on Political Violence . . . . . . . .55, 56, 57 Cass Series: Naval Policy and History (series) . . . .74 Catignani, Sergio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .32 Caucasus - An Introduction, The . . . . . . . . . . . . .34 Central Asian Studies (series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33 Century of Genocide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37 Cesari, Jocelyne . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 Chakma, Bhumitra . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .26 Chambers, Michael R. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .27 Chandler, David . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4, 7, 35 Character of War in the 21st Century, The . . . . . .43 Chari, Chandra . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25 Cheng Guan, Ang . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .73 Chin, Warren . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .46 China, Xinjiang and Central Asia . . . . . . . . . . . . .26 China’s African Challenges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23 Chinese Foreign Policy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22 Chinese Security Policy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22 Churchill’s Man of Mystery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .69 Cimbala, Stephen J. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13 Cities under Fire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .45 Citizenship and War . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .68 Civil Wars . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .47 Civilization and Empire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14 Clarke, Michael . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .26 Climate Change and Armed Conflict . . . . . . . . . .43 Clinton’s Foreign Policy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .21 Coakley, John . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .51 Coene, Frederik . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .34 Cohen, Stuart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .68 Coker, Christopher . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .43 Cold War and National Assertion in Southeast Asia, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .74 Cold War History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .74 Cold War History (series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .73 Cold War in Southern Africa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .73 Coletta, Damon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75 Comparative Strategy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .64 Complex Peace Operations and Civil-Military Relations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52 Complexity and Public Policy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .61 Concentration Camps in Nazi Germany . . . . . . . .37 Conflict and Insurgency in the Contemporary Middle East . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .32 Conflict and Peacebuilding in Sri Lanka . . . . . . . .27 Conflict and Peacemaking in Israel-Palestine . . . .50 Conflict Management and Resolution . . . . . . . . .48 Conflict Transformation and Peacebuilding . . . . .48 Conflict, Security and Development . . . . . . . . . . .40 Consociational Theory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50 Consolidating Peace in the Aftermath of War . . .51 Constructing a Security Community in Southeast Asia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23 Contemporary European Security . . . . . . . . . . . . .29 Contemporary Security Policy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14 Contemporary Security Studies (series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11, 12, 21, 29, 33, 42, 60, 70 Contemporary State Terrorism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .58 Contemporary Terrorism Studies (series) . . . . .57, 58 Cooperative Security in the Asia-Pacific . . . . . . . .24 Coping and Conformity in World Politics . . . . . . .43 Cordell, Karl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .47 Corpus-Assisted Discourse Studies on the Iraq Conflict . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .43 Cosmopolitanism and Ethics in International Relations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14 Counterterrorism Policies in Central Asia . . . . . . .61 Courts of Genocide, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38 Coward, Martin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .45 Cox, Michael . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18, 74 Cramer, Jane K. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20 Creativity and Conflict Resolution . . . . . . . . . . . .50 Crisis in the Caucasus: Russia, Georgia and the West . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .72 Critical Concepts in International Relations (series) .2 Critical Concepts in Media and Cultural Studies (series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .42 Critical Concepts in Philosophy (series) . . . . . . . . .42 Critical Concepts in Political Science (series) . . . . .41 Critical International Relations - An Introduction . .4

+44 (0)1235 400524

Critical Issues in Global Politics (series) . . . . . . . .7, 8 Critical Perspectives on Human Security . . . . . . . .35 Critical Security Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 Critical Studies on Terrorism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .59 Critical Terrorism Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .58 Critique, Security and Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6 Cronin, Audrey Kurth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55 Croser, Caroline . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6 Crouch, Cameron I. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57 CSS Studies in Security and International Relations (series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22, 34

D Daase, Christopher . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11 Davies, Philip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65 Davies, Sara E. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10 Davis, Malcolm R. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28 Dayton, Bruce W. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .48 de Lint, Willem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .61 Dealing with Failed States . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .45 Defence Procurement and Industry Policy . . . . . .64 Defence Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .46 Defining and Defying Organised Crime . . . . . . . .15 DeGarmo, Denise . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39 DeHaas, Marcel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33 Dellecker, Adrian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .34 Demmers, Jolle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39 Democracy and Intervention . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 Democracy & Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16 Democracy and the War on Terror . . . . . . . . . . . .57 Der Derian, James . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4, 67 De-Radicalization of Jihadists, The . . . . . . . . . . . .58 Devenney, Mark . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .58 Dictionary of Conflicts in South Asia (series) . . . .41 Dictionary of Modern Defence and Strategy, A . .64 Diehl, Paul F. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .64 Dilemmas of Statebuilding, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . .45 Dillon, Michael . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5, 41 Diplomacy & Statecraft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .72 Discourse of Palestinian-Israeli Relations, The . . . .30 Discourses and Practices of Terrorism . . . . . . . . . .58 Dispossession and Resistance in India . . . . . . . . .51 Dixon, Paul . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .51 Dockrill, Saki . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .74 Donnelly, Christopher . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .34 Doucet, Marc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 Duff Wrobbel, E. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39 Dumbrell, John . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18, 21 Dumper, Michael . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41 Duncan, Peter J.S. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33 Dunn Cavelty, Myriam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 Durham Modern Middle East and Islamic World Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31 Duyvesteyn, Isabelle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40 Dyer, Hugh C. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .43

E East Asian Security Community, The . . . . . . . . . .26 East German Foreign Intelligence . . . . . . . . . . . . .66 Eastern Christianity and the Cold War, 1945-91 . .73 Economic Development and Military Security . . . .68 Egnell, Robert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52 Elias, Robert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .53 Elleman, Bruce . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .74 Elman, Colin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9 Emerging Transnational (In)security Governance . .45 Emmers, Ralf . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25 Ender, Morten G. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .42, 67 Ending Terrorism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55 Energy Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .29 Esparza, Marcia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .59 Ethical Subject of Security, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 Ethics As Foreign Policy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19 Ethics of War and Conflict . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .42 EU and Counter-Terrorism, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . .58 EU and the European Security Order, The . . . . . .29 Eubank, William . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57 European Army, A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .67 European Military Crisis Management . . . . . . . . .67 European Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .29 European Security Governance . . . . . . . . . . . . . .29 European Union and Human Security, The . . . . . .35 European Union Sanctions and Foreign Policy . . .29 European-American Relations and the Middle East . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22 EU-Russia Strategic Partnership, The . . . . . . . . . .30 Evolution of International Society, The . . . . . . . . . .9 Ewans, Martin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33 Exceptionalism and the Politics of Counter-Terrorism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 Experiencing War . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41

F Farrell, Theo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 Faure, Guy Olivier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57

Fax: +44 (0)20 7017 6699

Feierstein, Daniel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .59 Feiveson, Harold A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16 Female Suicide Bombers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .58 Feminist Security Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 Fernández Sola, Natividad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20 Fidler, David P. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24 Findlay, Trevor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13 Finlay, Andrew . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .47 First World War Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .72 Fitzpatrick, Mark . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31 Foley, Matthew . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .74 Francis, David J. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13 Freedman, Amy L. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .27 Freedman, Lawrence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .64 Friedman, Benjamin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .63 Friesendorf, Cornelius . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11 Friis, Thomas Wegener . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .66 Frisch, Hillel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .32 Fumagalli, Matteo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33 Fussey, Peter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .56 Future of Biological Disarmament, The . . . . . . . .43

G Galbreath, David J. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .29 Galtung, Johan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40 Gamburd, Michele R. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .27 Ganguly, Sumit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23, 24 Gates, Kelly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .66 Gebrewold, Belachew . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30 Geltzer, Joshua A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60 Gender and International Security . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 Gender and Transitional Justice . . . . . . . . . . . . . .27 Gender, Human Security and the United Nations . .6 Gender, Nationalism and Conflict Transformation . .50 Genocidal Crimes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37 Genocide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37 Genocide Studies Reader, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .36 Genocide, State Crime, and the Law . . . . . . . . . .39 Geopolitical Theory (series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .71 Geopolitics and Maritime Territorial Disputes in East Asia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25 Geopolitics and Strategic History 1871-2050 . . . .71 Geopolitics for the 21st Century . . . . . . . . . . . . .71 German, Tracey . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .46 German Unification 1989-90 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70 Gerstenfeld, Manfred . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .32 Geyer, Robert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .61 Gholz, Eugene . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .62 Gibbs, Jessica . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19 Giegerich, Bastian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .67 Gilbert, Martin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38, 70 Gillespie, Richard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31 Glantz, David M. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .34 Global Arms Trade, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15 Global Biosecurity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11 Global Horizons (series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41 Global Institutions (series) . . . . . . . . .35, 41, 52, 54 Global Jihadism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57 Global Politics of Combating Nuclear Terrorism, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .61 Global Security Triangle, A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30 Global Terrorism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .54 Global Terrorism and New Media . . . . . . . . . . . . .60 Globalization of the Cold War, The . . . . . . . . . . .73 Gomart, Thomas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .34 Goodhand, Jonathan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .27 Goodwin, Deborah . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .53 Govern, Kevin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22 Governing Ethnic Conflict . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .47 Government Official History Series . . . . . . . . . . . .69 Gray, Colin S. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .63 Great Powers and Strategic Stability in the 21st Century . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12 Green, Brendan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .63 Greene, Owen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50 Gregory, Shaun . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24 Guderzo, Max . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .73 Guha, Manabrata . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6 Gunning, Jeroen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .58, 59 Gupta, Dipak K. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57 Guy Liddell Diaries Vol.I: 1939-1942, The . . . . . .69 Guy Liddell Diaries, Vol.II: 1942-1945, The . . . . . .69

H Haacke, Jürgen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24 Hagan, Kenneth J. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70 Hagerty, Devin T. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .27 Haggerty, Kevin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 Hall, Peter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .64 Hallams, Ellen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19 Hallenberg, Jan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .29 Hamas and Suicide Terrorism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .61 Hamilton, Keith . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70, 73 Handbook of Asian Security Studies . . . . . . . . . .23 Handbook of Insurgency and Counter-Insurgency . .40 Handbook of Intelligence Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . .65

www.routledge.com/strategicstudies

INDEX

Handbook of New Security Studies . . . . . . . . . . . .4 Handbook of Peace and Conflict Studies . . . . . . .40 Handbook of Security Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 Handbook of Terrorism Research . . . . . . . . . . . . .54 Handbook of War and Society . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40 Handbook on Peace Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52 Handel, Michael I. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .63 Handelman, Sapir . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50 Hanhimäki, Jussi M. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .74 Hanlon, Querine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .62 Hansell, Cristina . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .61 Hansen, Birthe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .21 Hara, Kimie . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28 Hardy, James D. Jr. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .71 Harris Rimmer, Susan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .27 Harrison, John . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .56 Hashim, Ahmed S. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31 Haukkala, Hiski . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30 Hayner, Priscilla B. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .49 Hays, Peter L. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75 Hayward, Katy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50 Heathershaw, John . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33 Hegemonic Peace and Empire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .72 Hehir, Aidan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .44 Henehan, Marie T. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .42 Heng, Yee-Kuang . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13 Hentz, James J. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 Herd, Graeme P. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12, 35 Herman, Johanna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39 Heuser, Beatrice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .74 Hiskes, Richard P. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .53 Ho, Joshua . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75 Hochberg, Leonard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .71 Hoffman, Bruce . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .59 Holmes, James R. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .74 Holmqvist-Jonsäter, Caroline . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .43 Horgan, John . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .54, 55 Hoskins, Andrew . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60 Hough, Peter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 Hubert, Don . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35 Hudson, Kimberly A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .42 Hudson, Natalie Florea . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6 Hughes, Christopher W. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2, 23 Human Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35 Human Security in Southeast Asia . . . . . . . . . . . .36 Human Security, Transnational Crime and Human Trafficking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .36 Huttenbach, Henry R. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39, 59 Huxley, Tim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11 Huysmans, Jef . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 Hyde-Price, Adrian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9 Hynek, Niklas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35

I India and Counterinsurgency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24 India and the South Asian Strategic Triangle . . . .25 Indian Naval Strategy in the Twenty-first Century .74 Ingram, Alan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .48 Intelligence and National Security . . . . . . . . . . . .65 Intelligence and Politics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65 Intelligence Cooperation and the War on Terror .66 Intelligence, Command and Military Operations . .66 International Aviation and Terrorism . . . . . . . . . .56 International Conflict Management . . . . . . . . . . .47 International History of the Vietnam War . . . . . . .73 International Humanitarian Order, The . . . . . . . . .44 International Institute for Strategic Studies . .64, 68 International Interactions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .64 International Journal of Intelligence and CounterIntelligence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .66 International Peacekeeping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .53 International Politics of Mass Atrocities, The . . . .38 International Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9 International Security & Peace Science . . . . . . . . . .9 International Statebuilding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 Interventions (series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19 Intriligator, Michael D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11 Iran and Nuclear Weapons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12 Iranian Nuclear Crisis, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31 Iraq’s Sunni Insurgency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31 Irrera, Daniela . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15 Islam in the Eyes of the West . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31 Islamic Law and the Law of Armed Conflict . . . . .44 Ismael, Tareq . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31 Israel and Hizbollah . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .32 Israel and Lebanon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .32 Israel at the Polls 2009 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .32 Israel’s Wars . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40 Israel’s Wars of Attrition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .32

J Jackson, Paul . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40 Jackson, Peter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65 Jackson, Richard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .58, 59 Janbek, Dana M. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60 Japan’s Peace-Building Diplomacy in Asia . . . . . .26

Japan’s Remilitarisation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23 Japan’s Security Identity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28 Jefferis, Jennifer L. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57 Jenkins, Robert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52 Jeong, Ho-Won . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .48 Johnson, Loch K. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65 Johnstone, Andrew . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19 Joining al-Qaeda . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55 Jones, Adam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37 Jones, Clive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .32 Jones, Kevin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .66 Jones, Nicholas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38 Jongman, Albert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .54 Journal of Genocide Research . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39 Journal of Human Rights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .53 Journal of Intervention and Statebuilding . . . . . . .4 Journal of Israeli History: Politics, Society, Culture, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31 Journal of Slavic Military Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . .34 Journal of Strategic Studies, The . . . . . . . . . . . . .63 Jukes, Geoffrey . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28 Jussi Hanhimaki . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17 Justice, Intervention, and Force in International Relations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .42 Justifying America’s Wars . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .21

K Kagwanja, Peter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .51 Kaldor, Mary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35 Kane, Thomas M. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .62 Kaplan, Jeffrey . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .56 Kapur, Ashok . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25 Karatzogianni, Athina . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .43 Karp, Aaron . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14 Karp, Regina . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14 Karsh, Efraim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .32 Kasher, Asa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .42 Kashmir Conflict, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41 Kassimeris, George . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .59 Katona, Peter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11 Keaney, Thomas A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .62 Kelly, Rhys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .49 Kent, John . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20 Kenya’s Uncertain Democracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .51 Kerr, Michael . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .32 Kerton-Johnson, Nicholas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .21 Kett, Maria . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .48 Key Ideas in Criminology (series) . . . . . . . . . . .2, 37 Key Readings in Social Psychology (series) . . . . . .54 Khan, Nichola . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .27 Khan, Saira . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12 Khatib, Ghassan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31 Kinsey, Christopher . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12 Kirchner, Emil J. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20 Klein, Natalie . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75 Kober, Avi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .32 Korean Journal of Defense Analysis . . . . . . . . . . .27 Korf, Benedikt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .27 Kosovo, Intervention and Statebuilding . . . . . . . .44 Kostakos, Panos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15 Kriendler, John . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12 Kriesberg, Louis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .48 Kruglanski, Arie W. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .54 Kurdish Conflict, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30

L Lam, Peng Er . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .26 Lane, Ann . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .74 Lanteigne, Marc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22 Larrinaga, Miguel de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 Late Ottoman Genocides . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38 Laville, Helen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19 Lawoti, Mahendra . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .27 Leaving Terrorism Behind . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55 Ledwidge, Mark . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18, 19 Lee, Chung Min . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25 Lee, James R. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .43 Lee, Lavina Rajendram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .21 Legitimacy and the Use of Armed Force . . . . . . .11 Legitimising the Use of Force in International Politics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12 Lehti, Marko . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 Lennon, Alexander T.J. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16 Leustean, Lucian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .73 Lew, Christopher R. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .72 Lewin-Epstein, Noah . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .68 Liberal Peace and Post-War Reconstruction, The . .52 Liberal Peacebuilding and Global Governance . . .52 Liberal Way of War, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41 Liow, Joseph . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23 Little, Richard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9 Lone, Stewart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .71 Longo, Francesca . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15 Lonsdale, David J. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .62 LSE International Studies Series . . . . . . . .20, 43, 61 Ludlow, N. Piers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .74

Lutz, Brenda J. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .54 Lutz, James M. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .54

M Mac Ginty, Roger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52 Mackerras, Colin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .26 Macmillan, John . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 Macrakis, Kristie . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .66 Macris, Jeffrey R. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30 Magnet, Shoshana . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .66 Mahnken, Thomas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .63 Maiolo, Joseph A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .63 Majeski, Stephen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20 Major Writings in Middle Eastern Studies (series) . .41 Making of Terrorism in Pakistan, The . . . . . . . . . .59 Mälksoo, Maria . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 Managing Military Organisations . . . . . . . . . . . . .68 Managing Terrorism and Insurgency . . . . . . . . . .57 Maoist Insurgency in Nepal, The . . . . . . . . . . . . .27 Marat, Erica . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33 Maritime Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75 Markowski, Stefan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .64 Marsh, Nic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50 Martin, Mary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35 Martin-Ortega, Olga . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39 Masters of War . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .63 Mauer, Victor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4, 22 McCormack, Tara . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6 McDonagh, Ken . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13 McDonnell, Thomas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22 McGarry, John . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .49 McGilvray, Dennis B. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .27 McKercher, B.J.C. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .72 McMahon, Sean F. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30 McMaster, Michael T. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70 McNamee, Terrance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16 Media, War and Security (series) . . . . . . . . . . . . .60 Mediation in the Asia-Pacific Region . . . . . . . . . .24 Medicine, Conflict and Survival . . . . . . . . . . . . . .48 Mediterranean Politics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31 Mehta, Mona . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28 Mehta, Nalin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28 Memory and Conflict Resolution . . . . . . . . . . . . .49 Mendras, Marie . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .34 Michishita, Narushige . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .26 Middle East Studies: History, Politics & Law (series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30 Middle Eastern Military Studies (series) . . . . . . . .32 Military and Negotiation, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .53 Military and the State in Central Asia, The . . . . . .33 Military Balance 2009, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .68 Miller, Linda B. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18 Miller, Rory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .32 Misra, Amalendu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .46 Mitchell, Paul T. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13 Mobekk, Eirin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .53 Mockaitis, Thomas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .46 Möckli, Daniel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22 Modern Turkey . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30 Mohajir Militancy in Pakistan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .27 Morada, Noel M. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24 Morley, John . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .43 Mossop, Joanna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75 Muller, Benjamin J. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 Müller-Enbergs, Helmut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .66 Multilateral Counter-terrorism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .54 Multipolarity in the 21st Century . . . . . . . . . . . . .12 Mundlak, Guy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .68 Murphy, Eamon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .58, 59 Murphy, Emma . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31 Murphy, Martin N. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .74 Murray, Donette . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12, 21 Muslims and the State in the Post-9/11 West . . .61 Muslims in the West after 9/11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7

N Nadkarni, Vidya . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23 National and Homeland Security Law . . . . . . . . .22 National Security Cultures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20 National Security in the Obama Administration . .17 Nationalism & Ethnic Politics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .47 Naval Power and Expeditionary Wars . . . . . . . . . .74 Neal, Andrew W. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 Negotiating with Terrorists . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57 Network Centric Warfare and Coalition Operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13 Neumann, Peter R. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55 New Citizen Armies, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .68 New Directions in Genocide Research . . . . . . . . .37 New Directions in US Foreign Policy . . . . . . . . . . .18 New International Relations (series) . . . . . . . . .8, 14 New Media of Surveillance, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . .66 New Norms and Knowledge in World Politics . . . .8 New Spatiality of Security, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6 Newman, David . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30 Nicoll, Alexander . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11

Nilsen, Alf Gunvald . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .51 Nishikawa, Yukiko . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .36 Non-Great Powers in International Politics . . . . . .14 Nonproliferation Review, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16 Norman, Paul . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .54 Normark, Magnus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .56 North Korea’s Military-Diplomatic Campaigns, 1966-2008 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .26 Northern Ireland Peace Process, The . . . . . . . . . .51 Northern Territories, Asia-Pacific Regional Conflicts and the Åland Experience . . . . . . . . .28 Nuclear Energy, Security and Global Governance . .13 Nuclear Weapons and Cooperative Security in the 21st Century . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13 Nuclear Weapons and International Order . . . . . .13 Nyers, Peter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8

O O’Brien, Kevin A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .66 O’Connor, Brendon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18 O’Donnell, Catherine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50 Oduntan, Gbenga . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75 Ohm, Tae Am . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .27 Okubo, Shiro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .36 O’Leary, Brendan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .49 O’Loughlin, Ben . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60 Omelicheva, Mairya Y. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .61 Onslow, Sue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .73 Origins of Genocide, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38 Orttung, Robert W. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .34 Ostermann, Christian F. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .74 Oxenstierna, Maria Teresa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70

P Pahari, Anup Kumar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .27 Paine, Sarah . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .74 Pakistan’s Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24 Palestinian Politics and the Middle East Peace Process . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31 Parchami, Ali . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .72 Paris, Roland . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .45 Park, Bill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30 Parmar, Inderjeet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18 Parsons, William S. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37 Paths Towards Ethnic Conflict Resolution . . . . . . .51 Payne, Keith B. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .64 Peace Review . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .53 Peacebuilding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52 Peled, Yoav . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .68 Penslar, Derek J. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31 Peoples, Columba . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 Perceptions and Policy in Transatlantic Relations . .20 Perkovich, George . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11 Perovic, Jeronim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .34 Perspectives on International Security . . . . . . . . .11 Peters, Joel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30 Phythian, Mark . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .42 Piiparinen, Touko . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .47 Pilch, Frances T. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75 Piracy, Terrorism and Irregular Warfare at Sea . . .74 Political Change, Democratic Transitions and Security in Southeast Asia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .26 Political Discourse and Conflict Resolution . . . . . .50 Political Economy and Grand Strategy . . . . . . . . .13 Politics and Security of the Gulf, The . . . . . . . . . .30 Politics in Asia (series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23 Politics of Becoming European, The . . . . . . . . . . . .8 Politics of Civil Wars . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .46 Politics, Conflict and Society in Gujarat . . . . . . . .28 Politics, Law and the Responsibility to Protect . . .10 Portela, Clara . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .29 Porter, Elisabeth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24 Post-Conflict Tajikistan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33 Post-War Repatriation to Defeated Japan . . . . . . .71 Potter, William C. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .61 Power, Resistance and Conflict in the Contemporary World . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .43 Poynting, Scott . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .58 Prest, Stewart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .44 Price, Eric . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .54 PRIO New Security Studies (series) . . . . . . . .5, 6, 35 Private Contractors and the Reconstruction of Iraq . .12 Private Security Contractors and New Wars . . . . . .9 Protest, Repression and Political Regimes . . . . . . .45 Provincial Life and the Military in Imperial Japan .71 Psychology of Counter-Terrorism, The . . . . . . . . .55 Psychology of Terrorism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .54 Pugh, Michael . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .53

Q Quinn, Adam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19

R Race and US Foreign Policy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19 Radicalisation and the Media . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60

E-mail: strategic_studies@routledge.com

www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates

www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk

for more information

for e-mail updates in your field

eBooks are only available to order online

81

82

INDEX

Raine, Sarah . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23 Rajak, Svetozar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .73, 74 Rajan, V.G. Julie . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .58 Ramos, Paulo J.B. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18 Ramsbotham, Oliver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50 Ranstorp, Magnus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .56 Rapoport, David C. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .59 Realism & US Foreign Policy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17 Realism Reader . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9 Reconciliation in Post-Suharto Indonesia . . . . . . .27 Reconciling Indonesia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28 Recovering Realism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9 Regional Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41 Reid, Julian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41 Reimagining War in the 21st Century . . . . . . . . . .6 Reintegrating Armed Groups After Conflict . . . . .46 Religion and Political Violence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57 Renshon, Stanley A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17 Rethinking Security Governance . . . . . . . . . . . . .11 Rich, Paul B. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40, 46, 72 Richards, Anthony . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .56 Richmond, Oliver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52 Rid, Thomas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .62 Rihani, Samir . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .61 Rippen, Andrew . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31 Risk, Global Governance and Security . . . . . . . . .13 Roberts, Adam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10 Roberts, Christopher . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25 Roberts, David . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52 Robertson, David . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .64 Robinson, Andrew . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .43 Robinson, Piers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .59 Rodionov, Stanislav N. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16 Romaniuk, Peter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .54 Ross, Robert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22, 24 Ross, Steven T. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70 Rothwell, Donald R. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75 Routledge Advances in Corpus Linguistics (series) . .43 Routledge Advances in Criminology (series) . . . . .61 Routledge Advances in European Politics (series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .29, 51 Routledge Advances in International Relations and Global Politics (series) . . . . . . .8, 15, 24, 25, 30, 43 Routledge Advances in South Asian Studies (series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .51 Routledge Atlas of the Holocaust, The . . . . . . . . .38 Routledge Atlas of the Second World War, 2nd Edition, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70 Routledge Contemporary China Series . . . . . . . . .26 Routledge Contemporary Russia and Eastern Europe Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .34 Routledge Contemporary South Asia Series . . . . .27 Routledge Contemporary Southeast Asia Series . .27 Routledge Critical Security Studies (series) . .6, 7, 76 Routledge Critical Terrorism Studies (series) . .58, 59 Routledge Global Security Studies (series) 12, 13, 20 Routledge Handbook of Ethnic Conflict . . . . . . . .47 Routledge Handbook of International Criminal Law . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10 Routledge Handbook of the Israeli-Palestinian Conflict . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30 Routledge Historical Atlases (series) . . . . . . . . . . .38 Routledge Research in Comparative Politics (series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50 Routledge Research in International Law (series) . .75 Routledge Research in International Relations Theory (series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14 Routledge Research in Terrorism and the Law (series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22 Routledge Research in the Law of Armed Conflicts (series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .44 Routledge Research on International Organisations (series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .47 Routledge Security in Asia Pacific Series (series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25, 26, 36, 75 Routledge Studies in Asia’s Transformations (series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28 Routledge Studies in Defence and Peace Economics (series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .64, 68 Routledge Studies in Human Security (series) . . . .35 Routledge Studies in Intervention and Statebuilding (series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .44, 46 Routledge Studies in Liberty and Security (series) . .7 Routledge Studies in Middle Eastern Politics (series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50 Routledge Studies in Peace and Conflict Resolution (series) . . . . . . . . . .43, 47, 49, 50, 52 Routledge Studies in Security and Conflict Management (series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .48 Routledge Studies in the History of Russia and Eastern Europe (series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .73 Routledge Studies in the Modern History of Asia (series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28, 71, 74 Routledge Studies in US Foreign Policy (series) . .18, 19 Routledge Studies on the Arab-Israeli Conflict (series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .51

ORDER NOW!

See Order Form at the back of this catalogue

Routledge Transnational Crime and Corruption (series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .36 Routledge/GARNET series: Europe in the World (series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30, 34 Rubin, Barry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .32 Rushton, Simon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .48 RUSI Journal, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16 Russia’s European Agenda and the Baltic States .34 Russian Energy Power and Foreign Relations . . . .34 Russian Energy Security and Foreign Policy . . . . .34 Russian Foreign Policy from El’tsin to Putin . . . . .33 Russian Imperialism Revisited . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33 Russia’s Demographic Crisis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35 Russia’s Foreign Policy Dilemmas . . . . . . . . . . . . .34 Russia’s Foreign Security Policy in the 21st Century . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33 Ryan, Barry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .44 Ryan, David . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .21

S Sabol, Stephen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .72 Sadeh, Eligar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .76 Safran, William . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .47 Sagramoso, Domitilla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33 Salmon, Patrick . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70, 73 Salomon, Gavriel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52 Samatas, Minas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 Samy, Yiagadeesen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .44 Sandler, Shmeul . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .32 Sapolsky, Harvey . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .62, 63 Schabas, William . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10 Schäfer, Axel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18 Schaller, Dominik J. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38, 39 Schmid, Alex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .54 Schoenborn, Benedikt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17 Schwartz, Stephen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16 Schwab, George D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22 Science & Global Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16 Scobell, Andrew . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23 Seapower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .74 Secrecy and the Media . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .69 Secret Intelligence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65 Securing Outer Space . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .76 Securing the Indian Frontier in Central Asia . . . . .33 Securitization of Humanitarian Migration, The . . .15 Securitizations of Citizenship . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2, 8 Security and Everyday Life . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .61 Security and Global Governmentality . . . . . . . . . . .5 Security and Governance (series) . . . .38, 44, 45, 49 Security Context in the Black Sea Region, The . . .35 Security Studies: A Reader . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 Security Studies: An Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 Security Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16 Security, Development and the Fragile State . . . .44 Security, Risk and the Biometric State . . . . . . . . . .5 Seib, Philip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2, 60 Selective Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10 Sen, Somnath . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .68 Shah, Niaz A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .44 Shapira, Anita . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31 Sheehan, Michael . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .76 Sheffield Centre for Japanese Studies/Routledge Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28 Sheldon, John . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75 Shelley, Louise . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .36 Silke, Andrew . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55, 56 Sims, Nicholas A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .43 Singer, J. David . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9 Singh, Bhubhindar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28 Singh, Rashmi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .61 Siniver, Asaf . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60 Sisk, Timothy D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .45 Sisodia, Narendra . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .64 Sjoberg, Laura . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 Sˇleivyte, Janina . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .34 Sloan, Elinor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .62 Sloan, Geoffrey . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .71 Small Arms, Crime and Conflict . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50 Small Wars & Insurgencies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .46 Smith, Michael . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20 Smyth, Marie Breen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .58, 59 Social Power in International Politics . . . . . . . . . .14 Soeters, Joseph . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .68 Soft Power and US Foreign Policy . . . . . . . . . . . .18 South African Intelligence Services, The . . . . . . . .66 South Asian History and Culture (series) . . . . . . . .28 South Asia’s Nuclear Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .26 Southall, Roger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .51 Southeast Asia and the Rise of China . . . . . . . . .28 Southeast Asia and the Rise of Chinese and Indian Naval Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75 Southeast Asia and the Vietnam War . . . . . . . . .28 Sovereignty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 Sovereignty, Jurisdiction, and Exploitation of the Seas, Polar Regions, Airspace and Outer Space . .75 Space and Defense Policy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75

+44 (0)1235 400524

Space Power and Politics (series) . . . . . . . . . . . . .75 Spencer, Jonathan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .27 Sperling, James . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20, 29 Sriram, Chandra Lekha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39 Starman, Hannah . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .46 Starr, Harvey . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .45 State Terrorism and Human Rights . . . . . . . . . . . .56 State Terrorism and Neoliberalism . . . . . . . . . . . .59 State Violence and Genocide in Latin America . . .59 Statebuilding and Justice Reform . . . . . . . . . . . . .53 Statebuilding, Security-Sector Reform and the Liberal Peace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .44 Stoeva, Preslava . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 Stoker, Donald . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70 Storey, Ian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28 Strategic Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .64 Strategic Partnerships in Asia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23 Strategic Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .63 Strategic Survey 2009 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .64 Strategy and History (series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28, 63 Strategy in the American War of Independence . .70 Struggle for the West, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 Studies in Conflict & Terrorism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .59 Studies in Intelligence (series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .66 Sulistiyanto, Priyambudi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .27 Sullivan, John P. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11 Superpower Rivalry and Conflict . . . . . . . . . . . . .25 Surveillance and Democracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 Suzuki, Shogo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14 Svendsen, Adam D.M. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .66 Sweetman, Derek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .49 Sylvan, David . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20 Sylvester, Christine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41 Synnott, Hilary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23

T Taliaferro, Jeffrey W. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17 Talmadge, Caitlin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .62 Tan, Andrew T.H. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15 Targeting Terrorist Financing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57 Tavares, Rodrigo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41 Taylor, Brendan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25 Taylor, Rupert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50 Taylor, Max . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .59 Territory, War, and Peace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .42 Terror and the Politics of Catastrophe . . . . . . . . . .5 Terrorism and Counter-Terrorism in the post-9/11 Era . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60 Terrorism & Political Violence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .59 Terrorism and the Olympics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .56 Terrorism Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .54 Terrorist Groups and the New Tribalism . . . . . . . .56 Testifying to Trauma . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .46 Theories of Violent Conflict . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39 Theory and Practice of International Mediation . .48 Theory of Space Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75 Thinking about War and Peace . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39 Third Chinese Revolutionary Civil War, 1945-49, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .72 Thrall, A. Trevor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20 Till, Geoffrey . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .74 Tondini, Matteo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .53 Totten, Samuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .36, 37 Transatlantic Relations since 1945 . . . . . . . . . . . .17 Transformation of Strategic Affairs, The . . . . . . . .64 Transformation of UN Conflict Management, The . .47 Transforming Pakistan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23 Transforming Violent Conflict . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50 Trefalt, Beatrice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .71 Triantaphyllou, Dimitrios . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35 Truth Commissions and Transitional Societies . . . .49 Tsunami Recovery in Sri Lanka . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .27 Tunsjø, Øystein . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24 Tuosheng, Zhang . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24 Twigge, Stephen Robert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70, 73 Tyner, James A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .46

U U.S. Foreign Policy in Perspective . . . . . . . . . . . . .20 Ucko, David . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .46 UN Peace Operations and Post-Conflict Reconstruction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .53 Unconventional Weapons and International Terrorism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .56 Understanding Contemporary Strategy . . . . . . . .62 Understanding Contemporary Terrorism and the Global Response . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .54 Understanding Counterinsurgency Warfare . . . . .62 Understanding Global Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 Understanding Modern Strategy . . . . . . . . . . . . .62 Understanding NATO in the 21st Century . . . . . .12 Understanding Northern Ireland . . . . . . . . . . . . .49 Understanding Securitisation Theory . . . . . . . . . . .6 Understanding Terrorism and Political Violence . .57 Understanding Violent Radicalisation . . . . . . . . . .56 Unipolarity and World Politics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .21

Fax: +44 (0)20 7017 6699

United Nations Reform . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15 United States and NATO since 9/11, The . . . . . . .19 United States Cuban Relations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19 United States, International Law and the Struggle against Terrorism, The . . . . . . . . . . . .22 Unspeakable Truths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .49 US Collective Memory, Intervention and Vietnam .21 US Counter-Terrorism Strategy and al-Qaeda . . . .60 US Defense Politics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .62 US Foreign Policy and Iran . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .21 US Foreign Policy in Context . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19 US Hegemony and International Legitimacy . . . . .21 US Military and Outer Space, The . . . . . . . . . . . .75 US Military Innovation since the Cold War . . . . . .63 US Nuclear Non-Proliferation Policy . . . . . . . . . . .70 US Public and American Foreign Policy, The . . . . .19 US Strategy in Africa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13 US-China-EU Relations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24

V Valcourt, Richard R. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .66 Van Fenema, Paul C. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .68 Van Ham, Peter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14 Van Munster, Rens . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 Vasquez, John A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .42 Vaughan-Williams, Nick . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 Victoroff, Jeff . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .54 Violence and Resistance in Uzbekistan . . . . . . . . .33 Virtuous War . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .67

W Wachsmann, Nikolaus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37 Wagnsson, Charlotte . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .29 Walker, William . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13 Walking Away from Terrorism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55 War . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41 War and Conflict Communication . . . . . . . . . . . .42 War, Conflict and Human Rights . . . . . . . . . . . . .39 War, Ethics and Justice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .42 War, History and Politics (series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .72 War, Peace and International Relations . . . . . . . .63 War, Transformation and Asia-Pacific Security . . .28 War, Violence, and Population . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .46 Wark, Wesley K. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65 Washington Quarterly, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16 Wastell, Sari . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .46 Watkins, Amadeo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70 Watson, Adam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9 Watson, Scott D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15 Webel, Charles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40 Weeks, Donna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .26 Weinberg, Leonard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16, 57 Wenger, Andreas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .34 West, Nigel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .69 Westad, Odd Arne . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .74 Whitehall Histories (series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70, 73 Whitehall Papers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16 Wohlforth, William C. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16 Wibben, Annick . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 Wiebelhaus-Brahm, Eric . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .49 Wilkinson, Nicholas John . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .69 Wilkinson, Paul . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .56 Williams, Cindy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19 Williams, Paul D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3, 38 Wilson, Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11 Winner, Andrew C. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .74 Winter, Aaron . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .58 Wolff, Stefan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .47 Women and Political Violence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60 Wylie, Robert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .64

Y Yegorova, Natalia I. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .74 Yildiz, Kerim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30 Yoshihara, Toshi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .74 Young, Thomas-Durell . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .46 Youngs, Richard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .29 Yugoslav Military Industry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70 Yugoslavia and the Soviet Union in the Early Cold War . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .73

Z Zanchetta, Barbara . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17 Zartman, I. William . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57 Zaum, Dominik . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10 Zedner, Lucia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 Zifcak, Spencer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15 Zimmerer, Jürgen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38, 39 Zionist Israel and Apartheid South Africa . . . . . . .51

www.routledge.com/strategicstudies

INSPECTION COPY REQUESTS Request titles overleaf, then complete the form below and return to this address for authorisation:

HOW TO ORDER BOOKS CALL (credit cards) +44 (0) 1235 400524

Please return to the address below for authorisation: Michael King, Inspection Copy Requests, Routledge, FREEPOST SN926 2 Park Square, Milton Park, Abingdon, Oxon, OX14 4BR

FAX +44 (0) 20 7017 6699

FAX +44 (0) 20 7017 6699

EMAIL strategic_studies@routledge.com

INTERNET www.routledge.com/info/examcopy

(sales enquiries only, please do not include card details in your email.

To order online please visit www.routledge.com)

INTERNET www.routledge.com/strategicstudies

EMAIL strategic_studies@routledge.com

PERSONAL DETAILS

(PLEASE USE CAPS)

eBooks are only available to order online at: www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk

POST

NAME

- Return this form to:

Taylor & Francis Group INSTITUTION

Bookpoint (T&F) Freepost RRXG-BBUL-LAER Abingdon, Oxon, OX14 4SB

COURSE

(only affix stamp if posting from outside UK)

START DATE OF COURSE

LEVEL OF COURSE

If posting please fill in your details below and complete the form overleaf

NO OF STUDENTS

ADDRESS

PERSONAL DETAILS

(PLEASE USE CAPS)

SURNAME

POSTCODE

TELEPHONE

FIRST NAME

EMAIL

DEPARTMENT MILI0904 A B C

ISBN: 978-0-418-23387-0

INSTITUTION

LIBRARY RECOMMENDATION PERSONAL DETAILS

VAT NUMBER (EU member States)

ADDRESS

(PLEASE USE CAPS)

TOWN

COUNTY

POSTCODE

COUNTRY

SURNAME

FIRST NAME

TELEPHONE DEPARTMENT

EMAIL COURSE(S) FOR WHICH THE BOOK/S WOULD BE RELEVANT

SIGNATURE

DATE

Please tick this box if you would like to receive more information on our standing order system Please tick this box if you would like to receive mailings from Taylor & Francis Group companies

I RECOMMEND YOU PURCHASE THE BOOKS LISTED OVERLEAF

MILI0904 A B C

ISBN: 978-0-418-23387-0

ORDER BOOKS HERE QTY

Please fill in course details overleaf

TITLE

ISBN

QTY

PRICE PER BOOK (£)

TITLE

ISBN

QTY

PRICE PER BOOK (£)

TITLE

ISBN

QTY

INSPECTION COPY REQUESTS Up to 3 paperback titles are available for 60 days inspection for lecturers considering adopting the books. If you adopt a book and expect 12 or more students to buy a copy, you may keep the book free of charge if you complete and return a comments form.

We will then expect your bookshop to order at least 10 copies of the title. Otherwise you must pay the full price of the book/s or return them in mint condition. Please note that inspection copies are not sent out before the month of publication and are sent out at our discretion.

PRICE PER BOOK (£)

TITLE

TITLE

ISBN

PRICE PER BOOK (£)

ISBN

QTY

TITLE

ISBN

QTY

PRICE PER BOOK (£)

TITLE

TITLE ISBN

ISBN

PRICE PER BOOK (£)

POSTAGE (see below) £

TITLE

GRAND TOTAL £

POSTAGE AND PACKING

ISBN

UK

EUROPE

REST OF WORLD

5% of total order

10% of total order

15% of total order

Min charge of £1, Max Charge £10 NEXT DAY +£6.50*

Min charge of £2.95, Max Charge £20 NEXT DAY +£6.50

Min charge of £6.50, Max Charge £30

*We only guarantee next day delivery for orders received before noon.

Prices and publication dates are subject to change

LIBRARY RECOMMENDATION

SELECT PAYMENT METHOD (please tick or fill appropriate boxes & select card type)

TITLE

PLEASE SEND ME A PRE-PAYMENT INVOICE (my ref number)

ISBN

CHEQUE payable to Taylor & Francis £ CREDIT CARD (NB Select card type)

MASTERCARD

VISA

AMEX

TITLE SWITCH

ISSUE NUMBER (Only applies if paying by Switch)

EXPIRY DATE

PRICE

ISBN

PRICE

SECURITY NUMBER Last 3 digits of security number on back of card

www.routledge.com

THE PERSON NAMED OVERLEAF RECOMMENDS YOU PURCHASE THE BOOKS LISTED ABOVE

www.iiss.org/acd

ARMED CONFLICT DATABASE from

THE INTERNATIONAL INSTITUTE FOR STRATEGIC STUDIES Produced by the Transnational Threats and Politics Risk Programme of the IISS, one of the world’s leading authorities on political military issues, and updated on a daily basis by area specialists, the ACD features current, objective specialist analysis of some 78 armed conflicts and terrorist activities.

www.iiss.org/acd Coverage includes:

Easily navigable, distinctively presented.... Recommended.

– Reference Reviews; Issue 19:1

For more information, please contact: North & South America: e-reference@taylorandfrancis.com UK & ROW: online.sales@tandf.co.uk

A

“

“

• Latest updates and Quarterly updates • Human Security Developments, discussing the human cost of conflicts, including casualties, displaced persons, and refugees • Military and Security Developments, overviewing acquisitions, the general military balance, and more • Background, offering historical analysis of a conflict and its recent developments • Timeline, a constantly updated guide to recent activity and historic developments—the latter sometimes dating back over one hundred years • Links to IISS subscription articles from publications such as Strategic Comments, and free full-text access to major reports, NGO documents, and other useful materials.

Highlights

Page 3

Page 4

Page 4

Page 18

Page 36

Page 39

Page 47

Page 74

www.routledge.com/strategicstudies Routledge, 2 Park Square, Milton Park, Abingdon, Oxon OX14 4RN Tel: 020 7017 6000 Fax: 020 7017 6699 Email: strategic_studies@routledge.com Paper used in this catalogue is chlorine free and environmentally friendly. It is manufactured with pulp supplied from sustainable managed forests.